-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, Ea9TWxFIFbzTfz1PsRBwBfak1fDnv2lLTEqax+JObCYUXHjva/T4LX/o+WAq1SZo BFEqWqLMk9klY/SOlhQveg== 0001047469-03-010198.txt : 20030326 0001047469-03-010198.hdr.sgml : 20030325 20030325190652 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001047469-03-010198 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 15 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20021231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20030326 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORP CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000276283 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES [3690] IRS NUMBER: 870278175 STATE OF INCORPORATION: UT FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-14677 FILM NUMBER: 03616729 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 600 KOMAS DR CITY: SALT LAKE CITY STATE: UT ZIP: 84108 BUSINESS PHONE: 8015881815 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 600 KOMAS DR CITY: SALT LAKE CITY STATE: UT ZIP: 84108 10-K 1 a2105045z10-k.htm 10-K

Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

(Mark One)  
ý ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2002
o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                                    to                                     

Commission file number 0-8771


EVANS & SUTHERLAND
COMPUTER CORPORATION
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Utah
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  87-0278175
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
600 Komas Drive, Salt Lake City, Utah
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
  84108
(Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (801) 588-1000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
"None"

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 
  Title of Class
   
Common Stock, $.20 par value
6% Convertible Debentures Due 2012
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o

        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o    No ý

        The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of February 28, 2003 was approximately $23,076,204 based on the closing market price of the Common Stock on such date, as reported by The Nasdaq Stock Market.

        The number of shares of the registrant's Common Stock outstanding at February 28, 2003 was 10,812,195.


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

        Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 8, 2003 are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.




[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

2


EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION
FORM 10-K
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002

PART I        
    Item 1.   Business
    Item 2.   Properties
    Item 3.   Legal Proceedings
    Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

PART II

 

 
    Item 5.   Market For Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
    Item 6.   Selected Consolidated Financial Data
    Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
    Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
    Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
            Report of Management
            Report of Independent Auditors
            Consolidated Balance Sheets
            Consolidated Statements of Operations
            Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
            Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
            Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

PART III

 

 
    Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
    Item 11.   Executive Compensation
    Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
    Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
    Item 14.   Controls and Procedures

PART IV

 

 
    Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K
    Signatures

3


[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

4


FORM 10-K

PART I

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

GENERAL

        Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation ("Evans & Sutherland", "E&S", "we", "our", or "the Company") produces high-quality visual systems used to display images of the real world rapidly and accurately. E&S is widely regarded as both the pioneer and the leader in providing the world's most realistic visual systems. We design, manufacture, market and support visual systems for simulation with solutions that meet the training requirements for a wide range of military and commercial applications. We also provide this leading-edge visual system technology and experience to planetariums, science centers, and entertainment venues. We develop and deliver a complete line of image generators, displays, databases, services and support products that match technology to customer requirements. Our products and solutions range from the desktop PC to what we believe are the most advanced visual systems in the world.

        E&S was incorporated in the State of Utah on May 10, 1968. Our principal offices are located at 600 Komas Drive, Salt Lake City, Utah 84108, and our telephone number is (801) 588-1000. Our home page on the Internet is www.es.com. You can learn more about us by reviewing SEC filings on our Web site. The SEC also maintains a Web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information regarding SEC registrants, including E&S. We make our Web site content available for information purposes only. It should not be relied upon for investment purposes, nor is it incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.

        A high quality visual system includes three major components: a visual computer, a display and a visual database. The visual computer interprets data describing the real world and processes it for display. The display may be as simple as a standard computer monitor, or as complex as a very large optical system with many components. The visual database is a representation of real geographic features and terrain, and may include abstract data such as terrain elevations and various geographic coordinates of objects, as well as specific images such as photographs or drawings of desired features.

        Most E&S visual systems are used as part of vehicle simulators, which are generally in the form of reconstructions of actual vehicles, such as aircraft cockpits. These simulators are used for training operators, such as pilots, as well as for practicing tactics or strategy, which may require the coordinated operation of multiple simulators. Simulators are used in both commercial and military settings and include all types of vehicles operating in space, air, ground, sea, or undersea locations. The simulator itself may be built by one of many companies, often the company that built the original or actual vehicle.

        We also produce digital planetarium systems, which are based on the same technology as our simulation products. These systems are essentially simulators of the larger universe, and can create simulated trips through other worlds, or through parts of our own world not yet accessible to real vehicles.

        E&S visual systems are exceptionally important components of a complete simulator, since by definition the visual scene is the part that can be seen. Since our inception, we have had a significant share of the overall market for visual systems. We believe our market share has ranged from 20% to 50% in this market. The market for visual systems varies from year to year, but we have estimated that it is generally in the range of $300 million to $500 million annually. Many visual systems providers serve the market, but our most important competitors are companies who build the entire simulator and may sometimes choose to follow a strategy of vertical integration by providing their own visual system. Other competitors include a number of smaller companies who generally offer components rather than complete visual systems.

5


        The computer portion of an E&S visual system is made of hardware and software which may be designed and built by us, or may be based on commercially available components. For example, the hardware may be as simple as a standard PC with a commercial graphics card, or as complex as a connected system of multiple racks of sophisticated electronics. The software uses commercially available components (such as Microsoft Windows) where possible, but augments this with E&S-designed software to achieve the required image quality and system performance.

        The displays offered by E&S also cover a broad range, from standard computer monitors, to domes up to 24 meters in diameter, to cockpit-type displays with complex mirrors and other optics. The image may be projected by different types of equipment, including multiple projector types. As with other elements of the system, we use commercial parts where available, but design and build our own where suitable components are not commercially available.

        Visual databases are an important and growing part of our business. Conceptually, the visual database is the "content" that the system will display. Most customers have a desire for more "content" (visual databases) to provide greater richness and variety in their simulations. We have developed a rich set of tools to make the development of databases more efficient and less costly, whether built by E&S or by others. We have also created a business unit within E&S, "Strategic Visualization," to provide special forms of visual databases built specifically to allow visualization of a geographic area for mission planning, damage assessment, or other highly time-sensitive purposes. E&S has an extensive library of databases, including airports, vehicles, large geographic areas, oceans, and seas with accurate wave dynamics, special effects, and so forth.

        During 2002, we introduced an entirely new technology called "EP®", or Environment Processor. The first product based on EP technology is the EP-1000CT, which is targeted for the commercial airline market and military markets where aircraft types utilize side-by-side seating in the cockpit. This revolutionary technology includes both hardware and software components and, consistent with our strategy, runs on any hardware from standard PC's to our high-end systems based on PC's, but augmented by additional hardware designed and built by E&S.

        Our research and development ("R&D") funding for the advancement of visual systems technology is believed to be one of the largest in the industry. This allows us to design the components needed to produce high quality products to meet our customers demanding requirements. Specifically, we continue to design and build complex integrated circuits ("chips") where required, and we are the only company in the industry with this capability. Our R&D programs have generated over 60 patents, and we continue to file new applications at the rate of approximately 10 per year. Our philosophy is to build only those parts that offer significant value to our customers and to replace those with commercial parts wherever and whenever we can, so that our internal resources can be constantly focused on value-added activities in hardware or software.

        Another focus for our R&D over the past five years is a revolutionary new type of projector. This projector uses lasers and grating light valves to create images never possible before, with unprecedented resolution, brightness, contrast, color, and saturation. We are under contract to deliver several prototypes of the laser projector in 2003, including deliveries to the US Air Force.

        Both commercial and military markets have been changing rapidly during the past year, and continue to do so. In the commercial market, commercial airlines have reduced purchases of new aircraft compared to prior years. This has resulted in a reduction in the number of new simulators they require for training. However, many commercial airlines are upgrading their currently installed simulators. As a result, we have benefited from this change because E&S has a large share of the installed base of visual systems and because our newly introduced EP-1000CT product provides an attractive upgrade path due to its compatibility with the installed base. Military markets have continued to shrink as funds are diverted to more pressing military requirements. We believe this process of diverting funds will continue during 2003, but may result in some pent-up demand in 2004.

6


        All of our products are supported by a comprehensive service and support capability. Since visual systems are integral parts of simulators that may have a lifetime of thirty years or more, customers are dependent on us for an unusually long time. E&S has been supporting our customers since our inception, and we maintain capabilities needed to support electronic products that have not been manufactured for many years. Accordingly, service and support is a growing part of our business.

        As a result of the sale of the assets of the REALimage Solutions Group; the discontinuation of the RAPIDsite business, part of the Applications Group; and the consolidation of the planetarium equipment business of the Applications Group into the Simulation Group; at the beginning of 2002, E&S had one reportable segment: the development and marketing of visual simulation systems.

        In 2002, we completed the process of focusing on our core competency, visual simulation solutions. This focus allowed us to nearly complete our remaining Harmony® 1 programs while we launched new visual system product lines for each of our three primary markets—military simulation, commercial simulation and digital theaters.

DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCTS

        Our visual systems consist of the elements listed below. These elements are available as subsystems or sold together as a complete visual system solution delivered to an end-user or prime contractor.

(1)
Image generators (IGs) create computer-generated real-time images and send these images to display devices, such as projectors or computer monitors. Primary IG offerings for military simulation include Harmony® 1 and 2 on the high end, Ensemble™ for medium-range applications and simFUSION® at the low end, in addition to our traditional ESIG® products. For commercial airline simulation, we continue to offer ESIG products, and introduced the next generation EP™-1000CT visual system in 2002.
(2)
Display systems consist of projectors, display screens, computer monitors and specialized optics. These display systems are offered in a broad range of configurations, from onboard instrument displays to domes offering a 360-degree field of view, depending on the application.
(3)
Complete synthetic environments and content are available as options or as custom solutions. We provide database development services as well as database development tools, such that our databases can be run on a range of hardware platforms.
(4)
Simulation of realistic sensors includes simulation of sensor imagery such as radar, infrared, and night vision goggles (NVG) with the visual systems for high-performance fixed and rotary wing aircraft. We develop and manufacture a variety of hardware and software products to achieve realistic sensor simulation, including radar image generators, infrared postprocessors and customized systems for simulated NVG solutions.
(5)
Complete training solutions are aimed at specific applications, such as the Air Traffic Control Trainer™ (ATCT) and the Mission Command Trainer™ (MCT). Now being installed at the United Kingdom's School of Army Aviation, MCT is a low-cost tactics simulator that provides realistic command training, mission planning, and mission rehearsal in a virtual environment against an intelligent virtual enemy, all in the safety and security of a classroom. Developed with support from MicroNav, Ltd., one of the world's leading producers of air traffic control training software, the ATCT is a complete, advanced 3D tower simulator for controller licensing, refresher training and conversion training.
(6)
System integration and installation services support total simulator systems. We have the capability to act as the main prime contractor for large commercial and military contracts requiring total systems integration.
(7)
Digistar® 3 combines a complete color star projection and astronomy package with a fully interactive, real-time 3D computer graphics system, adding all-dome video playback and digital

7


    surround sound. Digistar® 3 offers planetariums another unique advantage—it can interact in real time with large audiences. Digistar® 3 SP uses the same hardware and software as Digistar® 3 projected through a single DLP projector at lower resolution for domes 30 feet in diameter and smaller. Digistar® II, a monochrome digital planetarium projection system, is still offered and supported.

(8)
Customer support services are offered to prime contractors, system integrators, and military and commercial end-users. Our service and support product offerings include a customized support package, called EncoreSM, which provides complete maintenance, spares, and round-the-clock technical support; SimTech Training, which provides training to customers' simulation technicians and engineers; and computer-based training.

DESCRIPTION OF MARKETS

        We operate as one business; providing visual simulation solutions to an international customer base. Our customer base can be categorized into three customer markets: military simulation, commercial simulation and digital theater customers.


Military Simulation

        E&S is an industry leader in providing visual systems to government simulation customers, offering tailored solutions to meet a full range of training requirements. We offer a complete line of products, from low-cost desktop solutions to highly advanced visual systems, to the domestic and international military simulation market. In addition, we offer complete training solutions for tactical command and air traffic control, database development services, custom display systems, and long-term service and support. In the long-term, we anticipate growth in the military market as new vehicles come on line and the overall cost effectiveness of simulation training makes it an increasingly attractive alternative to other training methods.

        During 2002, E&S moved toward successful completion of several significant Harmony® 1/Integrator® programs (referred to as the Big 6 Programs). These programs include the Medium Support Helicopter Aircrew Training Facility (UK), United Kingdom Attack Helicopter, GR4 Tornado (UK), Sea Harrier (UK), SimNTF(Germany), and H-60 (US). As we have neared completion of these programs, we have been able to refocus our resources on development of new products and pursuit of new opportunities.

        E&S launched a new line of PC-based visual systems products in 2002. The top of the line product, Harmony 2, represents the next phase in the evolution of visual systems for the most demanding military training applications, such as helicopter and fixed wing aviation using advanced sensor, night vision, and radar technologies. Harmony 2 uses commercial off-the-shelf PC technology combined with simulation-specific rendering hardware and an enhanced version of E&S's Integrator® run-time and database construction software. These next-generation capabilities deliver a substantial improvement in price/performance as compared to our ESIG product line, as well as improved manufacturability, mission availability, and lower acquisition and life cycle costs. Harmony 2 is already installed in the UK Royal Air Force's Nimrod MRA4 Aircrew Synthetic Training Aids Program, and has also been selected for the Korean T-50 program.

        E&S also introduced two new simFUSION products in 2002, the simFUSION 5000 and 6000. These products are based on industry leading graphics chip technology from ATI Technologies Inc. The simFUSION family of products provides low-cost, PC-based image generation for a variety of training applications, including ship's bridge, land based vehicles (such as motorcycles, automobiles and trucks), and aviation.

8


        E&S continues to offer its ESIG® image generator for military training applications. In December 2002, we were awarded a follow-on contract with the US Army's PEO-STRI for the Close Combat Tactical Trainer.

        Quest Flight Training Limited, a joint venture company formed by E&S and Quadrant Group, for the UK's E-3D Sentry Aircrew Training Service, received an award for the best UK Ministry of Defence private finance initiative project in its category.


Commercial Simulation

        E&S supplies very popular visual systems for commercial full flight simulators, providing what we estimate to be over 30% of the visual systems installed in full flight training simulators for commercial airlines, training centers, simulator manufacturers, and aircraft manufacturers. Developed to meet the exacting statutory requirements of the world's civil aviation authorities, our commercial simulation products have a solid reputation for both quality and reliability.

        During 2002, E&S continued to perform well in the commercial simulation market, delivering our ESIG image generators and ESCP projectors to customers such as Lufthansa, Airborne Express, Qantas, and Emirates Airlines.

        E&S also launched a new line of visual system products for commercial aviation training, the EP-1000CT. Designed specifically to meet the exacting requirements for FAA Level D (and equivalent) flight training, the EP (Environment Processor) line of products is targeted at turnkey commercial simulation applications. EP-1000CT offers high-end training-oriented features, including our Continuous Texture™ (CT), which provides a high-resolution, textured backdrop to a worldwide 3D training environment. This is a first for the simulation industry.

        Software-centric and capable of running on a range of hardware platforms, EP products combine commercial off-the-shelf and in-house technologies to deliver high fidelity and cost-effective visual training environments. In addition to the capability of generating databases depicting the whole earth, EP provides rapid database generation and is compatible with E&S legacy products.

        With FAA Level D and equivalent certification anticipated for early 2003, EP-1000CT has already been sold to Lufthansa Flight Training, Singapore Airlines, and KLM Royal Dutch Airlines.

        E&S established a partnership with aviation training software provider SimAuthor in 2002. E&S is providing its EP technology to SimAuthor for use in its flight simulator debrief system. We believe this partnership exemplifies the potential for development of business relationships with companies marketing complementary technologies.


Digital Theater

        E&S has leveraged its visual simulation technology to provide state-of-the-art 360-degree and large format digital theater systems for planetariums, science centers, and themed entertainment venues. Products include the new Digistar 3 and Digistar 3 SP, which provide customers with complete show creation, production, and projection capabilities, as well as Digistar II, a digital dome projection system. Our digital theater products can be purchased with interactive capability, which allows audiences to participate and influence the outcome of the program.

        E&S StarRider®, the predecessor to Digistar 3, is currently operating in planetariums, theaters, and science centers in China, Europe, and the US. Digistar 3 has been sold to the Sheila M. Clark Planetarium in Salt Lake City, Utah and the Adler Planetarium & Astronomy Museum in Chicago.

        E&S continues to develop show content for planetariums, theaters, and science centers. In 2002, we released several shows for licensing, including Microcosm, and Cosmic Safari.

9


Competitive Conditions

        The primary competitive factors for our visual simulation products are performance, price, service, and product availability. Because competitors are constantly striving to improve their products, we work to offer products with the best performance possible at a competitive price. Prime contractors, including Lockheed Martin, Flight Safety International (FSI), Thales Training & Simulation Ltd., The Boeing Company and CAE Electronics, Ltd. (CAE), offer competing visual systems in the simulation market. We believe we are able to compete effectively in this environment and will continue to be able to do so in the foreseeable future. In 2002, E&S was awarded several highly competitive orders against FSI and CAE, the principal competitors in the commercial simulation market. In the military simulation market, the group competes primarily with Silicon Graphics, Inc. and CAE. In the low-cost, PC-based market, our simFUSION product competes against companies that focus on PC simulation using graphics accelerator cards. Management believes that the new line of E&S products introduced in 2002, as described above, will allow us to retain our industry-leading position in the marketplace.

        The primary competitive factors in the digital theater market are functionality, performance, price, and access to customers and distribution channels. Our digital theater products compete with traditional optical-mechanical products and digital display systems offered by Minolta Planetarium Co. Ltd., GoTo Optical Mfg. Co., Carl Zeiss Inc., Spitz, Inc. and Sky-Skan, Inc.

BACKLOG

        On December 31, 2002 our backlog was $60 million compared with $107 million on December 31, 2001. We anticipate that approximately two-thirds of the 2002 backlog will be converted to sales in 2003.

SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS

        Worldwide customers using E&S products include U.S. and international armed forces, aerospace companies, most major airlines, laboratories, museums, planetariums, and science centers. We measure and identify our significant customers based on direct sales. We no longer measure significant customers based on indirect sales through subcontractors or prime contractors. While we no longer measure indirect sales, the U.S. government and the United Kingdom Ministry of Defence have been considered significant customers based on indirect sales in prior years.

        In 2002, direct sales to the U.S. government totaled $35.4 million or 29% of total sales, sales to Thales Training & Simulation Ltd. totaled $19.8 million or 16% of total sales, sales to The Boeing Company totaled $17.1 million or 14% of total sales, and sales to Lockheed Martin Corporation totaled $2.9 million or 2% of total sales.

        In 2001, sales to the U.S. government totaled $35.1 million or 24% of total sales, sales to Thales Training & Simulation Ltd. totaled $23.9 million or 16% of total sales, sales to The Boeing Company totaled $15.1 million or 10% of total sales, and sales to Lockheed Martin Corporation totaled $1.8 million or 1% of total sales.

        In 2000, sales to the U.S. government totaled $26.7 million or 16% of total sales, sales to Lockheed Martin Corporation totaled $22.5 million or 14% of total sales, sales to Thales Training & Simulation Ltd. totaled $19.6 million or 12% of total sales, and sales to The Boeing Company totaled $10.7 million or 6% of total sales.

SEASONALITY

        We believe there is no inherent seasonal pattern to our business. Sales volume fluctuates quarter-to-quarter due to relatively large and nonrecurring individual sales and customer driven shipping dates.

10


INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

        We own a number of patents and trademarks and we are a licensee under several others. Our portfolio of patents and trademarks is, as a whole, material to our business. However, no one piece of intellectual property is critical to our business, thus no individual piece of our intellectual property is discussed on its own. In the U.S. and internationally, we hold active patents that cover many aspects of our graphics technology. Several patent applications are presently pending in the U.S., Japan, and several European countries, and other patent applications are in preparation. We actively pursue patents on our new technology and we intend to vigorously protect our patent rights. We routinely copyright software, documentation, and chip masks designed by us and institute copyright registration for such software, documentation, and masks when appropriate.

RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT

        We consider the timely development and introduction of new products to be essential to maintain a competitive position and capitalize on market opportunities. Our research and development expenses were $26.0 million, $28.8 million, and $44.3 million, in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. As a percentage of sales, research and development expenses were 21%, 20% and 27%, in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. We continue to fund essentially all research and development efforts internally. We anticipate that high levels of research and development will be needed to continue to ensure that we maintain technical excellence, leadership, and market competitiveness. As planned, E&S completed the next-generation PC-based Harmony 2 system and the simFUSION 5000 and 6000 PC image generator product line in 2002. In addition, we also substantially completed the development of the next-generation civil airline product, the EP-1000CT. The completion of these products will allow us to focus on the timely development of new products and additional product enhancements in 2003.

DEPENDENCE ON SUPPLIERS

        Most of our current parts and assemblies are readily available through multiple sources in the open market; however, a limited number are available only from a single source. In these cases, we stock a substantial inventory, or obtain the agreement of the vendor to maintain adequate stock for future demands, and/or attempt to develop alternative components or sources where appropriate.

INTERNATIONAL SALES

        Sales of products known to be ultimately installed outside the United States are considered international sales by E&S and were $48.4 million, $49.5 million and $60.9 million in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. International sales represented 39%, 34% and 36% of total sales in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. We believe that any inherent risk that exists in our foreign operations is not material. For additional information, see Note 19 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II of this annual report.

EMPLOYEES

        As of February 28, 2003, Evans & Sutherland and its subsidiaries employed a total of 500 persons compared to 639 employees as of February 28, 2002. We believe our relations with our employees are good. None of our employees is subject to collective bargaining agreements.

ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS

        We believe our facilities and operations are within standards fully acceptable to the Environmental Protection Agency and that all facilities and procedures are in accordance with environmental rules and regulations, and international, federal, state, and local laws.

11


STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS

        In the normal course of business E&S develops and maintains various types of relationships with key customers and technology partners. These relationships include joint technology and product development agreements, research and development agreements, joint marketing agreements, teaming and joint venture agreements, value-added reseller agreements, and original equipment manufacturer (OEM) agreements. These agreements are of necessity somewhat dynamic in nature to enable us to rapidly address changes in market and customer needs and leverage key trends in related technology areas. It is anticipated that this philosophy will continue in 2003, and agreements will be continued or consummated as necessary to maintain our industry leading position.

        During the fourth quarter of 2001, E&S entered into a multiyear agreement with graphics technology leader ATI Technologies Inc., under which ATI will provide graphics accelerator chips for our next-generation PC-based visual systems. ATI chips have replaced REALimage chips in our next-generation Ensemble and simFUSION image generators.

ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS

        In August 2001, we completed an agreement to sell the assets of our REALimage Solutions Group to Real Vision, Inc., a Japanese company that had been a partner with E&S in the development of technology for professional video applications. The transaction formally closed on April 1, 2002. The sale was for a maximum value of $12 million, consisting of cash of $6.3 million plus future royalties, on a when and if earned basis, up to $6 million. As of December 31, 2002, we have not received royalty payments from Real Vision, Inc. As a result of this sale, we recorded gains on sale of business units of $0.8 million in 2001 and $0.3 million in 2002.

        In December 2000, we completed the divestiture of our German subsidiary via a management-led buyout and recorded a loss of $0.3 million. The former subsidiary, which was called Evans & Sutherland Computer GmbH, now operates under a new name. The divested company has no remaining connection with E&S. We will continue to operate in Germany and throughout Europe under our own name, providing marketing, sales, and support for our growing visual systems business and traditional customer base. All close out activities have been in process for approximately two years.

        On March 28, 2000, we sold certain assets of our Application Group relating to digital video products to RT-SET Real Time Synthesized Entertainment Technology Ltd. and its subsidiary, RT-SET America Inc., for $1.4 million in cash, common stock of RT-SET Real Time Synthesized Entertainment Technology Ltd. valued at approximately $1.0 million, and the assumption of certain liabilities. On June 15, 2000, we received additional common stock of RT-SET Real Time Synthesized Entertainment Technology Ltd. valued at $1.5 million related to the successful development of a product included in the purchased assets.

BUSINESS SUBJECT TO GOVERNMENT CONTRACT RENEGOTIATION

        A significant portion of the visual simulation business is dependent on contracts and subcontracts associated with government business. The U.S. Government, and other governments, may terminate any of our government contracts and, in general, subcontracts, at their convenience as well as for default based on performance. If any of our government contracts were to be terminated for convenience, we generally would be entitled to receive payment for work completed and allowable termination or cancellation costs. Depending on the contract, if such an event was to occur, it could materially affect our sales, profits, and cash flow.

        Upon termination for convenience of a fixed-price type contract, we normally are entitled, to the extent of available funding, to receive the purchase price for delivered items, reimbursement for allowable costs for work-in-progress and an allowance for profit on the contract or adjustment for loss if completion of performance would have resulted in a loss. Upon termination for convenience of a

12


cost reimbursement contract, we normally are entitled, to the extent of available funding, to reimbursement of allowable costs plus a portion of the fee. The amount of the fee recovered, if any, is related to the portion of the work accomplished prior to termination and is determined by negotiation.

        U.S. government contracts also are conditioned upon the continuing availability of Congressional appropriations. Long-term government contracts and related orders are subject to cancellation if appropriations for subsequent performance periods become unavailable. Congress usually appropriates funds on a fiscal-year basis even though contract performance may extend over many years. Consequently, at the outset of a program, the contract is usually partially funded, and Congress annually determines if additional funds are to be appropriated to the contract.

RESTRUCTURING

        In the second quarter of 2002, we recorded a restructuring charge of $1.9 million related to a reduction in force of approximately 90 employees. In the fourth quarter of 2002, we recorded a restructuring charge of $2.6 million related to a reduction in force of approximately 140 employees. We estimate that these restructurings will reduce expenses by approximately $14 million per year going forward. These restructurings were undertaken to reduce our operating cost structure as well as to create a cost structure in line with anticipated 2003 revenues.

        At the beginning of 2002, the composition of our reportable segments changed and we had one reportable segment, the development and marketing of visual simulation systems. In prior years, we operated our business under the following business segments: the Simulation Group, REALimage Solutions Group, and the Applications Group. During the second half of 2001, the following events occurred that led to consolidating our business under one business segment. We sold the assets of the REALimage Solutions Group; we discontinued the RAPIDsite business (part of the Applications Group) and transferred the RAPIDsite assets to the Simulation Group; and we consolidated the remaining part of the Applications Group (the planetarium equipment business) into the Simulation Group.

        In the third quarter of 2001, we completed a sales agreement for the REALimage Group to Real Vision, Inc. For more information, see the Acquisitions and Dispositions section contained within the Item 1 Business area of this Form 10-K.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

        This annual report, including all documents incorporated herein by reference, includes certain "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of that term in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including, among others, those statements preceded by, followed by or including the words "estimates," "believes," "expects," "anticipates," "plans," "projects," and similar expressions. See Item 7 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results from Operations, included in Part II of this annual report, for a list of forward-looking statements included, but not limited to, and factors that may affect these forward-looking statements.


ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

        Evans & Sutherland's principal executive, engineering, manufacturing and operations facilities are located in the University of Utah Research Park, in Salt Lake City, Utah, where we own six buildings totaling approximately 411,000 square feet. We occupy four buildings and the remaining two buildings are vacant. We plan to sell the two buildings we do not occupy. The buildings are located on land leased from the University of Utah (the "U of U Property") with an initial term of 40-years or longer. Five of the buildings are on land leases that expire in 2030, with a ten-year renewal option. The remaining building is on a land lease that expires in 2014, with a 40-year renewal option. All of our interests in the U of U Property are subject to a lien by Foothill Capital Corporation to secure

13


repayment of the borrowing facility as set forth in the Liquidity and Capital Resources section of the Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. We hold leases, including our subsidiaries, on several sales, operations, service and production facilities located throughout the United States, Europe and Asia, none of which is material to our manufacturing, engineering or operating facilities. We believe that these properties are suitable for our immediate needs and we do not currently plan to expand our facilities or relocate.


ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        On March 6, 2003, E&S received notice from RealVision, Inc. of a dispute involving a transaction between the companies in 2001 and 2002. This transaction was the sale of assets of REALimage to RealVision, and the provision of services between the companies. In accordance with the contract, RealVision has called for negotiation to resolve the issues, and mediation if necessary, as defined under the contract. Further, RealVision has threatened legal action if agreement is not reached. E&S strongly disagrees with statements made by RealVision in its complaint, and we intend to defend ourselves vigorously, whether in negotiation, mediation, or by legal process, including possible legal action against RealVision.

        In the normal course of business, E&S has various legal claims and other contingent matters, including items raised by government contracting officers and auditors. Although the final outcome of such matters cannot be predicted, we believe the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.


ITEM 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

        No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2002.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

        The following sets forth certain information regarding the executive officers of E&S as of February 28, 2003:

Name

  Age
  Position
James R. Oyler   56   President and Chief Executive Officer
William M. Thomas   48   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Corporate Secretary
David B. Figgins   54   Vice President and General Manager, Product Marketing
L. Eugene Frazier   57   Vice President and General Manager, Strategic Visualization
E. Thomas Atchison   54   Vice President, Manufacturing, Service, and Support
Nicholas P. Gibbs   44   Vice President and General Manager, Simulation Systems
Richard A. Flitton   40   Vice President and General Manager, Commercial Simulation
Kirk D. Johnson   41   Vice President and General Manager, Digital Theater

        James R. Oyler was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of E&S and a member of the Board of Directors in December 1994. Before joining Evans & Sutherland, Mr. Oyler served as President of AMG, Inc. from mid-1990 until December 1994, and a Senior Vice President for Harris Corporation from 1976 through mid-1990. He has eight years of service with E&S.

        William M. Thomas was appointed Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in December 2000 and Corporate Secretary in February 2001. He became Treasurer in January 2002. He joined E&S in August 2000. From May 1998 to August 2000, Mr. Thomas served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Edge Technologies, Inc. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Thomas was Chief

14


Financial Officer for Stanley Aviation Corporation. Mr. Thomas was employed by Hughes from 1982 to 1995. He has two years of service with E&S.

        David B. Figgins joined E&S as a Vice President in April of 1998, and is now Vice President, Product Marketing. Before joining E&S, Mr. Figgins served as Vice President of Business Development and Marketing for Raytheon Training, where he was employed from May 1986 to April 1998. Mr. Figgins has over twenty-five years of experience in the simulation and training industry. Mr. Figgins is a graduate of Royal Air Force Halton and holds a M.S in Management from Purdue University. He has five years of service with E&S.

        L. Eugene Frazier joined E&S in September 1997 as a Vice President, and is now Vice President and General Manager of Strategic Visualization. Prior to his assignment at E&S, he was Director, Technology Development and Advanced Programs at Lockheed Martin Tactical Defense Systems. Before working with Lockheed Martin, he held increasingly responsible assignments in Simulation for LORAL Corporation. He has five years of service with E&S.

        E. Thomas Atchison joined E&S in 1998 as Director of Materials when E&S acquired Silicon Reality, Inc., and is now Vice President of Manufacturing, Service, and Support. At Silicon Reality, Mr. Atchison was Vice President, Operations, Chief Operating Officer, and Chief Financial Officer from October 1997 to June 1998. Prior to Silicon Reality, he was Vice President, Investor Relations and Business Development for Alphatec, and managed production control for National Semiconductor/Fairchild. He has four years of service with E&S.

        Mr. Gibbs is the Vice President and General Manager of Simulation Systems. Prior to this role, he served as General Manager of the Service and Support Division. He has also held management positions in Supply Chain Management and Quality Assurance. Mr. Gibbs received a B.S. in Mathematics from the University of Utah. Mr. Gibbs has been with E&S for over 16 years.

        Richard A. Flitton is Vice President and General Manager, Commercial Simulation, and Managing Director, Evans & Sutherland Computer Ltd. A veteran of the simulation industry with nearly twenty years of experience, Mr. Flitton joined E&S as a product manager in 1994. Before joining E&S, Mr. Flitton was employed by Rediffusion Simulation. Mr. Flitton holds a BEng Hons in Electro/Mechanical Engineering from the University of Brighton (UK) and an M.B.A. from the University of Warwick (UK). He is also a Member of The Royal Aeronautical Society (MRAeS). Mr. Flitton has eight years of service with E&S.

        Kirk D. Johnson was appointed Vice President and General Manager of E&S Digital Theater in January 2002. He joined E&S in 1990 as a regulatory engineer, and he has held increasingly responsible management positions in service and support, program administration for commercial simulation, program management, and digital theater. Before he joined E&S, Mr. Johnson was an engineering manager for Communications Certification Laboratory. Mr. Johnson earned a B.S. in Electrical Engineering and an M.B.A. from the University of Utah. He has 13 years of service with E&S.

15


FORM 10-K

PART II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

        Our common stock trades on The Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol "ESCC." The following table sets forth the range of the high and low bids per share of our common stock for the fiscal quarters indicated, as reported by The Nasdaq Stock Market. Quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

 
  HIGH
  LOW
2002            
First Quarter   $ 7.35   $ 5.83
Second Quarter   $ 10.00   $ 7.11
Third Quarter   $ 8.35   $ 3.72
Fourth Quarter   $ 6.25   $ 2.06

2001

 

 

 

 

 

 
First Quarter   $ 8.00   $ 6.38
Second Quarter   $ 8.69   $ 7.06
Third Quarter   $ 8.31   $ 5.88
Fourth Quarter   $ 7.19   $ 5.38

APPROXIMATE NUMBER OF EQUITY SECURITY HOLDERS

        On February 28, 2003, there were 638 shareholders of record of our common stock. Because brokers and other institutions hold many of our shares on behalf of shareholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of shareholders represented by these record holders.

DIVIDENDS

        We have never paid a cash dividend on our common stock, retaining our earnings for the operation and expansion of our business. We intend for the foreseeable future to continue the policy of retaining our earnings to finance the development and growth of our business. The payment of dividends is restricted under the terms of our credit facilities. See "Item 7—Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources."

16



SECURITIES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS

 
  Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants, and rights

  Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

  Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders   2,410,000   $11.58   367,000
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders     N/A  
   
 
 
Total   2,410,000   $11.58   367,000
   
 
 

        Stock Purchase Plan—We have an employee stock purchase plan whereby qualified employees are allowed to have up to 10% of their gross pay withheld each pay period to purchase our common stock at 85% of the market value of the stock at the time of the sale. During the period of December 24, 2002, through December 31, 2002, the Employee Stock purchase Plan was inadvertently oversubscribed in the amount of 4,218 shares. On February 27, 2003, our Board of Directors increased the number of shares available under this plan from 500,000 to 800,000 shares, and ratified all prior issuances of shares under the plan. We will file an S-8 Registration Statement registering these shares. Information regarding the employee Stock Purchase Plan is not included in the above table.

17



ITEM 6.    SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following selected financial data for the five fiscal years ended December 31, are derived from our Consolidated Financial Statements. The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. See also "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

 
  2002(1)
  2001(2)
  2000(3)
  1999(4)
  1998(5)
 
 
  (In thousands, except per share amounts)

 
For The Year                                
Sales   $ 122,578   $ 145,263   $ 166,980   $ 200,885   $ 191,766  

Net loss before accretion of preferred stock

 

 

(11,721

)

 

(27,457

)

 

(69,570

)

 

(23,454

)

 

(15,983

)

Net loss per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Basic     (1.12 )   (2.70 )   (7.45 )   (2.49 )   (1.70 )
  Diluted     (1.12 )   (2.70 )   (7.45 )   (2.49 )   (1.70 )

Average weighted number of common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Basic     10,422     10,169     9,372     9,501     9,461  
  Diluted     10,422     10,169     9,372     9,501     9,461  

At End of Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total assets   $ 127,576   $ 177,353   $ 216,078   $ 258,464   $ 275,668  
Long-term debt, less current portion     20,685     18,086     25,563     18,015     18,062  
Redeemable, preferred stock             24,000     23,772     23,544  
Stockholders' equity     53,363     64,659     67,634     137,194     165,083  

(1)
During 2002, we incurred impairment losses on inventory of $1.4 million and on software licenses of $0.3 million, restructuring charges of $4.5 million, a gain on curtailment of pension plan of $3.6 million, a gain on the sale of assets held for sale of $1.2 million, and a gain on sale of the REALimage business unit of $0.3 million. See Results of Operations of Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Notes 1, 9, and 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II of this annual report.

(2)
During 2001, we incurred an impairment loss of $0.2 million, restructuring charges of $2.8 million, a charge of $5.3 million for REALimage transition costs, a gain on the sale of assets held for sale of $9.0 million, and a gain on the sale of the REALimage business unit of $0.8 million. See Results of Operations of Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Notes 1, 21 and 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II of this annual report.

(3)
During 2000, we recorded deferred tax expense of $20.3 million as a result of our decision to fully reserve net deferred tax assets due to cumulative net operating losses and the cancellation of a significant contract and the related complaint filed by Lockheed Martin Corporation, and a gain on the sale of a business unit of $1.9 million.

(4)
During 1999, we incurred a write-off of inventories of $13.2 million, an impairment loss of $9.7 million and a restructuring charge of $1.5 million.

(5)
During 1998, we incurred a $20.8 million charge to expense acquired in-process technology in connection with the acquisitions of AccelGraphics, Inc. and Silicon Reality, Inc.

18



QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  Quarter Ended
 
 
  March 29
  June 28(2)
  Sep. 27
  Dec. 31(3)
 
2002                          
Sales   $ 32,563   $ 34,221   $ 26,592   $ 29,202  
Gross profit     9,594     12,185     11,268     10,087  
Net loss before income taxes     (3,872 )   (649 )   (1,684 )   (5,979 )
Net loss applicable to common stock     (3,189 )   (724 )   (1,759 )   (6,049 )
Net loss per share(1):                          
  Basic     (0.31 )   (0.07 )   (0.17 )   (0.58 )
  Diluted     (0.31 )   (0.07 )   (0.17 )   (0.58 )

 


 

Quarter Ended


 
 
  March 30
  June 29
  Sep. 28(4)
  Dec. 31(5)
 
2001                          
Sales   $ 39,632   $ 48,097   $ 29,601   $ 27,933  
Gross profit     13,215     11,973     1,793     2,459  
Net loss before income taxes     (6,048 )   (5,208 )   (17,987 )   (1,386 )
Net income (loss) applicable to common stock     (6,124 )   (5,132 )   (16,309 )   108  
Net income (loss) per share(1):                          
  Basic     (0.64 )   (0.50 )   (1.57 )   0.01  
  Diluted     (0.64 )   (0.50 )   (1.57 )   0.01  

(1)
Earnings per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented and therefore may not sum to the total for the year.

(2)
During the second quarter of 2002, we recorded a restructuring charge of $1.9 million and a gain on curtailment of pension plan of $3.6 million.

(3)
During the fourth quarter of 2002, we recorded a restructuring charge of $2.6 million, an inventory impairment loss of $1.4 million, an impairment loss of $0.3 million for software licenses that were used by employees removed in the fourth quarter 2002 reduction-in-force actions, and a gain on the sale of an asset held for sale of $1.2 million.

(4)
During the third quarter of 2001, we recorded a restructuring charge of $2.1 million and an income tax benefit of $2.0 million as a result of the resolution of certain tax contingencies.

(5)
During the fourth quarter of 2001, we recorded a $9.0 million gain on the sale of certain patents. Also during this quarter, we recorded an impairment loss of $0.2 million for the write-off of goodwill associated with our acquisition of AccelGraphics, Inc. and Silicon Reality, Inc. in 1998, a restructuring charge of $0.7 million and an income tax benefit of $1.6 million as a result of the resolution of certain tax contingencies.

19



ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        The policies discussed below are considered by management to be critical to an understanding of E&S's financial statements. Their application places significant demands on management's judgment, with financial reporting results relying on estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Specific risks for these critical accounting policies are described in the following paragraphs. A summary of significant accounting policies can be found in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. For all of these policies, management cautions that future results rarely develop exactly as forecast, and the best estimates routinely require adjustment.

Revenue Recognition

        Revenue from long-term contracts requiring significant production, modification or customization is recorded using the percentage-of-completion method. This method uses the ratio of costs incurred to management's estimate of total anticipated costs. Our estimates of total costs include assumptions, such as man-hours to complete, estimated materials cost, and estimates of other direct and indirect costs. Actual results may vary significantly from our estimates. If the actual costs are higher than management's anticipated total costs, then an adjustment would be required to reduce the previously recognized revenue as the ratio of costs incurred to management's estimate was overstated. If actual costs are lower than management's anticipated total costs, then an adjustment would be required to increase the previously recognized revenue as the ratio of costs incurred to management's estimate is understated.

Costs and Estimated Earnings in Excess of Billings on Uncompleted Contracts and Billings in Excess of Costs and Estimated Earnings on Uncompleted Contracts

        Billings on uncompleted long-term contracts may be greater than or less than incurred costs and estimated earnings. As a result, these differences are recorded as an asset or liability on the balance sheets. Since revenue recognized on these long-term contracts includes estimates of management's anticipated total costs, the amounts in costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts and billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts also include these estimates.

Inventories

        Inventory includes materials at standard costs, which approximates average costs, as well as inventoried costs on programs (including material, labor, subcontracting costs, as well as an allocation of indirect costs). We periodically review inventories for excess supply, obsolescence, and valuations above estimated realizable amounts, and then provide a reserve we consider sufficient to cover these items. Reserve adequacy is based on estimates of future sales, product pricing, and requirements to complete projects. Revisions of these estimates would result in adjustments to our operating results.

Accrued Expenses

        Accrued expenses include amounts for liquidated damages and late delivery penalties (See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements). While current contracts could include additional liquidated damages and late delivery penalties, we have included all amounts management believes E&S is liable for as of December 31, 2002. These liquidated damages are based primarily on estimates of project completion dates. To the extent completion dates are not consistent with our estimates, these damage and penalty accruals may require additional adjustments.

20



Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We specifically analyze accounts receivables and consider historic experience, customer creditworthiness, facts and circumstances specific to outstanding balances, current economic trends, and payment term changes when evaluating adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. Changes in these factors could result in material adjustments to the expense recognized for bad debts.

Income Taxes

        As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements we are required to estimate our actual income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This involves estimating our actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatments of items, such as accrued liabilities, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our consolidated balance sheets. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance. To the extent we establish a valuation allowance or increase or decrease this allowance in a period, we must include a corresponding adjustment within the tax provision in the statement of operations. Significant management judgment is required to determine our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following discussions should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein under Item 8 of this annual report.

 
  Year ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Sales   100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %
Cost of sales   63.7   79.7   82.4  
Inventory impairment   1.1      
   
 
 
 
    Gross profit   35.2   20.3   17.6  
   
 
 
 
Operating expenses:              
  Selling, general and administrative   22.1   20.6   20.6  
  Research and development   21.2   19.9   26.5  
  Restructuring charge   3.7   2.0   (0.5 )
  Impairment loss   0.2   0.2    
  REALimage transition costs     3.6    
   
 
 
 
    Operating expenses   47.2   46.3   46.6  
   
 
 
 
    (12.0 ) (26.0 ) (29.0 )
Gain on curtailment of pension plan   2.9      
Gain on sale of assets held for sale   1.0   6.2    
Gain on sale of business unit   0.2   0.5   1.1  
   
 
 
 
    Operating loss   (7.9 ) (19.3 ) (27.9 )
Other income (expense), net   (2.0 ) (1.8 ) (2.4 )
   
 
 
 
    Loss before income taxes   (9.9 ) (21.1 ) (30.3 )
Income tax expense (benefit)   (0.3 ) (2.2 ) 11.4  
   
 
 
 
    Net loss   (9.6 ) (18.9 ) (41.7 )
Accretion of preferred stock       0.1  
   
 
 
 
Net loss applicable to common stock   (9.6 )% (18.9 )% (41.8 )%
   
 
 
 

21


Consolidated Sales and Gross Profit

        Our total sales were $122.6 million in 2002, compared with $145.3 million in 2001 and $167.0 million in 2000. Military sales declined in 2002 compared to 2001 because 2001 contained a large amount of revenue from six large programs ("Big 6 programs"), which are now, on average, 99% complete. No new programs of this size were awarded during 2002 to produce replacement revenue. Sales of our PC-based image generator declined in 2002 compared to 2001 because our next generation simFUSION product was not launched until the third quarter of 2002 and customers were waiting for the release of this enhanced PC-based image generator. The new simFUSION product generated orders and revenue in the third and fourth quarters of 2002. In 2002, sales of our planetarium systems declined as customers delayed their orders of existing products in anticipation of our next generation products, which have now been launched and are also producing orders and revenue. Sales were also impacted by a worldwide slowdown of demand for planetarium equipment in 2002. In 2001, we also sold our REALimage business and discontinued the operations of our RAPIDsite business; therefore, losing related revenue in 2002. These 2002 decreases in sales were partially offset by an increase in service and support revenues.

        Both commercial and military markets have been changing rapidly during the past year, and continue to do so. In the commercial market, commercial airlines have reduced purchases of new aircraft compared to prior years. This has resulted in a reduction in the number of new simulators they require for training. However, many commercial airlines are upgrading their currently installed simulators. As a result, we have benefited from this change because E&S has a large share of the installed base of visual systems and because our newly introduced EP-1000CT product provides an attractive upgrade path due to its compatibility with the installed base. Military markets have continued to shrink as funds are diverted to more pressing military requirements. We believe this process of diverting funds will continue during 2003, but may result in some pent-up demand in 2004.

        Our 2001 sales declined compared to 2000 as a result of both delays in military programs relating to our Harmony image generator and a decline in sales volume to commercial airline customers. Sales in the REALimage business also declined in 2001 as the group was sold during the third quarter of 2001. Additionally, sales of planetarium systems also declined in 2001. These declines more than offset increases in the 2001 sales volumes of our simFUSION PC-based image generator and service and support revenues.

        Our gross margin percentages were 35.2% in 2002, compared with 20.3% in 2001, and 17.6% in 2000. Gross margins increased significantly as a result of the Big 6 programs, which used our Harmony image generator, having less of a negative impact in 2002 than in 2001. These six programs heavily contributed either losses or small positive gross margins to 2001's overall gross profit. Additionally, gross margins on sales to commercial airline customers were up as 2002 included both positive adjustments for completing programs below cost estimates and improved overall cost performance. These 2002 gross margin improvements were offset by an inventory impairment loss of $1.4 million related to our restructuring plan decision to exit the simFUSION 4000 product line. The $1.4 million charge encompassed the total value for the simFUSION 4000 inventory on hand. We took this impairment write-off because we anticipate reduced demand for simFUSION 4000 products as a result of customer migration to the next-generation simFUSION products.

        Our 2001 gross margin percentage increased compared to 2000 as a result of higher sales volumes and lower cost of sales for support services and improved cost performance on sales to commercial airline customers. Additionally, gross margins on our planetarium systems increased as a result of improved overall cost performance. These improvements were partially offset by higher cost of sales on simFUSION PC-based image generators and cost overruns on our Harmony image generator programs.

22



Operating Expenses, Other and Taxes

        Our operating expenses were $57.9 million in 2002, compared with $67.3 million in 2001 and $77.9 million in 2000. Selling, general, and administrative (SG&A) expenses decreased $2.9 million during 2002 as a result of lower headcount, lower labor costs, reduced use of consultants, and lower overheads. Additionally, due to improved collection experience, previous bad debt accruals of $0.7 million were reversed, which lowered SG&A expenses. Research and development expenses decreased $2.9 million in 2002 as a result of lower headcount, decreased effort on our Integrator software product as it nears completion, and reduced overhead costs. These R&D decreases were partly offset by one-time material purchases for the development of both our EP-1000 line of new visual systems for commercial simulation and our new PC-based products.

        Our SG&A expenses decreased $4.3 million in 2001 compared to 2000 as a result of lower headcount, reduced incentive expenses, lower commissions on reduced orders, and lower advertising expenditures. Additionally, 2001 SG&A savings were achieved when the REALimage business was sold. Research and development costs decreased $15.4 million in 2001, compared to 2000, as a result of lower labor and related expenses as a result of the reduced development effort on our Harmony, Integrator, Ensemble, and PC-based simulation products. Additionally, 2001 R&D savings were achieved when the REALimage business was sold and the RAPIDsite business was discontinued.

        During 2001 we recorded a charge of $5.3 million for REALimage transition costs that included all expenses associated with the REALimage Solutions Group incurred in the first three quarters of 2001. There were no REALimage transition costs in 2002 or 2000.

        During 2002, we recorded a restructuring charge of $4.5 million related to a reduction in force of approximately 230 employees in an attempt to reduce the operating cost structure as well as to create a cost structure in line with anticipated 2003 revenues. We estimate that this restructuring will reduce expenses by approximately $14 million per year going forward. During 2001, we recorded a restructuring charge of $2.8 million relating to a reduction in force of approximately 92 employees. In 2000, we reversed $0.8 million of a 1999 $1.5 million restructuring charge as a result of employee transfers within E&S (rather than termination) and lower than estimated severance costs.

        During the fourth quarter of 2002, we recognized an impairment loss of $0.3 million on software licenses related to software licenses that were used by employees removed in the fourth quarter 2002 reduction-in-force actions. During 2001, we recognized an impairment loss of $0.2 million related to the write-off of goodwill acquired in the E&S acquisition of AccelGraphics, Inc. and Silicon Reality, Inc. in 1998. No impairment losses were recorded in 2000.

        During 2002, we recognized a gain on the curtailment of our pension plan of $3.6 million. In order to both match current market practices and improve our competitive position, the pension plan was amended to curtail accrual of future benefits. At the same time, the E&S 401(k) plan was amended to permit the Board of Directors to grant additional discretionary matching contributions based on profitability as well as other financial and operational considerations.

        During 2002, we recognized a gain on assets held for sale of $1.2 million on the sale of a building. In 2002 we also recognized an additional $0.3 million gain on the sale of a business unit on the sale of the REALimage Solutions Group, which was originally sold in 2001, due to favorable cost performance compared to the original cost estimates. During 2001, we recognized a gain on the sale of assets held for sale of $9.0 million due to the sale of certain 3D-graphics patents and a gain on the sale of a business unit of $0.8 million as a result of the sale of our REALimage Solutions Group. During 2000, we recognized a gain on the sale of a business unit of $1.9 million due to the sale of certain assets relating to our digital video business.

        Our other income (expense) was $2.4 million in net expenses in 2002, $2.6 million in net expense in 2001, and $4.0 million in net expense in 2000. Interest expense decreased to $1.8 million in 2002

23



from $2.5 million in 2001 due to lower debt levels. Interest expense increased to $2.5 million in 2001 from $2.2 million in 2000 due to higher debt levels. Also included in 2000 was $6.5 million in gain on sale of investment securities and a $7.8 million loss on the write-down of investment securities. The majority of these amounts related to the sale of our shares of Silicon Light Machines, Inc. to Cypress Semiconductor, Inc. ("Cypress") for shares in Cypress, and the subsequent fall in value and sale of those Cypress shares.

        Our income tax benefits were $0.5 million in 2002 compared to $3.2 million in 2001 and compared to an income tax expense of $19.0 million in 2000. The 2002 income tax benefit was the result of a change in the U.S. tax law, which allows us to use additional net operating losses to offset taxable income. The benefit in 2001 was primarily due to the favorable audit resolution of certain potential foreign tax liabilities. The income tax expense in 2000 was the result of a $20.6 million increase in our deferred tax asset valuation allowance as a result of the cancellation of a significant contract and continued pretax losses.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

General Overview

        During 2002, we made strides to improve our liquidity and capital resources position. The near completion of the Big 6 programs during 2002 had a positive impact on our liquidity. Our operations generated $12.1 million in cash in 2002, which we used to reduce our lines of credit. At December 31, 2002, our maximum borrowings and letters of credit allowed under our lines of credit were approximately $28 million, with actual borrowings from our lines of credit, short and long term, of $7.9 million. We sold one of our buildings in 2002 and will continue to market the remaining two buildings for sale in 2003. At December 31, 2002, we had cash and restricted cash of $10.3 million and we have approximately $18.0 million in long-term convertible subordinated debentures due in 2012.

Big 6 Impact

        We have six Harmony 1 programs ("Big 6") that have had a negative impact on our overall financial condition during 2001 and 2002. However, by achieving, on average, a 99% completion rate on the Big 6 programs, we believe we have mitigated future potential negative effects the Big 6 programs could have on our future financial condition.

        In 2002, approximately $23.5 million in costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts relating to the Big 6 programs were converted to accounts receivable. Our collections on related accounts receivables during 2002 were approximately $20.1 million. Collections on accounts receivable have significantly contributed to $12.1 million in cash generated from operations during 2002. With the generation of this cash from operations, we were less reliant on our lines of credit as the 2002-year progressed.

Cash Flow

        At December 31, 2002, we had working capital of $56.0 million, including cash and restricted cash of $10.3 million, compared to working capital of $54.5 million at December 31, 2001, including cash and restricted cash of $11.5 million. During 2002, we generated $12.1 million from our operating activities, used $0.7 million in our investing activities, and used $12.8 million in our financing activities.

        Cash from our operating activities was provided by an $11.9 million decrease in the net costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts. Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts decreased $25.7 million primarily due to successful near completion of the Big 6 programs. Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts decreased $14.0 million due primarily to $6.0 million in deliveries made in 2002 related to

24



commercial simulation orders booked in 2001 and $3.6 million in deliveries made in 2002 related to military simulation orders in 2001. Also contributing to cash from operations was an $8.8 million decrease in accounts receivable due primarily to collections on the Big 6 programs and improved collections.

        Cash used by investing activities was $0.7 million. Purchases of property, plant and equipment used $3.4 million cash in 2002, however this was offset by $2.9 million from the sale of one of our buildings. Over the past two years, we have significantly reduced our investment in property, plant and equipment as part of our cost reduction plan associated with our restructuring efforts. In 2002, 2001, and 2000 we invested $3.4 million, $6.6 million, and $13.9 million, respectively.

        Cash used by our financing activities was $12.8 million in 2002, compared to cash generation of $12.6 million in 2001. In 2001, cash generation from financing activities was due mainly to our reliance on lines of credit to fund our working capital. In 2002, as a result of cash generation from our operating activities, we were less reliant on our lines of credit. Thus, we were able to pay them down and our average borrowings against our lines of credit were lower in 2002.

Credit Facilities

        In December 2000, we entered into a secured credit facility (the "Foothill Facility") with Foothill Capital Corporation ("Foothill") that provided for borrowings and the issuance of letters of credit up to $30.0 million. In December 2002, E&S and Foothill renegotiated and renewed the terms of the Foothill Facility, providing for borrowings and the issuance of letters of credit up to $25.0 million. The Foothill Facility, among other things, (i) requires E&S to maintain certain financial ratios and covenants, including a minimum tangible net worth that adjusts each quarter, a minimum unbilled receivables to billed receivables ratio, and a limitation of $12.0 million of aggregate capital expenditures in any fiscal year; (ii) restricts our ability to incur debt or liens; sell, assign, pledge or lease assets; merge with another company; and (iii) restricts the payment of dividends and repurchase of any of our outstanding shares without the prior consent of the lender. The Foothill Facility expires in December 2004.

        Borrowings under the Foothill Facility bear interest at the Wells Fargo Bank National Association prevailing prime rate plus 1.5% to 3.0%, depending on the amount outstanding. In addition, the Foothill Facility has an unused line fee equal to 0.375% per annum times the difference between $25 million and the sum of the average undrawn portion of the borrowings, payable each quarter. The Foothill Facility provides Foothill with a first priority perfected security interest in substantially all of our assets, including, but not limited to, all of our intellectual property. Pursuant to the terms of the Foothill Facility, all cash receipts of E&S must be deposited into a Foothill controlled account.

        Due to Foothill's waiver on February 22, 2002 of E&S's noncompliance with financial covenants through December 31, 2001 and the modification of the financial covenants; Foothill's waiver on July 23, 2002 of E&S's noncompliance with financial covenants in the second quarter of 2002; and the January 8, 2003 amendment to the financial covenants effective in December 2002; we were in compliance with our financial covenants and ratios as of December 31, 2002. However, a continuation of trends from 2000, 2001, and portions of 2002, could impact future compliance with such covenants.

        As of December 31, 2002, we had outstanding financial standby letters of credit totaling $4.9 million related to our performance on certain customer contracts. Our customers can draw against these letters of credit if we fail to meet the performance requirements contained within the terms of each letter of credit. As of December 31, 2002, no amounts have been accrued for any estimated losses under these obligations, as it is probable that we will perform as required under our contracts.

        As of December 31, 2002, we had $2.7 million in outstanding borrowings and $4.9 million in outstanding letters of credit under the Foothill Facility.

25



        Evans & Sutherland Computer Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, has a $3.0 million overdraft facility (the "Overdraft Facility") with Lloyds TSB Bank plc ("Lloyds"). Borrowings under the Overdraft Facility bear interest at Lloyds' short-term offered rate plus 1.75% per annum. As of December 31, 2002, there were $5.2 million in outstanding borrowings. Lloyds allows E&S to borrow over $3 million on the Overdraft Facility on condition that any borrowings over $3 million are deposited with Lloyds. The Overdraft Facility is subject to reduction or demand repayment for any reason at any time at Lloyds' discretion. As a result of a recent renewal of the Overdraft Facility, it now expires on December 31, 2003. Evans & Sutherland Computer Limited executed a letter of negative pledge in favor of Lloyds whereby it agreed not to sell or encumber its assets, except in the ordinary course of business. Covenants contained in the Overdraft Facility restrict dividend payments from Evans & Sutherland Computer Limited and require maintenance of certain financial covenants. In addition, at December 31, 2002, we had $2.9 million in restricted cash deposited at Lloyds related to the Overdraft Facility, $0.7 million of this cash on deposit is in a restricted cash collateral account to support certain obligations that the bank guarantees and borrowings were $5.2 million. As of February 28, 2003, we had $1.2 million in outstanding borrowings against the Overdraft Facility.

Other

        In July 2000, we formed a joint venture with Quadrant Group plc ("Quadrant") known as Quest Flight Training Limited ("Quest"). Quest provides certain equipment, software, training and other goods and services to the Secretary of State for Defence of the U.K. Ministry of Defence ("U.K. MoD") and other related governmental entities with regard to an upgrade of the U.K. MoD E3D Facility and E3D Sentry Aircrew Training Services. In connection with the services of Quest to the U.K. MoD, we guaranteed various obligations of Quest. As of December 31, 2002, we had four guarantees outstanding related to Quest. One guarantees, jointly and severally with Quadrant, the performance of Quest in relation to its contract with the U.K. MoD. If Quest fails to meet its obligations under the contract then we (and Quadrant) are required to perform under the terms of the contract. Due to the length of the contract and the uncertainty of what performance we would be liable for if Quest did in fact fail to perform, we cannot estimate the maximum amount of possible future payments. This guarantee is in place until 2030. The second guarantees, jointly and severally with Quadrant, up to a maximum amount of £1.0 million ($1.6 million), the performance of Quest, where not subcontracted, and the performance of Quest where any subcontractor is not liable to meet its obligation due to any limitation of liability in its sub-contract agreement and thus prevents Quest from meeting its obligation under its contract with the U.K. MoD. This guarantee is in place until 2020. The third guarantees payment and discharge of a certain loan agreement, severally with Quadrant, that Quest has entered into. As of December 31, 2002, the outstanding loan balance was $8.4 million. This guarantee is in place until 2020. The fourth guarantees a payment, up to a maximum amount of £0.13 million ($0.2 million), in the event that Quest has a default event, as defined by its loan agreement. This guarantee is in place until 2020. As of December 31, 2002, no amounts have been accrued for any estimated losses under these guarantees because we believe that Quest will meet all of its performance and financial obligations in relation to its contract with the U.K. MoD.

        As of December 31, 2002, we had approximately $18.0 million of 6% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due in 2012 (the "6% Debentures"). The 6% Debentures are unsecured and are convertible at each bondholder's option into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $42.10 or 428,000 shares of our common stock, subject to adjustment. The 6% Debentures are redeemable at our option, in whole or in part, at par.

26



        On February 18, 1998, E&S's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 600,000 shares of our common stock, including the 327,000 shares still available from the repurchase authorization approved by the Board of Directors on November 11, 1996. On September 8, 1998, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an additional 1,000,000 shares of our common stock. On February 28, 2003, 463,500 shares remained available for repurchase. No shares were repurchased during 2002, 2001, or 2000. Stock may be acquired on the open market or through negotiated transactions. Under the program, repurchases may be made from time to time, depending on market conditions, share price and other factors. The Foothill Facility requires that we obtain prior consent from Foothill before we repurchase any shares.

        We also maintain trade credit arrangements with certain of our suppliers. The unavailability of a significant portion of, or the loss of, the various borrowing facilities of E&S or trade credit from suppliers would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operations.

        In the event our various borrowing facilities were to become unavailable, we were unable to make timely deliveries of products pursuant to the terms of various agreements with third parties, or certain of our contracts were adversely impacted for failure to meet delivery requirements, we may be unable to meet our anticipated working capital needs, routine capital expenditures, and current debt service obligations on a short-term and long-term basis.

        We believe that the principal sources of liquidity for 2003 will be a result of positive cash flows from the restructuring which has taken place, the progress to date on our Harmony image generator fixed-price contracts (Big 6 programs), other cost-cutting measures (which will be implemented during 2003) and the sale of the two remaining buildings designated as assets held for sale. Circumstances that could materially affect liquidity in 2003 include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) our ability to meet contractual milestones related to the delivery and integration of our Harmony image generators, (ii) our ability to successfully develop and produce new technologies and products, (iii) our ability to meet our forecasted sales levels during 2003, (iv) our ability to reduce costs and expenses, (v) our ability to maintain our commercial simulation business in light of current economic conditions and (vi) our ability to favorably negotiate sale agreements related to certain of our buildings.

        We believe that existing cash, restricted cash, borrowings available under our various borrowing facilities, the sale of certain buildings currently held for sale, and expected cash from future operations will be sufficient to meet our anticipated working capital needs, routine capital expenditures and current debt service obligations for the next twelve months. At December 31, 2002, our total indebtedness was $26.0 million. The Foothill Facility expires in December 2004 and the Overdraft Facility expires on December 31, 2003. If these credit facilities continue to be needed, we will attempt to replace them; however, there can be no assurances that we will be successful in renegotiating our existing borrowing facilities or obtaining additional debt or equity financing. Our cash and restricted cash, subject to various restrictions previously set forth, are available for working capital needs, capital expenditures, strategic investments, mergers and acquisitions, stock repurchases and other potential cash needs as they may arise.

EFFECTS OF INFLATION

        The effects of inflation were not considered material during fiscal years 2002, 2001 and 2000, and are not expected to be material for fiscal year 2003.

OUTLOOK

        Our projections for the future look promising. With the Big 6 Programs essentially complete, the outlook for E&S has greatly improved. Losses of approximately $12 million, $27 million, and $70 million for 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, are, in large part, attributable to these programs, or actions related to them. As revenues for these programs decreased as a percent of total sales during

27



this period, our gross margins improved. Gross margin performance in 2000 was at a low of 18%. Performance in 2002 improved to yield a gross margin in excess of 35%. This improvement is directly attributable to two key factors. First, our core business, outside of the Big 6 Programs, has a sustainable business model. Second, customers agree that our products bring additional value to their training capabilities.

        The future success of E&S is highly dependant on our products. EP-1000, Harmony 2, simFUSION 6000, Digistar 3, Integrator and ESCP II have been developed and/or upgraded during the last two years as a result of significant research and development funding. These new products have made a statement in the simulation marketplace; E&S continues to be the technical leader in this space. While revenues for E&S are down due to the overall decline in the market, revenues from the commercial market have picked up by taking market share as a direct result of the technical advantages of EP-1000. Management believes that as the market rebounds, we are uniquely positioned, via our new products, to see similar results in all of our business units.

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

        The foregoing contains "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of that term in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including, among others, those statements preceded by, followed by or including the words "estimates," "believes," "expects," "anticipates," "plans," "projects," and similar expressions.

        These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following statements:

    "As a result, we believe this process of diverting funds during 2003 will result in some pent-up demand for 2004 orders."

    "...FAA Level D and equivalent certification anticipated for early 2003"

    "We believe we are able to compete effectively in this environment and will continue to be able to do so in the foreseeable future."

    "Management believes that the new line of E&S products introduced in 2002, as described above, will allow us to retain our industry-leading position in the marketplace."

    "We anticipate that approximately two-thirds of the 2002 backlog will be converted to sales in 2003."

    "We actively pursue patents on our new technology and we intend to vigorously protect our patent rights."

    "We routinely copyright software, documentation, and chip masks designed by us and institute copyright registration for such software, documentation, and masks when appropriate."

    "We anticipate that high levels of research and development will be needed to continue to ensure that we maintain technical excellence, leadership, and market competitiveness."

    "The completion of these products will allow us to focus on the timely development of new products and additional product enhancements in 2003."

    "We believe that any inherent risk that exists in our foreign operations is not material."

    "It is anticipated that this philosophy will continue in 2003, and agreements will be continued or consummated as necessary to maintain our industry leading position."

    "We will continue to operate in Germany and throughout Europe under our own name, providing marketing, sales, and support for our growing visual systems business and traditional customer base."

28


    "We estimate that these restructurings will reduce expenses by approximately $14 million per year going forward."

    "These restructurings were undertaken to reduce our operating cost structure as well as to create a cost structure in line with anticipated 2003 revenues."

    "We plan to sell the two buildings we do not occupy."

    "We sold one of our buildings in 2002 and will continue to market the remaining two buildings for sale in 2003."

    "We believe that these properties are suitable for our immediate needs and we do not currently plan to expand our facilities or relocate."

    "Although the final outcome of such matters cannot be predicted, we believe the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, liquidity or results of operations"

    "We intend for the foreseeable future to continue the policy of retaining our earnings to finance the development and growth of our business."

    "We took this impairment write-off because we anticipate reduced demand for simFUSION 4000 products as a result of customer migration to the next-generation simFUSION products."

    "However, by achieving, on average, a 99% completion rate on the Big 6 programs, we believe we have mitigated future potential negative effects the Big 6 programs could have on our future financial condition."

    "As of December 31, 2002, no amounts have been accrued for any estimated losses under these guarantees because we believe that Quest will meet all of its performance and financial obligations in relation to its contract with the U.K. MoD."

    "However, a continuation of trends from 2000, 2001, and portions of 2002, could impact future compliance with such covenants."

    "As of December 31, 2002, no amounts have been accrued for any estimated losses under these obligations, as it is probable that we will perform as required under our contracts."

    "We believe that the principal sources of liquidity for 2003 will be a result of positive cash flows from the restructuring which has taken place, the progress to date on our Harmony image generator fixed-price contracts (Big 6 programs), other cost-cutting measures (which will be implemented during 2003) and the sale of the two remaining buildings designated as assets held for sale."

    "We believe that existing cash, restricted cash, borrowings available under our various borrowing facilities, the sale of certain buildings currently held for sale, and expected cash from future operations will be sufficient to meet our anticipated working capital needs, routine capital expenditures and current debt service obligations for the next twelve months."

    "Our projections for the future look promising."

    "With the Big 6 Programs essentially complete, the outlook for E&S is greatly improved."

    "The future success of E&S is highly dependant on our products."

    "Management believes that as the market rebounds, we are uniquely positioned, via our new products, to see similar results in all of our business units."

    "We have developed a rich set of tools to make the development of databases more efficient and less costly, whether built by E&S or by others."

29


    "Specifically, we continue to design and build complex integrated circuits ("chips") where required, and we are the only company in the industry with this capability."

    "In the long-term, we anticipate growth in the military market as new vehicles come on line and the overall cost effectiveness of simulation training makes it an increasingly attractive alternative to other training methods."

    "E&S supplies very popular visual systems for commercial full flight simulators, providing what we estimate to be over 30% of the visual systems installed in full flight training simulators for commercial airlines, training centers, simulator manufacturers, and aircraft manufacturers."

    "The effects of inflation were not considered material during fiscal years 2002, 2001 and 2000, and are not expected to be material for fiscal year 2003."

    "Under our current competitive strategy, we endeavor to remain competitive by growing existing businesses, developing new businesses internally, selectively acquiring businesses, increasing efficiency, improving access to new markets, and reducing costs."

    "Based upon our current level of operations and anticipated growth, management believes that available cash flow, together with available credit, will be adequate to meet our financial needs."

    "We currently make and plan to continue to make a significant investment in research and development."

    "While we have every reason to believe these investments will be rewarded with sales-generating products, customer acceptance ultimately dictates the success of development and marketing efforts."

    "Although we cannot predict such uncertainties, in our opinion there are no spending reductions or funding limitations pending that would impact our contracts."

    "We expect that sales to a limited number of customers will continue to account for a substantial portion of our sales in the foreseeable future."

    "We intend to consider acquisitions, alliances, and transactions involving other companies that could complement our existing business."

    "While current contracts could include additional liquidated damages and late delivery penalties, we have included all amounts management believes E&S is liable for as of December 31, 2002."

    Assumptions relating to the foregoing.

        Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified. Future events and actual results could differ materially from those set forth in, contemplated by, or underlying the forward-looking information. Our actual results could differ materially from these forward-looking statements. In addition to the other risks described in the "Factors That May Affect Future Results" discussion under Item 7—Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this annual report, important factors to consider in evaluating such forward-looking statements include risk of product demand, market acceptance, economic conditions, competitive products and pricing, difficulties in product development, product delays, commercialization and technology, and our ability to maintain credit facilities to support our operations on favorable and acceptable terms. In light of these risks and uncertainties, there can be no assurance that the events contemplated by the forward-looking statements contained in this annual report will, in fact, occur.

30



FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS

        Our domestic and international businesses operate in highly competitive markets that involve a number of risks, some of which are beyond our control. While we are optimistic about our long-term prospects, the following discussion highlights some risks and uncertainties that should be considered in evaluating our growth outlook.

Our Stock Price May be Adversely Impacted if Our Sales or Earnings Fail to Meet Expectations

        Our stock price is subject to significant volatility and will likely be adversely affected if sales or earnings in any quarter fail to meet the investment community's expectations. Our sales and earnings may fail to meet expectations because they fluctuate and are difficult to predict. Our earnings during 2002 and 2001 fluctuated significantly from quarter to quarter. One of the reasons we experience such fluctuations is that the largest share of our sales and earnings is from customer programs that typically have long delivery cycles and contract lengths. The timing of customer acceptance of certain large-scale commercial or government contracts may affect the timing and amount of sales that can be recognized; thus, causing our periodic operating results to fluctuate. Our results may further fluctuate if United States and international governments delay or even cancel production on large-scale contracts due to lack of available funding.

        Our earnings may not meet either investor or internal expectations because our budgeted operating expenses are relatively fixed in the short term and even a small sales shortfall may cause a period's results to be below expectations. Such a sales shortfall could arise from any number of factors, including:

    delays in the availability of products,

    delays from chip suppliers,

    discontinuance of key components from suppliers,

    other supply constraints,

    transit interruptions,

    overall economic conditions, and

    customer demand.

        Another reason our earnings may not meet expectations is that our gross margins are heavily influenced by mix considerations. These mix considerations include the mix of lower-margin prime contracts versus sub-contracts, the mix of new products and markets versus established products and markets, the mix of high-end products versus low-end products, as well as the mix of configurations within these product categories. Future margins may not duplicate historical margins or growth rates.

Future Losses Could Impair Our Ability to Raise Capital or Borrow Money and Consequently Affect Our Stock Price

        Although we recorded net sales of $122.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, we incurred a net loss of $11.7 million in 2002. We have incurred net losses totaling $148.2 million over the past five years. We cannot assure that we will be profitable in future periods. Losses in future periods could impair our ability to raise additional capital or borrow money as needed, could decrease our stock price and could cause a violation of certain covenants in our credit facilities.

31



Our Business May Suffer if Our Competitive Strategy is Not Successful

        Our continued success depends on our ability to compete in an industry that is highly competitive, with rapid technological advances and constantly improving products in both price and performance. In most market areas in which we operate we are experiencing increased competition, and we expect this trend to continue. In recent years, we have been forced to adapt to domestic and worldwide political, economic, and technological developments that have strongly affected our markets. Under our current competitive strategy, we endeavor to remain competitive by growing existing businesses, developing new businesses internally, selectively acquiring businesses, increasing efficiency, improving access to new markets, and reducing costs. Although our executive management team and Board of Directors continue to review and monitor our strategic plans, we have no assurance that we will be able to continue to follow our current strategy or that this strategy will be successful.

Our Significant Debt Could Adversely Affect Our Financial Resources and Prevent Us from Satisfying Our Debt Service Obligations

        We have a significant amount of indebtedness and may also incur additional indebtedness in the future. We may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or have future borrowings available to us, sufficient to pay our debt. At December 31, 2002, our total indebtedness was $26.0 million and our total stockholders' equity was $53.4 million.

        Our ability to make debt payments or refinance our indebtedness depends on future performance, which, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. Based upon our current level of operations and anticipated growth, management believes that available cash flow, together with available credit, will be adequate to meet our financial needs. There can be no assurance, however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our debts or to make necessary capital expenditures, or that any refinancing of debt would be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

        Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences including, but not limited to, the following:

    the ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, or other purposes may be impaired or unavailable;

    a portion of cash flow will be used to pay interest expense, which will reduce the funds that would otherwise be available for operations and future business opportunities;

    a substantial decrease in net operating cash flows or an increase in expenses could make it difficult for us to meet our debt service requirements and force us to modify operations;

    we may be more highly leveraged than our competitors, which may place us at a competitive disadvantage;

    our substantial indebtedness may make us more vulnerable to a downturn in our business or in the economy generally; and

    some of our existing debt contains financial and restrictive covenants that limit our ability to, among other things, borrow additional funds, acquire and dispose of assets, and pay cash dividends.

        A portion of our outstanding indebtedness bears interest at variable rates. Any increase in interest rates will reduce funds available to us for our operations and future business opportunities and will exacerbate the consequences of our leveraged capital structure.

32



Covenants and Restrictions in Our Credit Documents Limit Our Ability to Take Certain Actions

        Our credit documents contain significant financial and operating covenants that limit the discretion of management with respect to certain business matters. These covenants include, among others, restrictions on our ability to:

    declare dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

    incur certain additional debt;

    grant liens;

    make certain payments and investments;

    sell or otherwise dispose of assets; and

    consolidate with other entities.

        We must also meet certain financial ratios and tests, including a minimum tangible net worth that adjusts each quarter, an unbilled receivables to billed receivables ratio, and a limitation of $12.0 million of aggregate capital expenditures in any fiscal year. Failure to comply with the obligations contained in the credit documents could result in an event of default, and possibly the acceleration of the related debt and the acceleration of debt under other instruments evidencing debt that may contain cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions. Due to Foothill's waiver on February 22, 2002 of E&S's noncompliance with financial covenants through December 31, 2001 and the modification of the financial covenants; Foothills waiver on July 23, 2002 of E&S's noncompliance with financial covenants in the second quarter of 2002; and the January 8, 2003 amendment to the financial covenants effective in December 2002; we were in compliance with our financial covenants and ratios as of December 31, 2002. However, a continuation of trends from 2000, 2001, and portions of 2002, could impact our future compliance with such covenants. Should the need arise, we will negotiate with our lenders to modify and expand various financial covenants, however, no assurance can be given that such negotiations will result in modifications that will allow us to continue to be in compliance or otherwise be acceptable to us.

Failure to Protect Our Intellectual Property Could Harm Our Name Recognition Efforts and Ability to Compete Effectively

        Currently, we rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyrights and common law safeguards including trade secret protection. To protect our intellectual property rights in the future, we intend to continue to rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyrights and common law safeguards, including trade secret protection. We also rely on restrictions on use, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements and other contractual arrangements with our employees, affiliates, customers, alliance partners and others. The protective steps we have taken may be inadequate to deter misappropriation of our intellectual property and proprietary information. A third party could obtain our proprietary information or develop products or technology competitive with ours. We may be unable to detect the unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce our intellectual property rights. Effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which we offer or intend to offer our products and services to the same extent as in the United States. Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property could harm or even destroy our brands and impair our ability to compete effectively. Further, enforcing our intellectual property rights could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources and may not prove successful.

33



Delays in the Timely Delivery of Our Products May Prevent Us From Invoicing Our Costs and Estimated Earnings in Excess of Billings on Uncompleted Contracts.

        In accordance with accounting for long-term contracts, we record an asset for our costs and estimated earnings that exceed the amount we are able to bill our customers on uncompleted contracts. At December 31, 2002, $13.9 million of our costs and estimated earnings that exceed our billings on uncompleted contracts related to four contracts with three different customers. We are not able to bill these amounts unless we meet certain contractual milestones related to the delivery and integration of our Harmony and ESIG image generators. Our failure to achieve these contractual milestones by timely delivering and integrating our Harmony and ESIG image generators may significantly impact our ability to recover our costs and estimated earnings that exceeded our billings on uncompleted contracts, which could severely impact our cash flow.

Our Significant Investment in Research and Development May Not be Realized

        We have no assurance that our significant investment in research and development will generate future sales or benefits. We currently make and plan to continue to make a significant investment in research and development. Total spending for research and development was $26.0 million or 21.2% of sales in 2002 as compared to $28.8 million or 19.9% of sales in 2001. Developing new products and software is expensive and often involves a long payback cycle. While we have every reason to believe these investments will be rewarded with sales-generating products, customer acceptance ultimately dictates the success of development and marketing efforts.

We May Not Continue to be Successful if We Are Unable to Develop, Produce and Transition Our Products

        Our continued success depends on our ability to develop, produce and transition technologically complex and innovative products that meet customer needs. We have no assurance that we will be able to successfully continue such development, production and transition.

        The development of new technologies and products is increasingly complex and expensive, which among other risks, increases the risk of product introduction delays. The introduction of a new product requires close collaboration and continued technological advancement involving multiple hardware and software design and manufacturing teams within E&S as well as teams at outside suppliers of key components. The failure of any one of these elements could cause our new products to fail to meet specifications or to miss the aggressive timetables that we establish and the market demands.

        As the variety and complexity of our product families increase, the process of planning and managing production, inventory levels, and delivery schedules also becomes increasingly complex. There is no assurance that acceptance of and demand for our new products will not be affected by delays in this process. Additionally, if we are unable to meet our delivery schedules, we may be subject to the penalties, including liquidated damages that are included in some of our customer contracts, and termination of our contracts.

        Product transitions are a recurring part of our business. Our short product life cycles require our ability to successfully manage the timely transition from current products to new products. In fact, it is not unusual for us to announce a new product while its predecessor is still in the final stages of its development. Our transition results could be adversely affected by such factors as:

    development delays,

    late release of products to manufacturing,

    quality or yield problems experienced by production or suppliers,

    variations in product costs,

34


    excess inventories of older products and components, and

    delays in customer purchases of existing products in anticipation of the introduction of new products.

In the Event We Suffer Further Product Delays, We May Be Required to Pay Certain Customers Substantial Liquidated Damages and Other Penalties

        The variety and complexity of our high technology product lines require us to deal with suppliers and subcontractors supplying highly specialized parts, operating highly sophisticated and narrow tolerance equipment in performing highly technical calculations. The processes of planning and managing production, inventory levels and delivery schedules are also highly complex and specialized. Many of our products must be custom designed and manufactured, which is not only complicated and expensive, but can also require a number of months to accomplish. Slight errors in design, planning and managing production, inventory levels, delivery schedules, or manufacturing can result in unsatisfactory products that may not be correctable. If we are unable to meet our delivery schedules, we may be subject to penalties, including liquidated damages that are included in some of our customer contracts. As of December 31, 2000, we had paid $6.0 million in connection with liquidated damages. During 2000, we accrued an additional $0.9 million for late delivery penalties. During 2001 we accrued $2.9 million to cover penalties, against which we paid $2.7 million. In 2001, we also accrued $1.5 million to cover additional costs incurred by customers, of which we paid $0.7 million in 2002. In 2002, we also accrued an additional $0.3 million to cover additional costs incurred by customers. Although we did not have any liquidated damages in 2002, there is no assurance that we may not incur substantial liquidated damages in the future in connection with further product delays.

We May Not Maintain a Significant Portion of Our Sales if We Fail to Maintain Our United States Government Contracts

        In 2002, 55% of our sales were to agencies of the United States government, either directly or through prime contractors or subcontractors, for which there is intense competition. Accordingly, we have no assurance that we will be able to maintain a significant portion of our sales. These sales are subject to the inherent risks related to government contracts, including uncertainty of economic conditions, changes in government policies and requirements that may reflect rapidly changing military and political developments, and unavailability of funds. These risks also include technological uncertainties and obsolescence, and dependence on annual Congressional appropriation and allotment of funds. In the past, some of our programs have been delayed, curtailed, or terminated. Although we cannot predict such uncertainties, in our opinion there are no spending reductions or funding limitations pending that would impact our contracts.

        Other characteristics of the government contract market that may affect our operating results include the complexity of designs, the difficulty of forecasting costs and schedules when bidding on developmental and highly sophisticated technical work, and the speed with which product lines become obsolete due to technological advances and other factors characteristic of the market. Our earnings may vary materially on some contracts depending upon the types of government long-term contracts undertaken, the costs incurred in their performance, and the achievement of other performance objectives. Furthermore, due to the intense competition for available United States government business, maintaining or expanding government business increasingly requires us to commit additional working capital for long-term programs and additional investments in company-funded research and development.

        Our dependence on government contracts may lead to other perils as well because as a United States government contractor or sub-contractor, our contracts and operations are subject to government oversight. The government may investigate and make inquiries of our business practices and conduct

35



audits of our contract performance and cost accounting. These investigations may lead to claims against E&S. Under United States government procurement regulations and practices, an indictment of a government contractor could result in that contractor being fined and/or suspended for a period of time from eligibility for bidding on, or for award of, new government contracts; a conviction could result in debarment for a specified period of time.

Our Sales May Suffer if We Lose Certain Significant Customers

        We currently derive a significant portion of our sales from a limited number of non-U.S. government customers. The loss of any one or more of these customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We were dependent on three of our non-U.S. government customers for approximately 16% of our consolidated sales in 2002. We expect that sales to a limited number of customers will continue to account for a substantial portion of our sales in the foreseeable future. We have no assurance that sales from this limited number of customers will continue to reach or exceed historical levels in the future. We do not have supply contracts with any of our significant customers.

Our Sales Will Decrease if We Fail to Maintain Our International Business

        Any reduction of our international business could significantly affect our sales. Our international business accounted for 39% of our 2002 sales. We expect that international sales will continue to be a significant portion of our overall business in the foreseeable future.

        Our international business experiences many of the same risks our domestic business encounters as well as additional risks such as exposure to currency fluctuations and changes in foreign economic and political environments. Despite our exposure to currency fluctuations, we are not engaged in any material hedging activities to offset the risk of exchange rate fluctuations.

        Our international transactions frequently involve increased financial and legal risks arising from stringent contractual terms and conditions and widely differing legal systems, customs, and standards in foreign countries. In addition, our international sales often include sales to various foreign government armed forces, with many of the same inherent risks associated with United States government sales identified previously.

If Our Commercial Simulation Business Fails, Our Sales will Decrease

        We have no assurance that our commercial simulation (airline) business will continue to succeed. Our commercial simulation business currently accounts for approximately 20% to 25% of our sales. This business is subject to many of the risks related to the commercial simulation market that may adversely affect our business. The following risks are characteristic of the commercial simulation market:

    uncertainty of economic conditions,

    dependence upon the strength of the commercial airline industry,

    air pilot training requirements,

    competition,

    changes in technology, and

    timely performance by subcontractors on contracts in which E&S is the prime contractor.

36


We May Make Acquisitions that are Unsuccessful or Strain or Divert Our Resources from More Profitable Operations

        We intend to consider acquisitions, alliances, and transactions involving other companies that could complement our existing business. However, we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition parties, joint venture candidates, or transaction counter parties. Also, even if we can identify suitable parties, we may not be able to obtain the financing necessary to complete any such transaction or consummate these transactions on terms that we find favorable.

        We may not be able to successfully integrate any businesses that we acquire into our existing operations. If we cannot successfully integrate acquisitions, our operating expenses may increase. This increase would affect our net earnings, which could adversely affect the value of our outstanding securities. Moreover, these types of transactions may result in potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of additional debt, and amortization of expenses related to goodwill and intangible assets, all of which could adversely affect our profitability. These transactions involve numerous other risks as well, including the diversion of management attention from other business concerns, entry into markets in which we have had no or only limited experience, and the potential loss of key employees of acquired companies. Occurrence of any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our Operations Could Be Hurt by Terrorist Attacks and Other Activities that Make Air Travel Difficult or Reduce the Willingness of Our Commercial Airline Customers to Purchase Our Simulation Products.

        During 2002, $29.1 million, or 24% of our total revenue generated was derived from sales of our simulation products to commercial airline companies and other third parties in the commercial airline industry. The demand for our various commercial simulation products and services is heavily dependant upon new orders from these commercial airline customers. In the event terrorist attacks or other activities make air travel difficult or reduce the demand or willingness of our customers to purchase our commercial simulation products, our revenue may decline substantially. Since September 11, 2001, training requirements have increased to certify pilots, co-pilots and flight engineers for different aircraft types and changing flight procedures. However, at this time, we are unable to predict the long-term impact of these events on either our industry as a whole or on our operations and financial condition in particular.

Our Shareholders May Not Realize Certain Opportunities Because of the Anti-Takeover Effect of State Law

        We may be subject to the Utah Control Shares Acquisition Act which provides that any person who acquires 20% or more of the outstanding voting shares of a publicly held Utah corporation will not have voting rights with respect to the acquired shares unless a majority of the disinterested shareholders of the corporation votes to grant such rights. This could deprive shareholders of opportunities to realize takeover premiums for their shares or other advantages that large accumulations of stock would provide because anyone interested in acquiring E&S could only do so with the cooperation of our board of directors.

37



ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

        The principal market risks to which we are exposed are changes in foreign currency exchange rates and changes in interest rates. Our international sales, which accounted for 39% of our total sales in 2002 are concentrated in the United Kingdom, continental Europe and Asia. Foreign currency purchase and sale contracts may be entered into for periods consistent with related underlying exposures and do not constitute positions independent of those exposures. We do not enter into contracts for trading purposes and do not use leveraged contracts. As of December 31, 2002, we had three sales contracts and no material purchase contracts in currencies other than U.S. dollars. As of December 31, 2002, we had no foreign currency derivative contracts.

        We reduce our exposure to changes in interest rates by maintaining a high proportion of our debt in fixed-rate instruments. As of December 31, 2002, 69% of our total debt was in fixed-rate instruments. Had we fully drawn on our $25 million revolving line of credit with Foothill Capital Corporation and our foreign line of credit, 38% of our total debt would be in fixed-rate instruments.

        The information below summarizes E&S's market risks associated with debt obligations as of December 31, 2002. Fair values have been determined by quoted market prices. For debt obligations, the table below presents the principal cash flows and related interest rates at year end by fiscal year of maturity. Bank borrowings bear variable rates of interest and the 6% Debentures bear a fixed rate of interest. The information below should be read in conjunction with Note 10 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II of this annual report.

Debt

  Rate
  2003
  2004
  2005
  2006
  2007
  There-
after

  Total
  Fair
Value

Bank Borrowings   5.2 % $ 5,213   $ 2,670             $ 7,883   $ 7,883
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6% Debentures   6.0 %               $ 18,015   $ 18,015   $ 5,134
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total debt       $ 5,213   $ 2,670         $ 18,015   $ 25,898   $ 13,017
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

38



ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

        The following constitutes a list of Financial Statements included in Part II of this report:

    Report of Management

    Report of Independent Auditors

    Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2002 and 2001

    Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002

    Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002

    Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002

    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002

        The following consists of a list of Financial Statement Schedules included in Part IV of this report:

    Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002

        Schedules other than those listed above are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is presented in the Financial Statements or notes thereto.

39


REPORT OF MANAGEMENT

        Responsibility for the integrity and objectivity of the financial information presented in this report rests with the management of Evans & Sutherland. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States applied on a consistent basis and, where necessary, include estimates based on management judgment. Management also prepared other information in this report and is responsible for its accuracy and consistency with the financial statements.

        Evans & Sutherland has established and maintains an effective system of internal accounting, controls, governance, and disclosure. We believe this system provides reasonable assurance that transactions are executed in accordance with management authorization in order to permit the financial statements to be prepared with integrity and reliability and to safeguard, verify, and maintain accountability of assets. In addition, Evans & Sutherland's business ethics policy requires employees to maintain the highest level of ethical standards in the conduct of our business.

        Evans & Sutherland's financial statements have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent auditors. Management has made available all of our financial records and related data to allow KPMG LLP to express an informed professional opinion in their accompanying report.

        The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is composed of five independent directors and meets regularly with the independent accountants, as well as with Evans & Sutherland management, to review accounting, auditing, internal accounting, controls, governance, disclosure, and financial reporting matters.

James R. Oyler
President and
Chief Executive Officer
  William M. Thomas
Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation:

        We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation and subsidiaries ("the Company") as listed in the accompanying index. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we have also audited the financial statement schedule as listed in the accompanying index. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

                        KPMG LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah
February 28, 2003

40



EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
 
Assets:              
  Cash   $ 7,375   $ 8,717  
  Restricted cash     2,960     2,804  
  Accounts receivable, less allowances for doubtful receivables of $856 in 2002 and $6,413 in 2001     22,481     30,516  
  Inventories     31,373     38,226  
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts     22,083     47,761  
  Prepaid expenses and deposits     4,487     4,817  
  Assets held for sale     5,793      
   
 
 
    Total current assets     96,552     132,841  
  Property, plant and equipment, net     28,288     41,967  
  Investments     2,002     1,952  
  Other assets     734     593  
   
 
 
    Total assets   $ 127,576   $ 177,353  
   
 
 
Liabilities and stockholders' equity              
  Current portion of long-term debt   $ 53   $ 154  
  Current portion of line of credit agreements     5,213     20,676  
  Accounts payable     9,671     11,503  
  Accrued expenses     13,093     17,272  
  Customer deposits     1,507     3,650  
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts     11,022     25,053  
   
 
 
    Total current liabilities     40,559     78,308  
  Long-term debt and line of credit agreements     20,685     18,086  
  Pension and retirement obligations     12,969     16,300  
   
 
 
    Total liabilities     74,213     112,694  
 
Commitments and contingencies (notes 6, 9, and 13)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Redeemable preferred stock, class B-1, no par value; authorized 1,500,000 shares; No shares issued and outstanding          
  Common stock, $.20 par value; authorized 30,000,000 shares; issued 10,806,040 shares in 2002 and 10,739,753 shares in 2001     2,161     2,148  
  Additional paid-in-capital     49,413     49,030  
  Common stock in treasury, at cost; 352,500 shares     (4,709 )   (4,709 )
  Retained earnings     6,840     18,561  
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (342 )   (371 )
   
 
 
    Total stockholders' equity     53,363     64,659  
   
 
 
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 127,576   $ 177,353  
   
 
 

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

41



EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Sales   $ 122,578   $ 145,263   $ 166,980  
Cost of sales     78,052     115,823     137,532  
Inventory impairment     1,392          
   
 
 
 
    Gross profit     43,134     29,440     29,448  
   
 
 
 
Expenses:                    
  Selling, general, and administrative     27,131     30,061     34,406  
  Research and development     25,970     28,844     44,264  
  Restructuring charges     4,492     2,843     (761 )
  Impairment loss     311     220      
  REALimage transistion costs         5,297      
   
 
 
 
    Operating expenses     57,904     67,265     77,909  
   
 
 
 
      (14,770 )   (37,825 )   (48,461 )
Gain on curtailment of pension plan     3,575          
Gain on sale of assets held for sale     1,212     9,000      
Gain on sale of business unit     253     774     1,918  
   
 
 
 
    Operating loss     (9,730 )   (28,051 )   (46,543 )
Other income (expense):                    
  Interest income     25     31     659  
  Interest expense     (1,839 )   (2,456 )   (2,195 )
  Loss on write-down of investment securities     (16 )   (306 )   (7,786 )
  Gain on sale of investment securities     27     538     6,472  
  Other     (651 )   (385 )   (1,154 )
   
 
 
 
    Total other income (expense)     (2,454 )   (2,578 )   (4,004 )
   
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes     (12,184 )   (30,629 )   (50,547 )
Income tax expense (benefit)     (463 )   (3,172 )   19,023  
   
 
 
 
    Net loss     (11,721 )   (27,457 )   (69,570 )
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock             228  
   
 
 
 
Net loss applicable to common stock   $ (11,721 ) $ (27,457 ) $ (69,798 )
   
 
 
 
Net loss per common share:                    
  Basic and diluted   $ (1.12 ) $ (2.70 ) $ (7.45 )
   
 
 
 
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding     10,422     10,169     9,372  
   
 
 
 

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

42



EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Net loss   $ (11,721 ) $ (27,457 ) $ (69,570 )
Other comprehensive income (loss):                    
  Foreign currency translation adjustments         14     (419 )
  Unrealized gain (loss) on securities     29     (4 )   (27 )
Other comprehensive income (loss) before income taxes              
   
 
 
 
Income tax expense related to items of other comprehensive income (loss)     29     10     (446 )
               
   
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes     29     10     (446 )
   
 
 
 
Comprehensive loss   $ (11,692 ) $ (27,447 ) $ (70,016 )
   
 
 
 

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

43



EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

(In thousands)

 
  Common Stock
   
   
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (loss)

   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital

  Treasury
Stock

  Retained
Earnings

   
 
 
  Shares
  Amount
  Total
 
Balance at December 31, 1999   9,679   $ 1,936   $ 24,086   $ (4,709 ) $ 115,816   $ 65   $ 137,194  
Issuance of common stock for cash   93     18     562               $ 580  
Compensation expense on employee stock purchase plan           104               $ 104  
Other comprehensive loss                       (446 ) $ (446 )
Net loss                   (69,570 )     $ (69,570 )
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock                   (228 )     $ (228 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2000   9,772     1,954     24,752     (4,709 )   46,018     (381 )   67,634  
Issuance of common stock for cash   67     14     392               $ 406  
Compensation expense on employee stock purchase plan           66               $ 66  
Other comprehensive income                       10   $ 10  
Net loss                   (27,457 )     $ (27,457 )
Conversion of redeemable preferred stock for common stock   901     180     23,820               $ 24,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2001   10,740     2,148     49,030     (4,709 )   18,561     (371 )   64,659  
Issuance of common stock for cash   66     13     339               $ 352  
Compensation expense on employee stock purchase plan           44               $ 44  
Other comprehensive income                       29   $ 29  
Net loss                   (11,721 )     $ (11,721 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2002   10,806   $ 2,161   $ 49,413   $ (4,709 ) $ 6,840   $ (342 ) $ 53,363  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

44



EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Cash flows from operating activities:                    
  Net loss   $ (11,721 ) $ (27,457 ) $ (69,570 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activies:                    
    Depreciation and amortization     9,311     13,709     14,264  
    Gain on sale of business unit     (253 )   (774 )   (1,918 )
    Gain on curtailment of pension plan     (3,575 )        
    Impairment loss     311     220      
    Gain on sale of assets held for sale     (1,212 )   (9,000 )    
    Loss on disposal of property, plant, and equipment     40     130     2,794  
    Gain on sale of investment securities     (27 )   (538 )   (6,472 )
    Loss on write-down of marketable securities     16     306     7,786  
    Provisions (recoveries) for losses on accounts receivable     (734 )   2,358     3,829  
    Provision for write-down of inventories     1,802     943     6,613  
    Provision for warranty expense     617     2,197     1,189  
    Deferred income taxes             20,341  
    Other     258     18     852  
    Change in assets and liabilities:                    
      Accounts receivable     8,769     1,698     (9,977 )
      Inventories     5,290     (786 )   (5,992 )
      Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts, net     11,900     12,520     27,296  
      Prepaid expenses and deposits     (181 )   508     2,407  
      Accounts payable     (1,832 )   (15,584 )   6,932  
      Accrued expenses     (4,553 )   (8,456 )   (1,720 )
      Customer deposits     (2,143 )   (258 )   (812 )
   
 
 
 
    Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     12,083     (28,246 )   (2,158 )
   
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:                    
  Purchases of short-term investments             (1,875 )
  Proceeds from sale of short-term investments             2,627  
  Purchases of investment securities             (500 )
  Proceeds from sale of investment securities     39     3,780     1,428  
  Investment in joint venture             (754 )
  Proceeds from sale of business unit         6,300     1,400  
  Purchases of property, plant and equipment     (3,394 )   (6,646 )   (13,868 )
  Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment         26     1,382  
  Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale     2,917     9,000      
  Decrease (increase) in other assets     (218 )   (44 )    
   
 
 
 
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     (656 )   12,416     (10,160 )
   
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:                    
  Borrowings from notes payable and capital leases     198,395     239,223     22,365  
  Payments of notes payable and capital leases     (211,360 )   (226,214 )   (16,919 )
  Payments of debt issuance costs             (1,296 )
  Decrease (increase) in restricted cash     (156 )   (780 )   (2,024 )
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock     352     406     580  
  Payments for repurchase of common stock              
   
 
 
 
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     (12,769 )   12,635     2,706  
   
 
 
 
Effect of foreign of exchange rate changes on cash         14     (600 )
   
 
 
 
Net decrease in cash     (1,342 )   (3,181 )   (10,212 )
Cash at beginning of year     8,717     11,898     22,110  
   
 
 
 
  Cash at end of year   $ 7,375   $ 8,717   $ 11,898  
   
 
 
 
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information                    
Cash paid (received) during the year for:                    
  Interest   $ 1,814   $ 2,426   $ 1,539  
  Income taxes     (534 )   846     (5,887 )
  Accretion of redeemable preferred stock             228  

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

45



EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2002, December 31, 2001 and December 31, 2000

(1)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Business

        Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation ("Evans & Sutherland", "E&S", "we", "our", or "the Company") produces high-quality visual systems used to display images of the real world rapidly and accurately. E&S is widely regarded as both the pioneer and the leader in providing the world's most realistic visual systems. We design, manufacture, market and support visual systems for simulation with solutions that meet the training requirements for a wide range of military and commercial applications. We also provide this leading-edge visual system technology and experience to planetariums, science centers, and entertainment venues. We develop and deliver a complete line of image generators, displays, databases, services and support products that match technology to customer requirements. Our products and solutions range from the desktop PC to what we believe are the most advanced visual systems in the world.

Basis of Presentation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation ("E&S") and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain reclassifications have been made in the 2001 and 2000 consolidated financial statements and notes to conform to the 2002 presentations.

Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the reporting period. Critical accounting estimates include revenue recognition based on the percentage-of completion method, inventory reserve estimates, accruals for potential liquidated damages and late penalties, allowance for doubtful accounts estimates and estimates of our income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

        Sales include revenue from system hardware and software products, database and software licenses and service contracts.

        Revenue from long-term contracts which require significant production, modification or customization is recognized in accordance with the provisions of American Institute of Certified Public Accountants ("AICPA") Statement of Position ("SOP") 81-1 "Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts" using the percentage-of-completion method. This method uses the ratio of costs incurred to management's estimate of total anticipated costs. Contract costs include material, labor and subcontracting costs, as well as an allocation of indirect costs. We routinely review estimates on percent-complete contracts and estimates are regularly revised to adjust for changes. Billings on uncompleted long-term contracts may be greater than or less than incurred costs and estimated earnings and are recorded as an asset or liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

46



        We recognize revenues from product sales that do not require significant production, modification, or customization when the following criteria are met: we have signed a non-cancelable agreement; we have delivered the product; there are no uncertainties surrounding product acceptance; the fees are fixed and determinable; and collection is considered probable. Revenues related to services performed under time and material arrangements are recognized as the related services are performed.

        For arrangements that include multiple elements, we utilize AICPA SOP 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition", as modified by SOP 98-9. SOP 97-2 generally requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements such as software and post-contract customer support to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of the elements. The fair value of an element must be based on vendor specific objective evidence ("VSOE") that is specific to the vendor. The revenue allocated to software is generally recognized upon delivery of the products. The revenue allocated to post-contract customer support is recognized over the support period, based upon VSOE, which we determine based on the renewal rates in the contracts.

Restricted Cash

        We have restricted deposits related to borrowings on our line of credit agreements, pledged as collateral on performance bonds and certain other obligations all of which mature or expire within one year.

Trade Accounts Receivable

        In the normal course of business, we provide unsecured credit terms to our customers. Accordingly, we maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for possible losses on uncollectable accounts receivables. We routinely analyze accounts receivable and costs in excess of billings, and consider history, customer creditworthiness, facts and circumstances specific to outstanding balances, current economic trends, and payment term changes when evaluating adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. Changes in these factors could result in material differences to bad debt expense. Past due balances over 90 days and a specified amount are reviewed individually for collectibility.

        For uncollectable accounts receivables we record a loss against the allowance for doubtful accounts only after exhaustive efforts have been made to collect and with management's approval. Generally, realized losses have been within the range of management's expectations.

Inventories

        Inventory includes materials at standard costs, which approximate average costs, as well as inventoried costs on programs and long-term contracts. Inventoried costs include material, which approximate average cost, direct engineering and production costs, and applicable overhead, not in excess of estimated realizable value, which have not yet been recognized as cost of sales. In accordance with industry practice, inventoried costs include amounts relating to programs and contracts with long production cycles, a portion of which is not expected to be realized within one year. Spare parts and general stock materials are stated at cost not in excess of realizable value. We periodically review inventories for excess supply, obsolescence, and valuations above estimated realizable amounts, and provide a reserve we consider sufficient to cover these items. Revisions of these estimates could result in the need for adjustments.

47



Property, Plant and Equipment

        Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the related assets.

Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        We periodically review the value assigned to the separate components of long-lived assets through comparison to anticipated, undiscounted cash flows from the underlying assets to assess recoverability. The assets are considered to be impaired when the expected future undiscounted cash flows from these assets do not exceed the carrying balances of the related assets. The amount of impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

Software Development Costs

        Software development costs, if material, are capitalized from the date technological feasibility is achieved until the product is available for general release to customers. Such costs have not been material during the periods presented.

Investments

        We classify our marketable debt and equity securities as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are recorded at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, are excluded from earnings and are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until realized. Dividend income is recognized when earned. Realized gains and losses from the sale of securities are included in results of operations and are determined on the specific-identification basis. A decline in the market value that is deemed other than temporary is charged to results of operations, resulting in the establishment of a new cost basis for marketable, non-marketable and equity method investment securities.

        We account for our investments in non-marketable securities on both the cost and equity methods of accounting. In assessing the fair value of such investments, we consider recent equity transactions which investees have entered into, the status of each investee's technology and strategies in place to achieve their objectives, as well as taking into consideration their financial condition and results of operations. To the extent there are changes in these assessments, adjustments may need to be recorded. For our investment accounted for on the equity method, adjustments are made to the carrying amount of the investment for equity in undistributed earnings.

Warranty Reserve

        We provide a warranty reserve for estimated future costs of servicing products under warranty agreements extending for periods from 90 days to one year. Anticipated costs for product warranties are based upon estimates derived from experience factors and are recorded at the time of sale or over the contract period for long-term contracts. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001 we had reserved $1.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively, for estimated warranty claims. Warranty expenses for each of the years 2002, 2001 and 2000 were: $0.7 million, $2.2 million, and $1.2 million respectively.

48



        The following table provides the changes in our warranty reserves (in thousands):

January 1, 2002   $ 1,966  

Provision for warranty expense

 

 

617

 

Warranty charges against the reserve

 

 

(1,615

)
   
 

December 31, 2002

 

$

968

 
   
 

Stock-Based Compensation

        We have adopted the footnote disclosure provisions of Statements of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") 123 and 148, "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation". SFAS 123 encourages entities to adopt a fair value based method of accounting for stock options or similar equity instruments. However, it also allows an entity to continue measuring compensation cost for stock based compensation using the intrinsic-value method of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25"), "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees". We have elected to continue to apply the provisions of APB 25 and provide pro forma footnote disclosures required by SFAS 123 and 148.

        We account for our stock option plans under APB 25, under which no compensation cost has been recognized as all options granted under these plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Had compensation cost for these plans been determined consistent with SFAS 123, our net loss and loss per common share would have been changed to the following pro forma amounts (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Net loss, as reported   $ (11,721 ) $ (27,457 ) $ (69,570 )
Total stock based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value method for all awards, net related tax effects     (415 )   (895 )   (2,353 )
   
 
 
 
Pro forma net loss   $ (12,136 ) $ (28,352 ) $ (71,923 )
   
 
 
 

Loss per share, basic and diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  as reported   $ (1.12 ) $ (2.70 ) $ (7.45 )
  pro forma     (1.16 )   (2.79 )   (7.67 )

Income Taxes

        We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

49



Concentration of Credit Risk

        In the normal course of business, we provide unsecured credit terms to our customers. Accordingly, we perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and maintain allowances for possible losses which, when realized, have generally been within the range of management's expectations. As discussed further in Note 20, we derive a significant portion of our sales from a limited number of non-U.S. government customers. The loss of any one or more of these customers could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In December 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS 148, which amends SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, this Statement amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. Certain of the disclosure modifications are required for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002, and are included in the notes to these consolidated financial statements as applicable.

        In July 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities." SFAS 146 is effective for transactions initiated after December 31, 2002. Under SFAS 146, a company will record a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity when that liability is incurred and can be measured at fair value. A liability is incurred when an event obligates the entity to transfer or use assets. We have not yet determined the impact that the adoption of this statement may have on future exit or disposal activities we may enter into.

        In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 145, "Rescission of FASB Statement No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections." The Statement rescinds SFAS 4, "Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishments of Debt," and an amendment of that Statement, SFAS 64, "Extinguishment of Debt Made to Satisfy Sinking-Fund Requirements." SFAS 145 recognizes that the use of debt extinguishment can be a part of the risk management strategy of a company and hence, the classification of all early extinguishments of debt as an extraordinary item may no longer be appropriate. In addition, the Statement amends SFAS 13, "Accounting for Leases," to eliminate an inconsistency between the required accounting for sale-leaseback transactions and the required accounting for certain lease modifications that have economic effects that are similar to sale-leaseback transactions. Provisions of this Statement, as they relate to SFAS 13, are to be effective for transactions occurring after May 15, 2002. Provisions that relate to SFAS 4 are effective for fiscal years beginning after May 15, 2002. We do not expect the adoption of this statement to have a material impact on our financial statements.

        In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others ("the Interpretation"), which addresses the disclosure to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under guarantees. The Interpretation also requires the recognition of a liability by a guarantor at the inception of certain guarantees. The Interpretation requires the guarantor to recognize a liability for the noncontingent component of the guarantee, this is the obligation to stand ready to perform in the event that specified triggering events or conditions occur. The initial measurement of this liability is the fair value of the guarantee at inception. The

50



recognition of the liability is required even if it is not probable that payments will be required under the guarantee or if the guarantee was issued with a premium payment or as part of a transaction with multiple elements. We have incorporated the additional disclosures required upon adopting the Interpretation as of December 31, 2002, and will apply the recognition and measurement provisions for all guarantees entered into or modified after December 31, 2002.

        In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities ("Interpretation No. 46"), which addresses consolidation principles for certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties ("Variable Interest Entities" or "VIE"). Interpretation No. 46 is effective for all entities or structures created after January 31, 2003 and is effective for E&S for any existing entities or structures as of July 1, 2003. All entities with significant variable interests in a VIE must make certain disclosures depending on the type of involvement with the VIE. If it is reasonably possible that at the effective date we will be required either to consolidate or make disclosure about our involvement with a VIE, we must make the applicable disclosures in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2002. We were not required to make any additional disclosures upon adopting the disclosure requirements of Interpretation 46 for the year ended December 31, 2002, and will apply prospectively the consolidation provisions for any VIE entered into after January 31, 2003.

(2)  ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS

        In the third quarter of 2001, E&S sold the REALimage group to Real Vision, Inc., a Japanese company. The sale was for a maximum value of $12 million, consisting of cash of $6.3 million plus future royalties, on a when and if earned basis, up to $6 million for REALimage technology, other assets, and the performance of certain development support during a seven-month transition period leading to close of the transaction in April 2002. Real Vision continued the development of the technology, and E&S maintained a technical staff to support Real Vision in Salt Lake City during the transition period. As part of the sale of the REALimage Group, offices in Seattle, Washington, and San Jose, California were closed and an impairment loss of $0.2 million related to the write-off of goodwill associated with our acquisition of AccelGraphics, Inc. and Silicon Reality, Inc. in 1998 was recorded. E&S recognized the proceeds received on the sale of the REALimage Group on a percent complete basis over the seven-month transition period ending in April 2002. The gain on sale of business unit recognized through April 2002 is calculated based on the ratio of costs incurred to management's estimate of anticipated costs to be incurred during the transition period and excluded $0.6 million of withholding taxes which were recorded as income tax expense in 2001 on the accompanying statement of operations. As of December 31, 2002, we have not received any royalty payments from Real Vision, Inc.

        In the fourth quarter of 2001 E&S recognized $9.0 million on the sale of certain of our key 3D-graphics patents, which were being held for sale, to NVIDIA Corporation.

        In December 2000, E&S completed the divestiture of our German subsidiary via a management-led buyout and recorded a loss of $0.3 million. The former subsidiary, which was called Evans & Sutherland Computer GmbH, now operates under a new name. The divested company has no remaining connection with E&S. We will continue to operate in Germany and throughout Europe under our own name, providing marketing, sales, and support for our growing visual systems business and traditional customer base. All close out activities have been in process for approximately two years.

51



        On March 28, 2000, E&S sold certain assets of its Applications Group relating to digital video products to RT-SET Real Time Synthesized Entertainment Technology Ltd. and its subsidiary, RT-SET America Inc., for $1.4 million in cash, common stock of RT-SET Real Time Synthesized Entertainment Technology Ltd. valued at approximately $1.0 million, and the assumption of certain liabilities. On June 15, 2000, additional common stock of RT-SET Real Time Synthesized Entertainment Technology Ltd. valued at $1.5 million was received as consideration for the successful development of a product included in the purchased assets. A gain of $1.9 million was recognized on the sale of these assets.

(3)  INVENTORIES

        Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
Raw materials   $ 14,250   $ 22,437
Work-in-process     10,467     10,047
Finished goods     6,656     5,742
   
 
  Total Inventory   $ 31,373   $ 38,226
   
 

(4)  COSTS AND ESTIMATED EARNINGS ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS

        Comparative information with respect to uncompleted contracts is summarized as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2002
  2001
 
Accumulated costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts   $ 325,655   $ 294,774  
Less total billing on uncompleted contracts     (314,594 )   (272,066 )
   
 
 
    $ 11,061   $ 22,708  
   
 
 
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts   $ 22,083   $ 47,761  
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts     (11,022 )   (25,053 )
   
 
 
    $ 11,061   $ 22,708  
   
 
 

52


(5)  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

        The cost and estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
   
  December 31,
 
 
  Estimated
useful lives

 
 
  2002
  2001
 
Buildings and improvements   40 years   $ 29,366   $ 42,044  
Manufacturing machinery and equipment   3 to 8 years     76,679     75,865  
Office furniture and equipment   8 years     5,410     5,546  
Contruction-in-process       128     2,329  
       
 
 
          111,583     125,784  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization         (83,295 )   (83,817 )
       
 
 
  Total property, plant and equipment, net       $ 28,288   $ 41,967  
       
 
 

(6)  LEASES

        We lease certain of our buildings and related improvements to third parties under non-cancelable operating leases. Rental income for all operating leases for 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $1.3 million, $2.2 million, and $1.8 million, respectively.

        We occupy real property and use certain equipment under lease arrangements that are accounted for as operating leases. Rental expenses for all operating leases for 2002, 2001 and 2000 were $3.9 million, $4.0 million, and $2.0 million, respectively.

        At December 31, 2002, the future minimum rental income and lease payments under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Rental
income

  Rental
commitment

   
Year ending December 31,                
  2003   $ 703   $ 2,923    
  2004     206     1,077    
  2005         508    
  2006         470    
  Thereafter         10,321    
   
 
   
    $ 909   $ 15,299    
   
 
   

53


(7)  INVESTMENTS

        We had the following investments in securities and a joint venture (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
   
 
  2002
  2001
   
Marketable securities:   $ 112   $ 108    
   
 
   

Nonmarketable securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Quantum Vision, Inc. (Quantum)     500     500    
  Total Graphics Solutions N.V. (TGS)     500     500    
  Other     16     16    
   
 
   
      Total nonmarketables securities     1,016     1,016    
   
 
   
Investment in joint venture:                
  Quest Flight Training Ltd. (Quest)     874     828    
   
 
   
Total investment securities   $ 2,002   $ 1,952    
   
 
   

        Quantum is a start-up company that owns patented technology to improve cathode ray tube (CRT) performance used in large projection systems. TGS develops and markets portable graphics software tools, which provide hardware independence for application developers. Each investment in non-marketable investment securities was made either to enhance a current technology of E&S or to complement our strategic direction.

        We own, including total shares purchased or available to purchase under warrants, less than 15% of the outstanding common stock and common stock equivalents of Quantum and TGS. We have rights to one of six seats on TGS's board of directors. There are no inter-company transactions, technological dependencies, related guarantees, obligations, contingencies, interchange of personnel, nor ability to exercise significant influence for either of these companies. Accordingly, we account for Quantum and TGS utilizing the cost method.

        We have a 50% interest in Quest, a joint venture with Quadrant Group plc ("Quadrant") providing aircrew training services for the United Kingdom Ministry of Defence ("U.K. MoD") under a 30-year contract. The investment is accounted for under the equity method. Equity in earnings of Quest of $46,000, $74,000 and $43,000 is recorded in other income (expense) in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The financial position and operating results of Quest are immaterial to our financial results.

        In connection with the services of Quest to the U.K. MoD, we guarantee various obligations of Quest. As of December 31, 2002, we had four guarantees outstanding related to Quest. One guarantees, jointly and severally with Quadrant, the performance of Quest in relation to its contract with the U.K. MoD. If Quest fails to meet its obligations under the contract then we (and Quadrant) are required to perform under the terms of the contract. Due to the length of the contract and the uncertainty of what performance we would be liable for if Quest did in fact fail to perform, we cannot estimate the maximum amount of possible future payments. This guarantee is in place until 2030. The second guarantees, jointly and severally with Quadrant, up to a maximum amount of £1.0 million ($1,6 million), the performance of Quest, where not subcontracted, and the performance of Quest where any subcontractor is not liable to meet their obligation due to any limitation of liability in their sub-contract agreement and thus prevents Quest from meeting its obligation under its contract with the

54


U.K. MoD. This guarantee is in place until 2020. The third guarantees payment and discharge of a certain loan agreement, severally with Quadrant, that Quest has entered into. As of December 31, 2002, the outstanding loan balance was $8.4 million. This guarantee is in place until 2020. The fourth guarantees a payment, up to a maximum amount of £0.13 million ($0.2 million), in the event that Quest has a default event, as defined by its loan agreement. This guarantee is in place until 2020. As of December 31, 2002, no amounts have been accrued for any estimated losses under these guarantees because we believe that Quest will meet all of its performance and financial obligations in relation to its contract with the U.K. MoD. However, if we were required to make such payments it could potentially have a material adverse impact on our operating results and liquidity.

(8)  ACCRUED EXPENSES

        Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
 
  2002
  2001
Compensation and benefits   $ 5,740   $ 8,880
Liquidated damages and late delivery penalties     1,050     1,500
Restructuring     2,032     990
Other     4,271     5,902
   
 
    $ 13,093   $ 17,272
   
 

        On October 16, 1997, E&S and CAE Electronics Ltd. ("CAE") entered into a Sub-Contract (the "Sub-Contract") for E&S to design, develop and deliver the visual system components and visual databases required for certain dynamic mission simulators and tactical control centers, to be integrated with our Harmony image generation equipment (the "Harmony VSC"). As of December 31, 2001 we had agreed to pay up to $1.5 million of additional costs incurred by CAE to retrofit the simulators with the Harmony VSC. In 2002 we began and completed the replacement of all the ESIG 4530 image generators with the required Harmony VSCs. As of December 31, 2002, we had paid $0.7 million of the $1.5 million agreed to at the end of 2001 for costs incurred by CAE to retrofit the simulators with the Harmony VSCs.

        For restructuring information, see Note 21.

(9)  EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

        Pension Plan (the "Plan")—Effective April 23, 2002, the Board of Directors approved the redesign of our employee retirement plans to match contemporary market practices and to improve our competitive position by aligning future funding for employee retirement benefits into the 401(k) plan. This action was implemented by amending the Plan to curtail accrual of future benefits under the Plan. At the same time, the 401(k) plan was amended to permit the Board of Directors to grant additional discretionary matching contributions based on our profitability and other financial and operational considerations. This change to the pension plan had no effect on the benefits vested to current and previous employees for their past service. Those benefits will be paid on retirement. Retirees currently receiving pension payments are also unaffected. Benefits at normal retirement age (65) are based upon the employee's years of service, as of the date of the curtailment for employees not yet retired, and the employee's compensation prior to the curtailment. Our funding policy is to contribute amounts sufficient to satisfy regulatory funding standards, based upon independent actuarial valuations.

55


        Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan ("SERP")—Amendments to curtail the SERP were approved at the May 16, 2002 Board meeting. Those amendments were made for consistency with changes to our qualified pension plan earlier in 2002. Specifically, we changed the executive retirement benefits from defined pension benefits under the SERP, funded solely by E&S, to 401(k) and deferred compensation retirement benefits funded through both employee and company contributions. As a result of the curtailment, the SERP is now consistent with our qualified pension plan in other areas including closing the SERP to new participants and freezing further SERP gains from any future salary increases. The SERP, which is unfunded, provides eligible executives defined pension benefits, outside our pension plan, based on average earnings, years of service, and age at retirement.

        The following provides a reconciliation of benefit obligations, plan assets, and funded assets of the Plan and SERP (in thousands):

 
  Pension Plan
  SERP
 
 
  2002
  2001
  2002
  2001
 
Change in benefit obligation:                          
  Beginning of year   $ 49,099   $ 43,956   $ 6,744   $ 6,269  
  Service cost     700     2,891     454     746  
  Interest cost     2,442     3,127     446     447  
  Actuarial (gain) loss     (6,060 )   200     156     (518 )
  Benefits paid     (4,021 )   (1,075 )   (270 )   (200 )
  Assumption change             454        
  Curtailment     (3,575 )       (1,439 )      
   
 
 
 
 
  End of year   $ 38,585   $ 49,099   $ 6,545   $ 6,744  
   
 
 
 
 
Change in plan assets:                          
  Fair value at beginning of the year   $ 43,158   $ 44,566              
  Actual return on plan assets     (2,474 )   (333 )            
  Employer contributions                      
  Benefits paid     (4,021 )   (1,075 )            
   
 
             
  Fair value at end of year   $ 36,663   $ 43,158              
   
 
             
Reconciliation of funded status:                          
  Funded status   $ (1,923 ) $ (5,940 ) $ (6,748 ) $ (5,706 )
  Unrecognized actuarial (gain) loss     (3,727 )   (4,300 )   (841 )   (1,241 )
  Unrecognized prior service obligation         688          
  Unrecognized transition obligation                  
  Contribution             270     199  
   
 
 
 
 
  Accrued benefit liability   $ (5,650 ) $ (9,552 ) $ (7,319 ) $ (6,748 )
   
 
 
 
 
Assumptions (weighted average)                          
  Discount rate     6.75 %   7.25 %   6.75 %   7.25 %
  Expected return on plan assets     8.3 %   9.0 %   N/A     N/A  
  Compensation increase     4.5 %   4.5 %   4.5 %   4.5 %

56


        Net periodic pension and other postretirement benefit costs include the following components (in thousands):

 
  Pension Plan
  SERP
 
  2002
  2001
  2000
  2002
  2001
  2000
Components of net periodic benefit cost:                                    
  Service cost   $ 700   $ 2,891   $ 2,460   $ 454   $ 746   $ 815
  Interest cost     2,442     3,127     2,759     446     447     410
  Expected return on assets     (3,462 )   (3,921 )   (3,907 )          
  Amortization of actuarial (gain) loss         (264 )   (692 )           1
  Amortization of prior year service cost     (16 )   41     41     (59 )   48     48
  Curtailment     (3,575 )                  
  Amortization of transition     10     79     79            
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net periodic benefit cost   $ (3,901 ) $ 1,953   $ 740   $ 841   $ 1,241   $ 1,274
   
 
 
 
 
 

        401(k) Deferred Savings Plan—We have a deferred savings plan that qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan covers all employees of E&S who have at least one year of service and who are age 18 or older. We make matching contributions on employee contributions. The 401(k) plan was amended on April 23, 2002, to permit the Board of Directors to grant additional discretionary matching contributions based on our profitability and other financial and operational considerations. Our contributions to this plan for 2002, 2001 and 2000 were $0.9 million, $1.1 million, and $1.0 million, respectively.

        Executive Savings Plan (ESP)—The ESP is a deferred compensation plan that allows tax-deferred retirement saving beyond the amount that can be contributed to the 401(k) plan. The ESP, a nonqualified plan that does not have the same protections as a qualified 401(k) plan, covers only a select group of management employees. Participants earn matching amounts on their contributions. Consistent with the curtailment of the SERP, the ESP was amended on May 16, 2002 to permit the Board of Directors to grant additional discretionary contributions. This plan is unfunded.

        Life Insurance—We purchase company-owned life insurance policies insuring the lives of participants in the ESP. The policies accumulate asset values and exist to cover the cost of employee supplemental retirement benefit liabilities. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the investment in the policies was $2.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively, and net life insurance expense was $0.2 million, $0.1 million, and $0.1 million for 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

(10) DEBT

        Included in long-term debt is approximately $18.0 million of 6% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due in 2012 (the "6% Debentures"). The 6% Debentures are unsecured and are convertible at each bondholder's option into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $42.10 or 428,000 shares of our common stock subject to adjustment. The 6% Debentures are redeemable at our option, in whole or in part, at par.

57


        The following is a summary of lines of credit (dollars in thousands):

 
  2002
  2001
 
Balance at end of year   $ 7,883   $ 20,676  
Weighted average interest rate at end of year     5.2 %   9.1 %
Maximum balance outstanding during the year   $ 24,647   $ 25,530  
Average balance outstanding during the year   $ 12,282   $ 13,617  
Weighted average interest rate during the year     7.8 %   10.8 %

        The average balance outstanding and weighted average interest rate are computed based on the outstanding balances and interest rates at month-end during each year.

        In December 2000, E&S entered into a secured credit facility (the "Foothill Facility") with Foothill Capital Corporation ("Foothill") that provided for borrowings and the issuance of letters of credit up to $30.0 million. In December 2002, E&S and Foothill renegotiated and renewed the terms of the Foothill Facility, providing for borrowings and the issuance of letters of credit up to $25.0 million. The Foothill Facility, among other things, (i) requires E&S to maintain certain financial ratios and covenants, including a minimum tangible net worth that adjusts each quarter, a minimum unbilled receivables to billed receivables ratio, and a limitation of $12.0 million of aggregate capital expenditures in any fiscal year; (ii) restricts our ability to incur debt or liens; sell, assign, pledge or lease assets; merge with another company; and (iii) restricts the payment of dividends and repurchase of any of our outstanding shares without the prior consent of the lender. The Foothill Facility expires in December 2004.

        Borrowings under the Foothill Facility bear interest at the Wells Fargo Bank National Association prevailing prime rate plus 1.5% to 3.0%, depending on the amount outstanding. In addition, the Foothill Facility has an unused line fee equal to 0.375% per annum times the difference between $25 million and the sum of the average undrawn portion of the borrowings, payable each quarter. The Foothill Facility provides Foothill with a first priority perfected security interest in substantially all of our assets, including, but not limited to, all of our intellectual property. Pursuant to the terms of the Foothill Facility, all cash receipts of E&S must be deposited into a Foothill controlled account.

        As of December 31, 2002, E&S had $2.7 million in outstanding borrowings and $4.9 million in outstanding letters of credit under the Foothill Facility.

        As of December 31, 2002, we had outstanding financial letters of credit totaling $4.9 million related to our performance on certain customer contracts. Our customers can draw against these letters of credit if we fail to meet the performance requirements contained within the terms of each letter of credit. As of December 31, 2002, no amounts have been accrued for any estimated losses under the obligations, as it is probable that we will perform as required under our contracts.

        Evans & Sutherland Computer Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, has a $3.0 million overdraft facility (the "Overdraft Facility") with Lloyds TSB Bank plc ("Lloyds"). Borrowings under the Overdraft Facility bear interest at Lloyds' short-term offered rate plus 1.75% per annum. As of December 31, 2002, there were $5.2 million in outstanding borrowings. Lloyds allows E&S to borrow over $3 million on the Overdraft Facility on condition that any borrowings over $3 million are deposited with Lloyds. The Overdraft Facility is subject to reduction or demand repayment for any reason at any time at Lloyds' discretion. As a result of a recent renewal of the Overdraft Facility, it now expires on December 31, 2003. Evans & Sutherland Computer Limited executed a letter of negative pledge in favor of Lloyds whereby it agreed not to sell or encumber its

58


assets, except in the ordinary course of business. Covenants contained in the Overdraft Facility restrict dividend payments from Evans & Sutherland Computer Limited and require maintenance of certain financial covenants. In addition, at December 31, 2002, we had $2.9 million in restricted cash deposited at Lloyds related to the Overdraft Facility, $0.7 million of this cash on deposit is in a restricted cash collateral account to support certain obligations that the bank guarantees and borrowings were $5.2 million.

(11) INCOME TAXES

        The income tax benefit of $0.5 million for 2002 is primarily attributable to the carryback of alternative minimum tax net operating losses pursuant to the Job Creation and Workers Assistance Act of 2002. The income tax benefit of $3.2 million for 2001 is primarily attributable to adjustments to prior years tax provisions as a result of favorable resolution of certain worldwide tax contingencies. Components of income taxes for 2000 are as follow (in thousands):

 
  Current
  Deferred
  Share and
stock option
benefit

  Total
Year ended December 31, 2000                        
  Federal   $ (1,598 ) $ 17,750   $   $ 16,152
  State     (230 )   2,591         2,361
  Foreign     510             510
   
 
 
 
    $ (1,318 ) $ 20,341   $   $ 19,023
   
 
 
 

        The actual expense differs from the expected tax expense (benefit) as computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35 percent, as a result of the following (in thousands):

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Tax benefit at U.S. federal statutory rate   $ (4,264 ) $ (10,720 ) $ (17,692 )
Gains of foreign subsidiaries     (325 )   (320 )    
Adjustment to prior year tax provisions         (3,172 )    
State taxes (net of federal income tax benefit)             1,521  
Research and development and foreign tax credits         (681 )   (437 )
Change in federal valuation allowance     3,582     12,599     35,607  
Other, net     544     (878 )   24  
   
 
 
 
    $ (463 ) $ (3,172 ) $ 19,023  
   
 
 
 

59


        The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 are presented below (in thousands):

 
  2002
  2001
 
Deferred tax assets:              
  Warranty, vacation, and other accruals   $ 3,075   $ 5,475  
  Inventory reserves and other inventory related temporary basis differences     4,832     3,348  
  Pension accrual     5,091     6,387  
  Long-term contract related temporary differences     181     882  
  Net operating loss carryforwards     38,109     30,538  
  Capital loss carryforwards     667      
  Write-down of investment securities     1,526     2,191  
  Liquidated damages and late delivery penalties         1,034  
  Credit carryforwards     3,552     4,310  
  Other     374     343  
   
 
 
    Total gross deferred tax assets     57,407     54,508  
    Less valuation allowance     56,796     53,214  
   
 
 
    Total deferred tax assets     611     1,294  
   
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities              
  Intangible assets          
  Plant and equipment, principally due to differences depreciation     (543 )   (1,181 )
  Other     (68 )   (113 )
   
 
 
    Total gross deferred tax liabilities     (611 )   (1,294 )
   
 
 
    Net deferred tax asset   $   $  
   
 
 

        Worldwide income (loss) before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
United States   $ (13,140 ) $ (31,570 ) $ (51,395 )
Foreign     956     941     848  
   
 
 
 
    $ (12,184 ) $ (30,629 ) $ (50,547 )
   
 
 
 

        We have total federal net operating loss carryovers of $101 million, of which, $22 million expires in 2022, $22 million expires in 2021, $45 million expires in 2020, and the remainder expires between 2006 and 2019. We have various tax credit carryovers of $3.5 million that expire between 2003 and 2021. We also have state net operating loss carryovers that expire depending on the rules of the various states to which the loss is allocated.

        During the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, we increased the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets by approximately $3.6 million and $13.2 million, respectively. These amounts relate to an increase in the general valuation allowance established under provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes", which requires that a valuation

60


allowance be established when it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be realized.

        Under the rules of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, we may have undergone an ownership change in the current year and/or a previous year. Consequently, the availability of our net operating loss and credit carryforwards to offset future taxable income and income tax liability in any one year may be limited.    This limitation may result in a portion of our net operating loss and credit carryforward expiring before they can be utilized.

(12) DISCLOSURES ABOUT THE FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, line of credit agreements, accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximates fair value because of their short maturity. The fair value of our 6% Debentures ($5.1 million and $6.8 million as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively) is based on quoted market prices.

(13) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

        On August 27, 2001, we entered into a purchase agreement with a third party that commits E&S to purchase a minimum of $2.0 million of materials over a two-year period. The planned use of these materials is within current and future E&S products. As of December 31, 2002, our remaining commitment totaled $1.2 million.

        On November 27, 2000, we entered into a three year agreement with a third party to provide E&S with certain copy service, mail service, software and equipment through November 30, 2003. As of December 31, 2002, our remaining minimum commitment totaled $0.3 million.

        On September 26, 2000, we entered into a purchase agreement with a third party that commits E&S to purchase a minimum $4.5 million of licensed products and support for design development software. The agreement is effective for a period of three years with an option to renew the agreement for an additional two-year term. As of December 31, 2002, our remaining commitment totaled $1.1 million.

        Certain of our contracts to deliver Harmony image generators contain liquidated damage provisions for delays in delivery. We incurred $2.9 million, and $0.9 million for such damages in 2001 and 2000, respectively. No damages were incurred in 2002. If further delays in the delivery of the Harmony image generator occur, we may incur additional liquidated damages.

(14) LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        Lockheed Martin Corporation v. Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation.    On May 2, 2002, we entered into a settlement agreement with Lockheed Martin Corporation and Lockheed Martin Overseas Corporation. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, the parties agreed to a mutual dismissal of all claims and counterclaims with prejudice, with each party bearing its own attorneys' fees and costs. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, Lockheed's termination of the subcontract that was the subject of the suit is deemed as one for convenience, without cost.

61


        In the normal course of business, E&S has various other legal claims and other contingent matters, including items raised by government contracting officers and auditors. Although the final outcome of such matters cannot be predicted, we believe the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, liquidity or results of operations

(15) STOCK OPTION AND STOCK PURCHASE PLANS

        Stock Option Plans—We have stock incentive plans that provide for the grant of options to officers, employees, consultants, and independent contractors to acquire shares of our common stock at a purchase price generally equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. Options generally vest ratably over three years and expire ten years from date of grant. We grant options to our non-employee directors under our Non-Employee Directors Plan. Option grants are limited to 10,000 shares per director in each fiscal year. Options generally vest ratably over three years and expire ten years from the date of grant. A summary of activity follows (shares in thousands):

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
  Number
of Shares

  Weighted-
average
exercise
price

  Number
of Shares

  Weighted-
average
exercise
price

  Number
of Shares

  Weighted-
average
exercise
price

Outstanding at beginning of year     2,510   $ 12.22     2,657   $ 12.63     2,087   $ 14.05
Granted     254     5.80     267     7.35     865     9.18
Exercised     (12 )   5.92     (3 )   5.17     (9 )   1.03
Canceled     (342 )   12.17     (411 )   11.76     (286 )   13.30
   
       
       
     
Outstanding at end of year     2,410     11.58     2,510     12.22     2,657     12.63
   
       
       
     
Exercisable at end of year     1,879     12.86     1,803     13.45     1,480     14.12
   
       
       
     
Weighted-average per share fair value of options granted during the year   $ 2.58         $ 1.92         $ 5.91      
   
       
       
     

        During 2000, shareholders authorized an additional 400,000 shares to be granted under the plans. As of December 31, 2002, options to purchase 366,603 shares of common stock were authorized and reserved for future grant.

62



        The following table summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2002 (options in thousands):

 
 
 
 
  Options outstanding
  Options Exercisable
Range of exercise prices

  Number
outstanding
as of
12/31/02

  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life

  Weighted
average
exercise
price

  Number
exercisable
as of
12/31/02

  Weighted
average
exercise
price

$ 3.15  -  $ 7.25     461   8.51   $ 5.82   159   $ 6.15
  7.38  -    11.00     439   7.81     9.20   229     9.65
  11.13  -    13.25     415   4.27     12.40   397     12.43
  13.31  -    13.38     3   6.78     13.33   3     13.33
  13.56  -    13.56     721   5.64     13.56   721     13.56
  13.57  -    32.88     371   4.82     16.80   370     16.80
             
           
     
  3.15  -    32.88     2,410   6.22     11.58   1,879     12.86
             
           
     

        The per share weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $2.58, $1.92, and $5.91, respectively. The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants during 2002, 2001 and 2000:

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
Expected life (in years)   2.5   2.6   4.5  
Risk-free interest rate   1.4 % 3.0 % 6.1 %
Expected volatility   75 % 37 % 79 %
Dividend yield        

        Stock Purchase Plan—We have an employee stock purchase plan whereby qualified employees are allowed to have up to 10% of their gross pay withheld each pay period to purchase our common stock at 85% of the market value of the stock at the time of the sale. Shares totaling 54,000, 63,000, and 84,000 were purchased under this plan in fiscal 2002, 2001 and 2000. During the period of December 24, 2002 through December 31, 2002, the stock purchase plan was inadvertently oversubscribed in the amount of 4,218 shares, leaving no shares available for future issuance under this plan. On February 27, 2003, our Board of Directors increased the number of shares available under this plan from 500,000 to 800,000 shares, and ratified all prior issuances of shares under the plan. After netting the over issuances and the increase of shares authorized under the plan, there are 295,782 shares available for purchase under this plan.

(16) PREFERRED STOCK

Preferred Stock—Class A

        We have 5,000,000 authorized shares of Class A Preferred Stock. Prior to 1998, we had reserved 300,000 shares of Class A Preferred Stock as Series A Junior Preferred Stock under a shareholder rights plan which expired in November 1998. In November 1998, the Board of Directors declared a dividend of one preferred stock purchase right ("Right") for each outstanding share of common stock,

63



par value $0.20 per share of E&S for shareholders of record on November 19, 1998, and for all future issuances of common stock. The Rights are not currently exercisable or transferable apart from the common stock and do not have voting rights or rights to receive dividends. Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from E&S one thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock at a price per share of $60.00, subject to adjustment. The Rights will be exercisable ten business days following a public announcement of a person or group of affiliated persons acquiring beneficial ownership of 15% or more of our outstanding common shares or following the announcement of a tender offer or exchange offer upon the consummation of which would result in the beneficial ownership by a person or group of affiliated persons of 15% or more of the outstanding E&S stock. The Rights may be redeemed by E&S at a price of $0.01 per Right before November 30, 2008.

        In the event that we are acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction, provision shall be made so that each holder of a Right, excluding the Rights beneficially owned by the acquiring persons, will have the right to receive, upon exercise thereof at the then current exercise price, that number of shares of common shares of the surviving company which at the time of such transaction will have a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right. In the event that a person or group of affiliated persons acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more of our outstanding common shares, provision shall be made so that each holder of a Right, excluding the Rights beneficially owned by the acquiring persons, shall have the right to receive, upon exercise thereof, a share of common stock at a purchase price equal to 50% of the then current exercise price.

        On June 7, 2000, E&S and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company amended the Rights to allow the State of Wisconsin Investment Board to acquire beneficial ownership up to 19.9% of our outstanding common shares without triggering the exercisability of the Rights.

Preferred Stock—Class B

        We have 5,000,000 authorized shares of Class B Preferred Stock. On July 22, 1998, Intel Corporation ("Intel") purchased 901,408 shares of our preferred stock plus a warrant to purchase an additional 378,462 shares of the preferred stock at an exercise price of $33.28125 per share for approximately $24.0 million. In March 2001, Intel converted the 901,408 shares of our preferred stock into 901,408 shares of our common stock. In March 2001, Intel and E&S amended the preferred stock and warrant purchase agreement to terminate certain contractual rights of Intel, including registration rights, board and committee observation rights, right of first refusal, right of participation, right of maintenance, standstill agreement, and right to require E&S to repurchase the preferred stock in the event of any transaction qualifying as a specific corporate event.

(17) NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE

        Net income (loss) per common share is computed based on the weighted-average number of common shares and, as appropriate, dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding during the period. Stock options, warrants, and the 6% Debentures are considered to be common stock equivalents.

        Basic net income (loss) per common share is the amount of net income (loss) for the period available to each share of common stock outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is the amount of net income (loss) for the period available to each share of common stock outstanding during the reporting period and to each share that would have been outstanding assuming the issuance of common shares for all dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period.

64



        In calculating net loss per common share, the net loss was the same for both the basic and diluted calculation. The diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding during 2002, 2001 and 2000 excludes common stock issuable pursuant to outstanding stock options, the 6% Debentures and the Class B-1 Preferred Stock because to do so would have had an anti-dilutive effect on loss per common share. The total number of common shares excluded from diluted loss per share related to the above was approximately 2.8 million, 2.9 million, and 4.0 million in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

(18) SEGMENT AND RELATED INFORMATION

        During 2001, our operations included the Simulation Group, the REALimage Solutions Group and the Applications Group. In the third quarter of 2001 we sold the REALimage Solutions Group. In the fourth quarter of 2001 we discontinued the RAPIDsite business, which was part of the Applications Group. Also in the fourth quarter of 2001, we consolidated the planetarium equipment business of the Applications Group into the Simulation Group and incorporated the remaining technology of the Applications Group into the Simulation Group. As a result, we had only one reportable segment in 2002, the development and marketing of visual simulation systems.

(19) GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

        The following table presents sales by geographic location based on the location of the use of the product or services. Sales within individual countries greater than 10% of consolidated sales are shown separately (in thousands):

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
United States   $ 74,220   $ 95,734   $ 106,045
United Kingdom     25,821     26,960     26,584
Europe (excluding United Kingdom)     10,287     10,479     21,723
Pacific Rim     8,889     9,069     8,162
Other     3,361     3,021     4,466
   
 
 
Total sales   $ 122,578   $ 145,263   $ 166,980
   
 
 

        The following table presents property, plant and equipment by geographic location based on the location of the assets (in thousands):

 
  2002
  2001
United States   $ 26,687   $ 40,488
Europe     1,601     1,479
   
 
  Total property, plant and equipment, net   $ 28,288   $ 41,967
   
 

(20) SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS

        In 2002, sales to the U.S. government totaled $35.4 million or 29% of total sales. Sales to Thales Training & Simulation ("Thales") totaled $19.8 million or 16% of total sales. Sales to The Boeing Company ("Boeing") totaled $17.1 million or 14% of total sales. In 2001, sales to the U.S. government totaled $35.1 million or 24% of total sales. Sales to Thales totaled $23.9 million or 16% of total sales. Sales to Boeing totaled $15.1 million of 10% of total sales. In 2000, sales to Lockheed Martin

65



Corporation ("Lockheed") totaled $22.5 million or 13% of total sales. Sales to Thales totaled $19.6 million or 12% of total sales,

        As of December 31, 2002, aggregated accounts receivable from CAE Electronics, Ltd. (CAE) was $6.1 million or 28% of gross accounts receivable and from agencies of the U. S. government was $2.9 million or 13% of gross accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2001, aggregated accounts receivable from Boeing was $7.8 million or 21% of gross accounts receivable and from Thales was $4.3 million or 12% of gross accounts receivable.

        As of December 31, 2002, the amount of costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts related to CAE, the U.S. government, and Thales was 28%, 21%, and 14% of the total, respectively. As of December 31, 2001, the amount of costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts from CAE, Thales, Boeing, and Lockheed was 27%, 24%, 16%, and 11% of the total, respectively.

(21) RESTRUCTURING CHARGE

        In the third quarter of 2001, we initiated a restructuring plan focused on reducing the operating cost structure of E&S. As part of the plan, we recorded a charge of $2.1 million relating to a reduction in force of approximately 80 employees. In the fourth quarter of 2001, we extended the restructuring plan and recorded a charge of $0.7 million relating to a reduction in force of an additional 12 employees. As of December 31, 2001, we had paid $1.9 million in severance benefits related to these restructurings. In the second quarter of 2002, we recorded an additional restructuring charge. As part of this restructuring, we recorded a charge of $1.9 million during the second quarter of 2002 related to a reduction in force of approximately 90 employees. In the fourth quarter of 2002, we recorded another restructuring charge in order to create an operating cost structure in line with anticipated 2003 revenues. As part of this restructuring, we recorded a charge of $2.6 million related to a reduction in force of approximately 140 employees. In 2002 we had a total reduction in force of approximately 230 employees resulting in recorded charges of $4.5 million, and paid $2.5 million in severance benefits. The majority of all remaining benefits will be paid out over 2003. The charges were recorded in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 94-03 "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit (Including Certain Cost Incurred in a Restructuring)" and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 100, "Restructuring and Impairment Charges".

 
  Balance at
12/31/01

  Restructure
Charges

  Severence
Benefits
Paid

  Balance at
12/31/02

2001 Restructuring provision   $ 990   $   $ 901   $ 89
2002 Q2 Restructuring provision         1,921     1,495     426
2002 Q4 Restructuring provision         2,571     1,054     1,517
   
 
 
 
    $ 990   $ 4,492   $ 3,450   $ 2,032
   
 
 
 

        During 2000 we reversed $0.8 million of restructuring charges recorded in 1999 as a result of certain employees being transferred within E&S rather than being terminated as expected and estimated severance and related charges being lower than expected for the terminated employees.

66



(22) REALimage TRANSITION COSTS

        Early in 2001, we announced our intention to spin out or sell the REALimage Solutions Group. Therefore, we categorized all the costs and expenses associated with the REALimage Solutions Group from the beginning of 2001 until the sale of the business in the third quarter of 2001 in the REALimage transition costs expense category. These expenses totaled $5.3 million.

(23) ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

        We currently own two office buildings, which have a book value of $5.8 million that are not considered strategic assets and are being held for sale. These buildings are no longer depreciated and are considered current assets. One of these remaining buildings is under contract. We continue to market the properties to prospective buyers.


ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        "None"

67



FORM 10-K

PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

        Information regarding our directors is incorporated by reference from "Election of Directors" in the Proxy Statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 8, 2003.

        Information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference from "Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934" in the Proxy Statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 8, 2003.

        Information concerning our current executive officers is incorporated by reference to the section in Part I hereof found under the caption "Executive Officers of the Registrant."


ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        Information regarding this item is incorporated by reference from "Executive Compensation" in the Proxy Statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 8, 2003.


ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

        Information regarding this item is incorporated by reference from "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" in the Proxy Statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 8, 2003.


ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

        Information regarding this item is incorporated by reference from "Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table," "Report of the Compensation and Stock Options Committee of the Board of Directors," and "Termination of Employment and Change of Control Arrangements," in the Proxy Statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 8, 2003.


ITEM 14.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

        Within 90 days prior to the date of this report, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting them to material information required to be included in our periodic SEC reports. To enhance our disclosure controls procedures, we added a Disclosure Review Board to our process. This requires every executive, senior staff, auditors, and legal counsel to participate in the planning, scheduling, drafting, and/or review process and to notify the Company's CFO of their completion of their associated tasks. It should be noted that the design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions, regardless of how remote.

        In addition, we reviewed our internal controls, and there have been no significant changes in our internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect those controls subsequent to the date of their last evaluation.

68



FORM 10-K

PART IV

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

        The following constitutes a list of Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules, and Exhibits required to be used in this report:

1.
Financial Statements—Included in Part II, Item 8 of this report:

    Report of Management

    Report of Independent Auditors

    Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2002 and 2001

    Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002

    Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002

    Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002

    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002

2.
Financial Statement Schedules—included in Part IV of this report:

        Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

    Schedules other than those listed above are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is presented in the financial statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits
  2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 22, 1998, among Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, E&S Merger Corp., and AccelGraphics, Inc., filed as Annex I to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4, SEC File No. 333-51041, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

3.1

 

Articles of Incorporation, as amended, filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K, SEC File No. 000-08771, for the fiscal year ended December 25, 1987, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

3.1.1

 

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation filed as Exhibit 3.1.1 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K, SEC File No. 000-08771, for the fiscal year ended December 30, 1988, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

3.1.2

 

Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Other Rights of the Class B-1 Preferred Stock of Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 25, 1998, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

 

 

 

69



 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

3.3

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, filed as Exhibit 3.3 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

4.1

 

Form of Rights Agreement, dated as of November 19, 1998, between Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation and American Stock Transfer Trust Company which includes as Exhibit A, the form of Certificate of Designation for the Rights, as Exhibit B, the form of Rights Certificate and as Exhibit C, a Summary of Rights, filed as Exhibit 1 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed December 8, 1998, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

4.2

 

First Amendment to Rights Agreement dated as of June 7, 2000 between Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, filed as Exhibit 10.14 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

*10.1

 

1985 Stock Option Plan, as amended, filed as Exhibit 1 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-8, SEC File No. 2-76027, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

*10.2

 

1989 Stock Option Plan for Non-employee Directors, filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K, SEC File No. 000-08771, for the fiscal year ended December 29, 1989, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

*10.3

 

1991 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, as amended as of February 21, 2001, filed as exhibit 4.1 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Post Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-8, SEC File No. 33-39632, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

*10.4

 

Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation 1998 Stock Option Plan, as amended as through May 17, 2000, filed as exhibit 4.1 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Post Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-8, SEC File No. 333-58733, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

*10.5

 

Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's 1995 Long-Term Incentive Equity Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.11 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K, SEC File No. 000-08771, for the fiscal year ended December 29, 1995, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

10.6

 

Series B Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of July 20, 1998, between Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation and Intel Corporation, filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 25, 1998, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

10.7

 

Warrant to Purchase Series B Preferred Stock dated as of July 22, 1998, between Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation and Intel Corporation, filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 25, 1998, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

 

 

 

70



 

*10.8

 

Employment agreement between Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation and James R. Oyler, dated May 16, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

10.9

 

Overdraft Facility dated June 15, 2000 between Evans & Sutherland Computer Limited and Lloyds TSB Bank plc, filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

*10.10

 

Amendment to employment agreement between Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation and James R. Oyler, dated September 22, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 29, 2000, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

*10.11

 

Employment agreement between Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation and William M. Thomas, dated December 22, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.40 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, and incorporated herein by this reference herein.

 

10.12

 

Loan and Security Agreement by and between Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation and Foothill Capital Corporation, dated December 14, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.41 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

10.13

 

Leasehold Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture filing between Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, Chicago Title Company, Foothill Capital Corporation, dated December 14, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.42 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, and incorporated herein by this reference herein.

 

10.14

 

Leasehold Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture filing between Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, Chicago Title Company, Foothill Capital Corporation, dated December 14, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.43 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, and incorporated herein by this reference herein.

 

10.15

 

Leasehold Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture filing between Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, Chicago Title Company, Foothill Capital Corporation, dated December 14, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.44 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

10.16

 

Absolute Assignment of Sub-Leases and Rent by Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, dated December 14, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.45 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

10.17

 

Absolute Assignment of Sub-Leases and Rent by Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, dated December 14, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.46 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

 

 

 

71



 

10.18

 

Absolute Assignment of Sub-Leases and Rent by Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, dated December 14, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.47 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

10.19

 

Pledge and Security Agreement between Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation and Foothill Capital Corporation, dated December 14, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.48 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

10.20

 

Intellectual Property Security Agreement between Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation and Foothill Capital Corporation, dated December 14, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.49 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

10.21

 

Amendment No. 1 to Series B Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement between Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation and Intel Corporation, dated effective as of March 1, 2001, filed as Exhibit 10.50 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

10.22

 

Asset Purchase and Intellectual Property License Agreement between Real Vision Inc. and Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, dated August 31, 2001, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 28, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

10.23

 

Initial License Agreement between Real Vision Inc. and Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, dated August 31, 2001, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 28, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

10.24

 

Foothill Covenant waiver for the third quarter 2001, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 28, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

10.25

 

Master Sales Agreement between Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation and ATI Technologies Inc., dated August 27, 2001, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 28, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

10.26

 

Software License Agreement between Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation and ATI Technologies Inc., dated August 27, 2001, filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 28, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

10.27

 

Amendment Number One to Loan and Security Agreement and Waiver by and between Foothill Capital Corporation and Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, dated February 22, 2002, filed as Exhibit 10.56 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.

 

10.28

 

Patent Purchase and License Agreement between Nvidia International Inc., Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, and Evans & Sutherland Graphics Corporation, dated October 15, 2001, filed as Exhibit 10.57 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

 

 

 

72



 

10.29

 

Patent Cross License Agreement between Nvidia Corporation and Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, dated October 15, 2001, filed as Exhibit 10.58 to Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, and incorporated herein by this reference. Certain information in this exhibit was omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a confidential treatment request under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

10.30

 

Amendment Number Two to Loan and Security Agreement and Waiver by and between Foothill Capital Corporation and Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, dated August 14, 2002, filed herein.

 

10.31

 

Amendment Number Three to Loan and Security Agreement and Waiver by and between Foothill Capital Corporation and Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, dated December 11, 2002, filed herein.

 

10.32

 

Amendment Number Four to Loan and Security Agreement and Waiver by and between Foothill Capital Corporation and Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, dated January 8, 2003, filed herein.

 

10.33

 

Foothill Limited Waiver of Certain Financial Covenants for the second quarter 2002 by and between Foothill Capital Corporation and Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, dated July 24, 2002, filed herein.

 

10.34

 

Overdraft Facility Continuation agreement between Evans & Sutherland Computer Limited and Lloyds TSB Bank plc, dated February 18, 2003, filed herein.

 

*10.35

 

Employment agreement between Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation and L. Eugene Frazier, dated August 26, 2002, filed herein.

 

*10.36

 

Amended and restated employment agreement between Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation and Thomas Atchison, dated August 26, 2002, filed herein.

 

*10.37

 

Amended and restated employment agreement between Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation and David B. Figgins, dated August 26, 2002, filed herein.

 

*10.38

 

Amended and restated Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP), dated May 16, 2002, filed herein.

 

*10.39

 

Amended and restated Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation's Executive Savings Plan, dated May 16, 2002, filed herein.

 

10.40

 

Consent and Subordination Agreement by Foothill Capital Corporation, dated December 14, 2002, filed herein.

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Registrant, filed herein.

 

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Auditors, filed herein.

 

24.1

 

Powers of Attorney for Messrs. James R. Oyler, William M. Thomas, Gerald S. Casilli, Wolf-Dieter Hass, Ivan E. Sutherland, David J. Coghlan, and William Schneider, filed herein.

 

99.1

 

Rule 13a-14 Certification included in Part IV of this report

 

99.2

 

Rule 13a-14 Certification included in Part IV of this report

*
Management contract for Compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.

73


TRADEMARKS USED IN THIS FORM 10-K

        E&S, Harmony, ESIG, ESCP, Ensemble, Integrator, simFUSION, EP, Environment Processor, RAPIDsite, REALimage, Encore, Digistar, and StarRider are trademarks or registered trademarks of Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation. All other product, service, or trade names or marks are the properties of their respective owners.

74



Schedule II


EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000
(in thousands)

 
  Balance at
beginning
of year

  Additions
charged
(reversed)
to cost and
expenses

  Deductions
charged
(recovered)
against
provision

  Balance at
end of
year

Allowance for doubtful receivables                        
December 31, 2002   $ 6,413   $ (734 ) $ 4,823   $ 856
December 31, 2001     4,411     2,358     356     6,413
December 31, 2000     1,322     3,829     740     4,411

Inventory reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
December 31, 2002   $ 7,185   $ 1,802   $ (124 ) $ 9,111
December 31, 2001     9,894     943     3,652     7,185
December 31, 2000     6,047     6,613     2,766     9,894

Warranty reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
December 31, 2002   $ 1,966   $ 617   $ 1,615   $ 968
December 31, 2001     1,447     2,197     1,678     1,966
December 31, 2000     1,376     1,189     1,118     1,447

75



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION

March 24, 2003

 

By:

/s/
JAMES R. OYLER
JAMES R. OYLER, PRESIDENT

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/ JAMES R. OYLER
JAMES R. OYLER
  Director, Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal Executive Officer)   March 24, 2003

/s/
WILLIAM M. THOMAS
WILLIAM M. THOMAS

 

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Corporate Secretary (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

March 24, 2003

*

GERALD S. CASILLI

 

Director

 

March 24, 2003

*

WOLF-DIETER HASS

 

Director

 

March 24, 2003

*

IVAN E. SUTHERLAND

 

Director

 

March 24, 2003

*

DAVID J. COGHLAN

 

Director

 

March 24, 2003

*

WILLIAM SCHNEIDER, JR.

 

Director

 

March 24, 2003

By:

 

/s/
WILLIAM M. THOMAS
WILLIAM M. THOMAS
*Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

March 24, 2003

76



Rule 13a-14 Certification

CERTIFICATIONS*

I, James R. Oyler, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the "Evaluation Date"); and

c)
presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a)
all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant's auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls; and

6.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Date: March 24, 2003

/s/  JAMES R. OYLER     
James R. Oyler
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)


*
Provide a separate certification for each principal executive officer and principal financial officer of the registrant. See Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14. The required certification must be in the exact form set forth above.

77



Rule 13a-14 Certification

CERTIFICATIONS*

I, William M. Thomas, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the "Evaluation Date"); and

c)
presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a)
all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant's auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls; and

6.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Date: March 24, 2003

/s/  WILLIAM M. THOMAS     
William M. Thomas
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)


*
Provide a separate certification for each principal executive officer and principal financial officer of the registrant. See Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14. The required certification must be in the exact form set forth above.

78



EX-10.30 3 a2105045zex-10_30.htm EX-10.30
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.30

AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO LOAN AND
SECURITY AGREEMENT AND WAIVER

        This Amendment Number Two to Loan and Security Agreement and Waiver ("Second Amendment") is entered into as of December 14, 2002, by and between FOOTHILL CAPITAL CORPORATION, a California corporation ("Foothill"), and EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION, a Utah corporation ("Borrower"), in light of the following:

        A.    Borrower and Foothill have previously entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2000;

        B.    On or about June 19, 2001, Borrower and Foothill entered into that certain amending Letter Agreement, whereby certain terms and conditions of the Agreement were temporarily amended;

        C.    On or about February 22, 2002, Borrower and Foothill entered into that certain Amendment Number One to Loan and Security Agreement (the Loan Agreement, as amended by the letter agreement and the first amendment, as referenced above, is hereinafter referred to as the "Loan Agreement")

        D.    Borrow has requested that for the period from August 15, 2002 through September 30, 2002 (the "Temporary Additional Availability Period") Foothill make available to Borrower an additional One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000.00) of availability (the "Temporary Additional Availability").

        E.    Borrower and Foothill desire to further amend the Loan Agreement as provided for and on the conditions herein.

        NOW, THEREFORE, Borrower and Foothill hereby amend and supplement the Agreement as follows:

        1.    DEFINITIONS.    All initially capitalized terms used in this Second Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement unless specifically defined herein.

        2.    AMENDMENTS.    

            (a)  The definition of "Eligible Accounts" as set forth in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting subsection (1) contained therein and substituting the following in its place and stead:

              "(i) Accounts with respect to an Account Debtor whose total obligations owing to Borrower exceed either the dollar or percentage limitations of all Eligible Accounts set forth below, to the extent of the obligations owing by such Account Debtor in excess of such dollar limitation or percentage:

                (q)  The Boeing Company, thirty-three percent (33%), provided however, that during the Temporary Additional Availability Period, the percentage limitation shall be forty-five percent (45%),

                (r)  J. F. Taylor, Inc., fifteen percent (15%),

                (s)  United States Air Force-DOD, twenty-five percent (25%),

                (t)    United States Navy-DOD, twenty-five percent (25%),

                (u)  Lockheed Martin, twenty-five percent (25%),

                (v)  CAE Electronics, Ltd., twenty-five percent (25%),

1



                (w)  Thales, twenty-five percent (25%), provided however, that during the Temporary Additional Availability Period, the percentage limitation shall be forty-five percent (45%),

                (x)  STN Atlas Elektronik, GMBH, thirty-three percent (33%),

                (y)  Eligible Foreign Accounts, in the aggregate, in excess of three million dollars ($3,000,000), and

                (z)  all other Account Debtors not listed immediately above in subsections(i)(q-y), ten percent (10%):

              "provided, however, that at no time can the Eligible Accounts of the largest three account debtors listed in subsections (i)(q-y) above in the aggregate exceed forty percent (40%) of all Eligible Accounts(provided, further, that during the Temporary Additional Period, the percentage limitation shall be sixty percent (60%), and

              "provided, however, that at no time can the increased percentage limitations permitted during the Temporary Additional Availability Period set forth in sub-sections (q) and (w) above provide for Advances which at any point in time exceed Seven Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000.00) for such increased percentage limitations, and

              "provided, further, that Foothill can lower the percentages set forth in subsection (i)(q-x) above if in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion it believes there has been a change in the creditworthiness of such Account Debtor(s),"

            (b)  The definition of "Maximum Amount" as set froth in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in its place and stead:

              "Maximum Amount" means, (i) for the Temporary Additional Availability Period, the sum of Thirty-Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($31,750,000.00), (ii) and at any other date of determination, Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000)."

            (c)  The definition of "RP Release Price" as set forth in Sections 1.1 and 7.4 of the Loan Agreement shall be supplemented and amended by amending and restating in its entirety the definition of RP Release Price as set forth in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement:

              "RP Release Price" means: (a) the definitions set forth in Section 7.4 herein; and (b) such release price for other portions of the Real Property Collateral as may be agreed to from time to time by Foothill, in its sole and absolute discretion."

            (d)  Section 2.1(b) shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and substituting the following in its place and stead:

              (b)  For purposes of this Agreement, "Receivables Advances Borrowing Base", as of any date of determination, shall mean the result of:

                (w)  during the Temporary Additional Availability Period, the sum of Seven Hundred Thousand and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000.00)

                (x)  the lesser of (i) seventy-five percent (75%) of the value of Eligible Accounts, less the amount, if any, of the Dilution Reserve, and (ii) an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of Borrower's Collections with respect to Accounts for the immediately preceding ninety (90) day period, minus

                (y)  the Average Undrawn Portion of Letters of Credit (without duplication of such amounts if subtracted pursuant to Section 2.2(a), minus

                (z)  the aggregate amount of reserves, if any, established by Foothill under Sections 2.1(b), 6.11 and 10.

2



            (e)  Section 2.10 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended by adding the following two sections (d) and (e)

              "(d) Second Amendment Fee. Upon mutual execution hereof, a fee as consideration for entering into the Second Amendment, in the amount of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00), which such fee Foothill can charge to Borrower's Loan Account.

              "(e) Temporary Availability Fee. A fee in the amount of: (i) Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500.00) per day for each and every day in which between One ($1.00) and Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000.00) of Temporary Additional Availability is utilized; or (ii) Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) per day for each and every day in which more than Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000.00) of Temporary Additional Availability is utilized."

        3.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.    Borrower hereby affirms to Foothill that all of Borrower's representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement are true, complete and accurate in all respects as of the date hereof.

        4.    NO DEFAULTS.    Borrower hereby affirms to Foothill that, other than Events of Default having been expressly waived by Foothill in writing, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof.

        5.    CONDITION PRECEDENT.    The effectiveness of this Second Amendment is expressly conditioned upon the receipt by Foothill of an executed copy of this Second Amendment.

        6.    COSTS AND EXPENSES.    Borrower shall pay to Foothill all of Foothill's out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of its counsel, which counsel may include any local counsel deemed necessary, search fees, filing and recording fees, documentation fees, appraisal fees, travel expenses, and other fees) arising in connection with the preparation, execution, and delivery of this Amendment and all related documents.

        7.    LIMITED EFFECT.    In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Second Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Second Amendment shall govern. In all other respects, the Agreement, as amended and supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect.

        8.    COUNTERPARTS; EFFECTIVENESS.    This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original. All such counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Second Amendment. This Second Amendment shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart of this Second Amendment by each of the parties hereto.

3



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amendment as of the date first set forth above.


 

 

FOOTHILL CAPITAL CORPORATION, a California corporation

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
CHARLES KIM      
    Title:   Vice President

 

 

EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER, a Utah corporation

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
WILLIAM M. THOMAS      
    Title:   C.F.O

4




QuickLinks

EX-10.31 4 a2105045zex-10_31.htm EX-10.31
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.31

AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE TO LOAN AND
SECURITY AGREEMENT AND WAIVER

        This Amendment Number Three to Loan and Security Agreement and Waiver ("Third Amendment") is entered into as of December 11, 2002, by and between FOOTHILL CAPITAL CORPORATION, a California corporation ("Foothill"), and EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION, a Utah corporation ("Borrower"), in light of the following:

        A.    Borrower and Foothill have previously entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2000;

        B.    On or about June 19, 2001, Borrower and Foothill entered into that certain amending Letter Agreement, whereby certain terms and conditions of the Agreement were temporarily amended;

        C.    On or about February 22, 2002, Borrower and Foothill entered into that certain Amendment Number One to Loan and Security Agreement whereby certain terms and conditions of the Agreement were amended;

        D.    On or about August 14, 2002, Borrower and Foothill entered into that certain Amendment Number Two to Loan and Security Agreement whereby certain terms and conditions of the Agreement were further amended (the Loan Agreement, as amended by the letter agreement, the first amendment, and the second amendment, as referenced above, is hereinafter referred to as the "Loan Agreement");

        E.    Pursuant to its terms, the Loan Agreement is set to expire on or about December 14, 2002, and Borrower has requested that the terms be extended, and that certain other terms and conditions be amended; and

        F.    Borrower and Foothill desire to extend the term of the Loan Agreement and to further amend the Loan Agreement as provided for and on the conditions herein.

        NOW, THEREFORE, Borrower and Foothill hereby amend and supplement the Agreement as follows:

        1.    DEFINITIONS.    All initially capitalized terms used in this Second Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement unless specifically defined herein.

        2.    AMENDMENTS.    

            (a)  There is added a new definition to Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement as follows:

              "Adjusted Allocated Auction Value" means for each of the properties set forth below, the dollar amount set forth next to such property:

600 Komas Drive   $ 4,617,000  
650 Komas Drive   $ 2,793,000  
770 Komas Drive   $ 1,559,000  
790 Komas Drive   $ 241,000  
540 Arapeen Drive   $ 1,331,000  
560 Arapeen Drive   $ 2,973,000  
580 Arapeen Drive   $ 2,086,000  
Electric Substation   $ 651,000 "

1


            (b)  The definition of "Amortizing Base Amount" as set froth in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting it in its entirety and substituting the following in its place and stead:

              "Amortizing Base Amount" means the lesser of: (i) Fourteen Million Dollars ($14,000,000); provided, however, that said fourteen million dollar number shall be reduced to Thirteen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($13,500,000) upon the earlier to occur of the following: (y) the sale of the property commonly known as 650 Komas Drive, in accordance with the provisions contained herein, or (z) July 1, 2003, or (ii) Fifty-Seven Point Four Per Cent (57.4%) of Foothill's most recent appraised value of the Real Property Collateral, both of which are further reduced by subtracting the following: (y) commencing January 1, 2003, and for each and every full or partial month thereafter, the sum of One Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($125,000.00) for each and every partial or full month; and further subtracting (z) each Adjusted Allocated Auction Value for each parcel of Real Property Collateral sold during the term hereof."

            (c)  The definition of "Maximum Amount" as set froth in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting it in its entirety and substituting the following in its place and stead:

              "Maximum Amount" means, as of any date of determination, Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000)."

            (d)  The definition of "Maximum Letters of Credit Amount" as set froth in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting it in its entirety and substituting the following in its place and stead:

              "Maximum Letters of Credit Amount" means Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000)."

            (e)  The definition of "RP Release Price" as set forth in Sections 1.1 and 7.4 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting them in their entirety and substituting the following in their place and stead:

              "RP Release Price" means, for each of the properties set forth below, the dollar amount set forth next to such property:

600 Komas Drive   $ 7,978,000  
650 Komas Drive   $ 4,826,000  
770 Komas Drive   $ 2,694,000  
790 Komas Drive   $ 416,000  
540 Arapeen Drive   $ 2,301,000  
560 Arapeen Drive   $ 5,137,000  
580 Arapeen Drive   $ 3,605,000  
Electric Substation   $ 1,124,000 "

            (f)    Subsection (i) of the definition of "Eligible Accounts" as set froth in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting it in its entirety and substituting the following in its place and stead (and subsections (a-h) and (j-n) of the original Loan Agreement are re-incorporated in their entirety):

              "(i) Accounts with respect to an Account Debtor whose total obligations owing to Borrower exceed either the dollar or percentage limitations of all Eligible Accounts set forth below, to the extent of the obligations owing by such Account Debtor in excess of such dollar limitation or percentage:

                (q)  The Boeing Company, thirty-three percent (33%),

2


                (r)  J. F. Taylor, Inc., fifteen percent (15%),

                (s)  United States Air Force-DOD, thirty-three percent (33%),

                (t)    United States Navy-DOD, thirty-three percent (33%),

                (u)  Lockheed Martin, twenty-five percent (25%),

                (v)  CAE Electronics, Ltd., twenty-five percent (25%),

                (w)  Thales, thirty-three percent (33%),

                (x)  STN Atlas Elektronik, GMBH, thirty-three percent (33%),

                (y)  Eligible Foreign Accounts, in the aggregate, in excess of three million dollars ($3,000,000), and

                (z)  all other Account Debtors not listed immediately above in subsections(i)(q-y), ten percent (10%):

              "provided, however, that at no time can the Eligible Accounts of the largest three account debtors listed in subsections (i)(q-y) above in the aggregate exceed forty-five percent (45%) of all Eligible Accounts, and

              "provided, further, that Foothill can lower the percentages set forth in subsection (i)(q-x) above if in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion it believes there has been a change in the creditworthiness of such Account Debtor(s),"

            (g)  Section 2.5(a) of the Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and substituting the following in its place and stead:

              "(a) Interest Rate. Except as provided in clause (c) below, all Obligations as reflected in the Loan Account (except for undrawn Letters of Credit) shall bear interest at the per annum rate set forth below:

                (i)    if the sum of outstanding Advances, outstanding Letters of Credit and L/C Guarantees, is less than Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000), one and one-half (11/2) percentage points above the Reference Rate;

                (ii)  if the sum of outstanding Advances, outstanding Letters of Credit, and L/C Guarantees, is greater than or equal to Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000), and equal to or less than Twenty Million Dollars ($22,000,000), two (2) percentage points above the Reference Rate;

                (iii)  if the sum of outstanding Advances, outstanding Letters of Credit, and L/C Guarantees, exceeds Twenty Million Dollars ($22,000,000), three (3) percentage points above the Reference Rate."

            (h)  Section 2.5(b) of the Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and substituting the following in its place and stead:

              "(b) Letter of Credit Fee. Borrower shall pay Foothill a fee, payable monthly, (in addition to the charges, commissions, fees, and costs set forth in Section 2.2(d)) equal to the amount set forth below:

                (i)    if the sum of outstanding Advances, outstanding Letters of Credit, and L/C Guarantees, is less than Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000), two (2) percent per annum times the daily balance of outstanding Letters of Credit;

3


                (ii)  if the sum of outstanding Advances, outstanding Letters of Credit, and L/C Guarantees, is between Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) and Twenty Million Dollars ($22,000,000), two and one-quarter (21/4) percent per annum times the daily balance of outstanding Letters of Credit;

                (iii)  if the sum of outstanding Advances, outstanding Letters of Credit, and L/C Guarantees, exceeds Twenty Million Dollars ($22,000,000), three and one-half (31/2) percent per annum times the daily balance of outstanding Letters of Credit.

              Such Letter of Credit fees shall continue to be owing and paid so long as any Letters of Credit remain outstanding (even after the termination or expiration of this Agreement), and even if Borrower cannot request the issuance of any additional Letters of Credit."

            (i)    Intentionally left blank

            (j)    Section 2.10 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended by adding the following subsection (f):

              "(f) Third Amendment Fee. Upon mutual execution hereof, a fee as consideration for entering into the Third Amendment, in the amount of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00), which such fee Foothill can charge to Borrower's Loan Account."

            (k)  Section 3.4 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and substituting the following in its place and stead:

              "Term. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by Borrower and Foothill and shall continue in full force and effect for a term ending on December 14, 2004. The foregoing notwithstanding, Foothill shall have the right to terminate its obligations under this Agreement immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default.

            (l)    Section3.6(a) of the Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the word "original" at the conclusion of the first sentence therein:

            (m)  Section 4.6 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended by adding the following sentence at the conclusion thereof:

              "Real Property Collateral appraisals, at Foothill's option, may be redetermined by an appraiser, satisfactory to Foothill, not more frequently than once every twelve (12) months at Borrower's cost."

            (n)  Section 6.3 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended by adding the following additional paragraph at the conclusion thereof:

              "No later than December 15 of each and every year, Borrower shall deliver to Foothill, in form and substance satisfactory to Foothill in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion, a business plan for the following fiscal year, setting forth therein, among other items, a projected income statement, balance sheet, and cash flow statement for such period."

            (o)  Section 7.17(b) of the Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and substituting the following in its place and stead:

              "Fail to maintain a ratio of Unbilled Receivables to net Accounts of less than 1.0:1.0 for all fiscal quarters."

        3.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.    Borrower hereby affirms to Foothill that all of Borrower's representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement are true, complete and accurate in all respects as of the date hereof.

4


        4.    NO DEFAULTS.    Borrower hereby affirms to Foothill that, other than Events of Default having been expressly waived by Foothill in writing, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof.

        5.    CONDITION PRECEDENT.    The effectiveness of this Second Amendment is expressly conditioned upon the receipt by Foothill of an executed copy of this Second Amendment.

        6.    COSTS AND EXPENSES.    Borrower shall pay to Foothill all of Foothill's out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of its counsel, which counsel may include any local counsel deemed necessary, search fees, filing and recording fees, documentation fees, appraisal fees, travel expenses, and other fees) arising in connection with the preparation, execution, and delivery of this Amendment and all related documents.

        7.    LIMITED EFFECT.    In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Second Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Second Amendment shall govern. In all other respects, the Agreement, as amended and supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect.

        8.    COUNTERPARTS; EFFECTIVENESS.    This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original. All such counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Second Amendment. This Second Amendment shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart of this Second Amendment by each of the parties hereto.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amendment as of the date first set forth above.


 

 

FOOTHILL CAPITAL CORPORATION, a California corporation

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
CHARLES KIM      
    Title:   Vice President

 

 

EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER, a Utah corporation

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
WILLIAM M. THOMAS      
    Title:   Corporate V.P., C.F.O., Treasurer

5




QuickLinks

EX-10.32 5 a2105045zex-10_32.htm EX-10.32
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.32

AMENDMENT NUMBER FOUR TO LOAN AND
SECURITY AGREEMENT AND WAIVER

        This Amendment Number Four to Loan and Security Agreement and Waiver ("Fourth Amendment") is entered into as of January 8, 2003, by and between FOOTHILL CAPITAL CORPORATION, a California corporation ("Foothill"), and EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION, a Utah corporation ("Borrower"), in light of the following:

        A.    Borrower and Foothill have previously entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2000;

        B.    On or about June 19, 2001, Borrower and Foothill entered into that certain amending Letter Agreement, whereby certain terms and conditions of the Agreement were temporarily amended;

        C.    On or about February 22, 2002, Borrower and Foothill entered into that certain Amendment Number One to Loan and Security Agreement whereby certain terms and conditions of the Agreement were amended;

        D.    On or about August 14, 2002, Borrower and Foothill entered into that certain Amendment Number Two to Loan and Security Agreement whereby certain terms and conditions of the Agreement were further amended

        E.    On or about December 11, 2002, Borrower and Foothill entered into that certain Amendment Number Three to Loan and Security Agreement whereby certain terms and conditions of the Agreement were further amended (the Loan Agreement, as amended by the letter agreement, the first amendment, the second amendment, and the third amendment, as referenced above, is hereinafter referred to as the "Loan Agreement");

        F.    At the time of the execution of the third amendment, Borrower and Foothill had not finally agreed upon financial covenants of Borrower, but nevertheless amended section 7.17 on what was anticipated to be an interim basis only; and

        G.    Borrower and Foothill have agreed on the financial covenants and desire to amend Section 7.17 of the Loan Agreement nunc pro tunc, effective as of December 11, 2002.

        NOW, THEREFORE, Borrower and Foothill hereby amend and supplement the Agreement as follows:

        1.    DEFINITIONS.    All initially capitalized terms used in this Second Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement unless specifically defined herein.

1



        2.    AMENDMENTS.    

            Section 7.17 of the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety (effective as of December 11, 2002), and the following substituted in its place and stead:

        "7.17 Financial Covenants.

            (a)  (a) Fail to maintain Tangible Net Worth of at least the required amounts set forth in the following table as of the applicable dates set forth opposite thereto:

Applicable Amount

  Applicable Date
$38,000,000   3/28/03
$38,000,000   6/27/03
$42,000,000   9/26/03
$44,000,000   12/31/03, and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter

            (b)  Fail to maintain a ratio of Unbilled Receivables to net Accounts equal to or less than the ratios set forth in the following table as of the applicable dates set forth opposite thereto:

Applicable Ratio

  Applicable Date
1.73 : 1.00   3/28/03
1.42 : 1.00   6/27/03
1.46 : 1.00   9/26/03
1.49 : 1.00   12/31/03, and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter

        3.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.    Borrower hereby affirms to Foothill that all of Borrower's representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement are true, complete and accurate in all respects as of the date hereof.

        4.    NO DEFAULTS.    Borrower hereby affirms to Foothill that, other than Events of Default having been expressly waived by Foothill in writing, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof.

        5.    CONDITION PRECEDENT.    The effectiveness of this Second Amendment is expressly conditioned upon the receipt by Foothill of an executed copy of this Second Amendment.

        6.    COSTS AND EXPENSES.    Borrower shall pay to Foothill all of Foothill's out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of its counsel, which counsel may include any local counsel deemed necessary, search fees, filing and recording fees, documentation fees, appraisal fees, travel expenses, and other fees) arising in connection with the preparation, execution, and delivery of this Amendment and all related documents.

        7.    LIMITED EFFECT.    In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Second Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Second Amendment shall govern. In all other respects, the Agreement, as amended and supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect.

        8.    COUNTERPARTS; EFFECTIVENESS.    This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original. All such counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Second Amendment. This Second Amendment shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart of this Second Amendment by each of the parties hereto.

2



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment Number Four to Loan and Security Agreement as of the date first set forth above.


 

 

FOOTHILL CAPITAL CORPORATION, a California corporation

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
CHARLES KIM      
    Title:   Vice President

 

 

EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER, a Utah corporation

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
WILLIAM M. THOMAS      
    Title:   Corporate V.P., C.F.O., Treasurer

3




QuickLinks

EX-10.33 6 a2105045zex-10_33.htm EX-10.33
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.33

        Foothill

July 24, 2002

Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation
600 Komas Drive
Salt Lake City, Utah 84108
Attn: Bo Thomas, CFO

    Re:
    Limited Waiver of Certain Financial Covenants

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Reference is hereby made to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2000 (as amended and modified, from time to time, the "Loan Agreement"), by and between Foothill Capital Corporation, a California corporation ("Foothill"), and Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, a Utah corporation ("Borrower"). Initially capitalized terms used in this letter but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

        It has come to Foothill's attention that Borrower has failed to meet certain of its financial covenants under the Loan Agreement, including without limitation, the covenants set forth in Section 7.17(b) for the period ended June 28, 2002 (the "Default").

        Borrowers have requested, and Foothill has agreed, to waive the Default subject to the following terms and conditions:

        1.    Payment by Borrower to Foothill of a fee in the aggregate amount of $35,000, such fee to be charged to Borrower's loan account pursuant to Section 2.5(e) of the Loan Agreement; and

        2.    Receipt by Foothill of Borrower's executed counterpart of this letter

        The limited waiver set forth herein shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to be a (a) waiver or modification (1) of any term or condition of the Loan Agreement or (ii) for any other measurement period, or (b) prejudice any right or remedy which Foothill may now or in the future have under or in connection with the Loan Agreement.

        This letter may be executed in counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, including facsimile signature, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original. All such counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same letter. This letter shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart of this letter by each of the parties hereto.

1



        Please acknowledge your receipt of this letter and acceptance of the foregoing terms and conditions by signing and dating the enclosed counterpart of this letter where indicated below and returning the same to the undersigned as soon as possible.


 

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

FOOTHILL CAPITAL CORPORATION
a California corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
CHARLES KIM      
        Name:   Charles Kim
        Title:   V.P.

THE FOREGOING IS AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED THIS 24 DAY OF JULY, 2002

 

 

 

 

EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION
a Utah corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
WILLIAM M. THOMAS      

 

 

 

 
Name:   William M. Thomas        
Title:   CFO        

2




QuickLinks

EX-10.34 7 a2105045zex-10_34.htm EX-10.34
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.34

        Corporate

    Lloyds TSB Corporate
Lloyds TSB Bank plc
1st Floor, 140 Wharfedale Road
Winnersh Triangle, Winnersh
Wokingham
Berkshire RG41 5RB

Private & Confidential

 

18th February 2003
The Directors
Evans & Sutherland Computer Limited
2 Horsham Gates
North Street
Horsham
West Sussex
RH13 5PJ
   

Dear Sirs,

OVERDRAFT AND OTHER FACILITIES

        We Lloyds TSB Bank plc ("the Bank") are pleased to continue to offer to Evans & Sutherland Computer Limited (the "Company") a US dollars overdraft facility on account number 11119338 on the following terms and conditions.

Amount

        The maximum aggregate amount outstanding under the facility at any time (calculated on the basis of cleared funds) shall not exceed US$3,000,000.

Availability

        The Bank's present intention is to make the facility available until 31stDecember 2003 and all moneys from time to time owing to the Bank under the facility shall be repaid no later than this date or such later date as may from time to time be advised in writing by the Bank. The Bank may, nevertheless, terminate the facility at any time and may at such time or at any time thereafter demand immediate payment of all amounts owing under or in connection with the facility. The amounts owing at to any time may include interest costs or charges which have been debited to the account in accordance with the terms of this letter.

        The bank shall have the right at the time of making demand or at any time thereafter to convert all amounts due and payable in US dollars into sterling at the Bank's exchange rate for selling that currency against sterling at that time. The Bank shall as soon as possible after such conversion advise you of the sterling amount then owing.

Interest

        Interest is calculated on the cleared daily balance of the account and will be payable on amounts owing up to the aforesaid limit at 1.75% per annum over the Bank's short term offered rate from time to time for US dollars.

1



        If at any time the Bank allows the amounts owing to exceed the agreed limit interest will be payable on the excess at the Bank's unauthorized currency borrowing rate from time to time (currently 12% per annum above the Bank's short term offered rate) for US dollars.

        Interest will be debited to the account quarterly in arrears (normally on the 24th of each February, May, August, and November or on the next working day). Interest may also be debited on the date upon which the facility ceases to be available.

        The Bank's short term offered rate for US dollars may vary from day to day and upon request the Bank will advise you of the rate then applicable.

        Interest will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.

Costs and Charges

        Account transaction charges will be payable on the account quarterly in accordance with the Bank's Standard Business Tariff a copy of which has already been provided to you. We will be pleased to forward a further copy of the tariff leaflet if one is required. In addition further charges will be payable for other services provided as shown in the tariff leaflet or as otherwise advised by the Bank from time to time.

        These charges will be debited to the account and may be varied by the Bank at any time and notice of changes will be advised to you.

        An arrangement fee of $22,500 is payable. This will be debited to account number 11119338 in two installments being $17,500 in the next few days and $5,000 in June 2003 or shortly thereafter.

        All costs and expenses incurred by the Bank in preserving or enforcing the security referred to below shall be debited to account number 01232434 under advice to you.

Security

        It is a condition of the facility (and of the other facilities referred to below) that amounts owing shall be secured by the following:

    (a)
    an all moneys guarantee dated 14th June 2000 from Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation for a principal amount of £5,000,000 plus interest and other costs as detailed in the guarantee.

    (b)
    a letter of negative pledge dated 19th June 2000 from the Company.

        The Bank holds a letter of set off dated 24th April 1996 completed by the Company.

        It is also a condition of the BIGs facility detailed in the Schedule of Other Facilities that the liability outstanding at any time be secured by a deposit agreement incorporating a charge dated 6th November 2000 from the Company over cash deposits in an aggregate amount equal to such liability outstanding at the relevant time.

Financial Information

        Whilst the facility and/or any of the other facilities remain available you should provide to the Bank as soon as possible after the end of the period to which they relate copies of any financial information that the Bank may from time to time reasonably request, including:

    (a)
    your audited annual accounts within 7 months of the end of your financial year,

    (b)
    your monthly management accounts within 30 days of the end of each month, and

2


    (c)
    the quarterly 10-Q reports of Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation within 60 days of the end of each quarter, and

    (d)
    the annual 10-K report of Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation within 4 months of the end of their financial year.

        You should also provide to the Bank, at least 10 days prior to the commencement of each quarter, a copy of your cashflow and budget for the quarter then commencing.

Other Facilities

        In addition to the overdraft facility we are pleased to offer to you the facilities detailed in the Schedule of Other Facilities. Except when reference is made to another agreement each additional facility will be available upon such terms and conditions as shall from time to time be specified by the Bank. The facilities may be cancelled by the Bank at any time but it is the Bank's present intention to keep the facilities in place for the period of availability of the overdraft facility and your liability in respect of any utilisation may extend beyond such period of availability.

        Amounts outstanding in connection with the foreign exchange facility, the indemnity line, the negotiations facility, the TravelLink facility and the Lloyds Auto Dealing facility may be in sterling and/or any other currency. For the purpose of determining whether there is sufficient availability within the specified limit for any particular utilisation amounts outstanding in a currency other than sterling shall be notionally converted into sterling on the date of the proposed utilization on the basis of the rate at which the Bank would sell the relevant currency for sterling at that time.

        If upon termination of the overdraft facility (or earlier cancellation of any of these additional facilities) there are any foreign exchange contracts outstanding or any contingent liabilities existing under these additional facilities (or any of them) the Bank shall have the right at any time to close out any such foreign exchange contracts and upon any request from the Bank:

    (a)
    an amount sufficient to indemnify the Bank for all costs and losses incurred by the Bank in or in connection with closing out such foreign exchange contracts shall be paid to the Bank, and

    (b)
    an amount equal to the value of any such contingent liabilities existing at such time shall be deposited with the Bank with the intent that such deposit shall be held by the Bank as security for those liabilities and that such documentation and other things (including the payment of any associated costs) as the Bank may require in order to perfect such security shall be completed.

        For the purposes of the above the Bank shall have the right at the time of making demand or at any time thereafter to convert all amounts then due and payable in connection with any of these additional facilities in a currency other than sterling into sterling at the Bank's exchange rate for selling that currency against sterling at that time. The Bank shall a soon as possible after such conversion advise the sterling amount then owing.

        The Bank may debit any amount owing in connection with these additional facilities to your account with the Bank whether or not that would cause the account to become overdrawn or the agreed overdraft limit on the account to be breached.

Other Terms of Offer

        This letter if for the benefit of the contracting parties only and shall not confer any benefit on or be enforceable by a third party.

        Please confirm your acceptance of the facilities offered by returning the attached duplicate of this letter with the acknowledgement signed in accordance with the bank mandate currently held by the

3



Bank. If such confirmation is not received by the Bank (at the address given at the heading of this letter) by 18th March 2003 the offer will lapse.

Yours faithfully,
For and on behalf of Lloyds TSB Bank plc
   

/s/  
NIGEL GIBSON      
Nigel Gibson
Senior Manager
Lloyds TSB Corporate

 

 

        We hereby acknowledge and accept the terms of your offer date 18th February 2003 of which this is a duplicate and agree all the terms and conditions therein contained.

        In accepting this letter we confirm that neither the execution by us of this letter nor the utilisation by us of the facilities being made available will conflict or breach any requirement or limitation set out in our Memorandum and Articles of Association.

        For and on behalf of Evans & Sutherland Computer Limited (company registered number 1750202).

Signed by   Richard Flitton   (name)   Martin Sambrook   (name)

 

 

/s/  
RICHARD FLITTON      

 

(signature)

 

/s/  
MARTIN SAMBROOK      

 

(signature)

 

 

March 03, 2003

 

(date)

 

March 03, 2003

 

(date)

        This letter creates legal obligations. Before signing you may wish to take independent advice.

4


SCHEDULE OF OTHER FACILITIES

The following additional facilities are available:

1
a foreign exchange facility of £1,000,000 for spot and forward exchange contracts of up to 12 months. You may enter into foreign exchange contracts with the Bank provided that the aggregate of 10% of the value of contracts with a maturity date of 6 months or less from the contract date and 15% of the value of contracts with a maturity date of 12 months or less (but of more than 6 months) from the contract date outstanding at any time does not exceed the limit detailed above.

2
an indemnity line of £464,000 to cover bonds, indemnities and guarantees (BIGs") issued by the Bank or its correspondents on your behalf. The total value of all BIGs that may be outstanding at any one time may not exceed the limit detailed above.

    Please note that the total liability of the Bank under certain customs and excise guarantees is twice the amount quoted on the guarantee.

    The Bank shall be under no obligation to issue any BIG unless the terms of the BIG and the expiry date of the BIG (or means by which the Bank can terminate its liability) are acceptable to the Bank. The Bank is to be indemnified to its complete satisfaction for its liability in connection with each BIG issued.

3
a negotiations facility of £1,000,000 to cover the negotiation by the Bank of cheques and bills of exchange payable abroad with recourse to you. The limit detailed above is the maximum total amount of proceeds paid to you in respect of cheques and bills of exchange which the Bank anticipates at any point in time may be unpaid by the drawer thereof. For this purpose the Bank will assume payment after 30 days if not actually advised of payment or non-payment but this shall not prejudice the Bank's right of recourse to you (and the right of the Bank to debit any unpaid amount to your account with the Bank and to re-calculate any interest on the account as if such amount had never been credited to the account) if advice of non-payment is received at any time thereafter.

4
an open credit facility of £6,000 to cover arrangements to cash your cheques at other banks or at branches of the Bank other than the account holding branch. The limit detailed above is the maximum value of cheques that may be cashed during such periods as may from time to time be advised by the Bank. The limit is currently available as follows:
£3,000 on any one day at Preston branch.
£3,000 on any one day at Roffey branch.

5
a BACS facility of £175,000 to cover computerized sterling payment instructions that may be delivered direct by you or through an agreed intermediary to BACS Limited. The limit detailed above is the maximum total value of such instructions for payment during any one month.

6
a LloydsLink payments facility under and subject to the terms and conditions set out in a separate agreement to cover the transfer of funds from agreed accounts by automated means initiated by you. The following limit applies to the facility:

    £400,000; the maximum total value of LloydsLink transactions that have been initiated through the PC Pay module but have not been debited to the agreed accounts ("three day value payments").

7
a TravelLink facility of £5,000 under and subject to the terms and conditions set out in a separate agreement to cover foreign currency and travelers cheques ordered from the Bank by automated means initiated by you. The above limit is the maximum aggregate value of such orders that may be made on any two consecutive business days.

5


8
a Lloyds Auto Dealing facility under and subject to the terms and conditions set out in a separate agreement to cover spot and forward foreign exchange contracts of up to 12 months entered into with the Bank by automated means initiated by you. The following limit applies to the facility:

    £1,000,000; the maximum aggregate value of all contracts due for settlement on any single day.

You should note that the limit relating to the foreign exchange facility and the negotiations facility applies to the facilities collectively. Because of this utilizations of each such facility will be taken into account to determine the amount available for utilization by the other.

6




QuickLinks

EX-10.35 8 a2105045zex-10_35.htm EX-10.35
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.35

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

        THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as of the 26th day of August, 2002, by and between EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION, a Utah corporation (the "Company") and L. Eugene Frazier (the "Executive").

W I T N E S S E T H:

        WHEREAS, the Executive has been providing services to the Company in an executive capacity and desires to continue to provide such services;

        WHEREAS, the Company desires to have the benefit of the Executive's efforts and services;

        WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to terminate all prior employment agreements with the Company, if any; and

        WHEREAS, the Company has determined that it is appropriate and in the best interests of the Company to provide to the Executive protection in the event of certain terminations of the Executive's employment relationship with the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions contained herein and the Executive desires to have such protection.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the Company and the Executive hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

        1.    DEFINITIONS.

        Whenever used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

            (a)  "Accrued Benefits" shall mean the amount equal to the sum of the following to the extent not previously paid:

              (i)    All salary earned or accrued through the Termination Date;

              (ii)  Reimbursement pursuant to Section 6(e) for any and all monies advanced in connection with the Executive's employment for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive through the Termination Date;

              (iii)  Any and all other cash benefits of deferred compensation plans previously earned through the Termination Date unless deferred at the election of the Executive for payment at another time or the applicable deferred compensation plan provides for payment at another time;

              (iv)  The full amount of any bonus earned in a prior period and payable to the Executive in accordance with Section 6(b) herein, subject to the limitations in Section 10 and Section 12; and

              (v)  All other payments and benefits to which the Executive may be entitled under the terms of any benefit plan of the Company, which as of the Termination Date, is applicable to all regular full-time employees of the Company generally.

            (b)  "Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

            (c)  "Affiliate" shall have the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 12b-2 of Regulation 12B promulgated under the Act;

1



            (d)  "Base Period Income" shall be an amount equal to the Executive's "annualized includable compensation" for the "base period" as defined in Sections 280G(d)(1) and (2) of the Code and the regulations adopted thereunder;

            (e)  "Beneficial Owner" shall have the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 13d-3 of the Act, provided that any pledgee of Company voting securities shall not be deemed to be the Beneficial Owner thereof prior to its disposition of, or acquisition of voting rights with respect to, such securities;

            (f)    "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company;

            (g)  "Cause" shall mean any of the following:

              (i)    The engaging by the Executive in fraudulent conduct, as evidenced by a determination in a binding and final judgment, order or decree of a court or administrative agency of competent jurisdiction, in effect after exhaustion or lapse of all rights of appeal, in an action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, which the Chief Executive Officer of the Company determines, in his sole discretion, has a significant adverse impact on the Company or on the performance of the Executive's duties to the Company;

              (ii)  Conviction of a felony, as evidenced by a binding and final judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, in effect after exhaustion or lapse of all rights of appeal, which the Chief Executive Officer of the Company determines, in his sole discretion, has a significant adverse impact on the Company or on the performance of the Executive's duties to the Company;

              (iii)  Neglect or refusal by the Executive to perform the Executive's duties or responsibilities; or

              (iv)  A significant violation by the Executive of the Company's established policies and procedures;

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cause shall not exist under Sections 1(g)(iii) and (iv) herein unless the Company furnishes written notice to the Executive of the specific offending conduct and the Executive fails to correct such offending conduct within the thirty (30) day period commencing on the receipt of such notice.

            (h)  "Change of Control" shall mean a change in ownership or managerial control of the stock, assets or business of the Company resulting from one or more of the following circumstances:

              (i)    A change of control of the Company, of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Act, or any successor regulation of similar import, regardless of whether the Company is subject to such reporting requirement;

              (ii)  A change in ownership of the Company through a transaction or series of transactions, such that any Person or Persons (other than any current officer of the Company or member of the Board) become(s), in the aggregate, the Beneficial Owner(s), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing thirty percent (30%) or more of the Company's then outstanding securities;

              (iii)  Any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of the common stock of the Company would be converted into cash (other than cash attributable to dissenters' rights), securities or other property provided by a Person or Persons other than the Company, other than a consolidation or merger of the Company in which the holders of the common stock of

2



      the Company immediately prior to the consolidation or merger have approximately the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the consolidation or merger;

              (iv)  The shareholders of the Company approve a sale, transfer, liquidation or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a Person or Persons;

              (v)  During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constituted the Board of Directors of the Company cease, for any reason, to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election or nomination for election of each new director was approved by the vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period;

              (vi)  The filing of a proceeding under Chapter 7 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code (or any successor or other statute of similar import) for liquidation with respect to the Company; or

              (vii) The filing of a proceeding under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code (or any successor or other statute of similar import) for reorganization with respect to the Company if in connection with any such proceeding, this Agreement is rejected, or a plan of reorganization is approved an element of which plan entails the liquidation of all or substantially all the assets of the Company.

A "Change of Control" shall be deemed to occur on the actual date on which any of the foregoing circumstances shall occur; provided, however, that in connection with a "Change of Control" specified in Section 1(h)(vii), a "Change of Control" shall be deemed to occur on the date of the filing of the relevant proceeding under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code (or any successor or other statute of similar import). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a "Change of Control" shall not include any transaction that constitutes a "Rule 13e-3 transaction" under Rule 13e-3 of the Act or an "issuer tender offer" under Rule 13e-4 of the Act.

            (i)    "Change of Control Period" shall mean the period commencing 180 days immediately prior to the date a Change of Control is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 1(h), herein, and ending on the second anniversary of such date;

            (j)    "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time;

            (k)  "Disability" shall mean a physical or mental condition whereby the Executive is unable to perform on a full-time basis the customary duties of the Executive under this Agreement;

            (l)    "Federal Short Term-Rate" shall mean the rate defined in Section 1274(d)(1)(C)(i) of the Code;

            (m)  "Good Reason" shall mean:

              (i)    The required relocation of the Executive, without the Executive's consent, to an employment location which is more than seventy-five (75) miles from the Executive's employment location on the day preceding the date of this Agreement; or

              (ii)  Breach or violation of any material provision of this Agreement by the Company, which is not remedied within five business days following notice to the Company by the Executive.

            (n)  "Good Reason During a Change of Control" shall mean any of the following events occurring during a Change of Control Period:

              (i)    The required relocation of the Executive, without the Executive's consent, to an employment location which is more than seventy-five (75) miles from the Executive's employment location on the day preceding the date of this Agreement;

3


              (ii)  The removal of the Executive from or any failure to reelect the Executive to any of the positions held by the Executive during the 180-day period immediately preceding the Change of Control Period, except in the event that such removal or failure to reelect relates to the termination by the Company of the Executive's employment for Cause or by reason of death, Disability or voluntary retirement;

              (iii)  A significant adverse change, without the Executive's written consent, in the nature or scope of the Executive's authority, powers, functions, duties or responsibilities that existed during the 180-day period immediately preceding the Change of Control Period, or a material reduction in the level of support services, staff, secretarial and other assistance, office space and accoutrements available to a level below that which was provided to the Executive during the 180-day period immediately preceding the Change of Control Period, and that which is necessary to perform any duties assigned to the Executive during the 180-day period immediately preceding the Change of Control Period; or

              (iv)  Breach or violation of any material provision of this Agreement by the Company, which is not remedied within five business days following notice to the Company by the Executive;

            (o)  "Gross Income" shall mean the Executive's current calendar year targeted compensation under Sections 6(a)-(b) of this Agreement;

            (p)  "Notice of Termination" shall mean the notice described in Section 14 herein;

            (q)  "Person" shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, association, trust, corporation or other entity, other than an employee benefit plan of the Company or an entity organized, appointed or established pursuant to the terms of any such benefit plan;

            (r)  "Termination Date" shall mean, except as otherwise provided in Section 14 herein,

              (i)    The Executive's date of death;

              (ii)  Thirty (30) days after the delivery of the Notice of Termination terminating the Executive's employment on account of Disability pursuant to Section 9 herein, unless the Executive returns on a full-time basis to the performance of his or her duties prior to the expiration of such period;

              (iii)  Thirty (30) days after the delivery of the Notice of Termination if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Executive voluntarily;

              (iv)  Thirty (30) days after the delivery of the Notice of Termination if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for any reason other than death or Disability; or

              (v)  The date the Executive is terminated for Cause.

            (s)  "Termination Payment" shall mean the payment described in Section 13 herein;

            (t)    "Total Payments" shall mean the sum of the Termination Payment and any other "payments in the nature of compensation" (as defined in Section 280G of the Code and the regulations adopted thereunder) to or for the benefit of the Executive, the receipt of which is contingent on a Change of Control and to which Section 280G of the Code applies.

        2.    EMPLOYMENT.

        The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive and the Executive hereby agrees to serve the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

4


        3.    TERM.

        The employment of the Executive by the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and end on that date employment of the Executive is terminated pursuant to the terms and conditions of either Section 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12, herein.

        4.    POSITIONS AND DUTIES.

        The Executive shall serve as Vice President, Strategic Visualization of the Company and in such additional capacities as set forth in Section 7 herein. In connection with the foregoing positions, the Executive shall have such duties, responsibilities and authority as may from time to time be assigned to the Executive by the Chief Executive Officer. The Executive shall devote substantially all the Executive's working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company. The Chief Executive Officer, in his or her sole discretion, may alter, modify, or change the Executive's duties, offices, positions, responsibilities and obligations set forth in this Agreement at any time, consistent with the status of a senior executive of the Company.

        5.    PLACE OF PERFORMANCE.

        In connection with the Executive's employment by the Company, the Executive shall be based at the principal executive offices of the Company in Salt Lake City, Utah except for required travel on Company business.

        6.    COMPENSATION AND RELATED MATTERS.

            (a)  Salary. The Company shall pay to the Executive an annualized base salary at a rate of $206,400.00 in equal installments as nearly as practicable on the Company's regular payroll dates, in arrears. Such annualized base salary may be increased from time to time in accordance with normal business practices of the Company. The annualized base salary of the Executive shall not be decreased below its then existing amount during the term of this Agreement;

            (b)  MIP and MIP-Q. Subject to the Company's right to terminate or amend, at any time with or without notice to the Executive, the Evans & Sutherland Management Incentive Plan (MIP) and the Evans & Sutherland Quarterly Management Incentive Plan (MIP-Q), the Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Evans & Sutherland MIP and MIP-Q as agreed in writing in a MIP and a MIP-Q document;

            (c)  SERP. Subject to the Company's right to terminate or amend, at any time with or without notice to the Executive, the Company's Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, at any time with or without notice to the Executive, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Company's Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan;

            (d)  Executive Savings Plan. Subject to the Company's right to terminate or amend, at any time with or without notice to the Executive, the Company's Executive Savings Plan, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Executive Savings Plan according to the terms and conditions of the Executive Savings Plan.

            (e)  Expenses. The Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive in performing services hereunder, including all expenses for travel and living expenses while away from home on business or at the request of and in the service of the Company, provided that such expenses are incurred and accounted for in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Company at the time incurred;

            (f)    Other Benefits. The Company shall provide the Executive with all other benefits normally provided to an employee of the Company similarly situated to the Executive, including being added as a named officer on the Company's existing directors' and officers' liability insurance policy;

5



            (g)  Vacations. The Executive shall be entitled to the number of vacation days in each calendar year, and to compensation in respect of earned but unused vacation days, determined in accordance with the Company's vacation plan as in effect from time to time. The Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays given by the Company to its executives; and

            (h)  Services Furnished. The Company shall furnish the Executive with office space, and such other facilities and services as shall be suitable to the Executive's position and adequate for the performance of the Executive's duties as set forth in Section 4 hereof.

        7.    OFFICES.

        The Executive agrees to serve without additional compensation, if elected or appointed thereto, in one or more executive offices of the Company, or any affiliate or subsidiary of the Company, or as a member of the board of directors of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that the Executive is indemnified for serving in any and all such capacities on a basis no less favorable than is currently provided in the Company's bylaws, or otherwise.

        8.    TERMINATION AS A RESULT OF DEATH.

        If the Executive shall die during the term of this Agreement, the Executive's employment shall terminate on the Executive's date of death and the Executive's surviving spouse, or the Executive's estate if the Executive dies without a surviving spouse, shall be entitled to the Executive's Accrued Benefits as of the Termination Date and the applicable Termination Payment.

        9.    TERMINATION FOR DISABILITY.

        If, as a result of the Executive's Disability, the Executive shall have been unable to perform the Executive's duties hereunder on a full-time basis for four (4) consecutive months and within thirty (30) days after the Company provides the Executive with a Termination Notice, the Executive shall not have returned to the performance of the Executive's duties on a full-time basis, the Company may terminate the Executive's employment, subject to Section 14 herein. During the term of the Executive's Disability prior to termination, the Executive shall continue to receive all salary and other benefits payable under Section 6 herein, including participation in all employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements in which the Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the Disability; provided, however, that the Executive's continued participation is permitted under the terms and provisions of such plans, programs and arrangements. In the event that the Executive's participation in any such plan, program or arrangement is barred as the result of such Disability, the Executive shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to the contributions, payments, credits or allocations which would have been paid by the Company to the Executive, to the Executive's account or on the Executive's behalf under such plans, programs and arrangements. In the event the Executive's employment is terminated on account of the Executive's Disability in accordance with this Section 9, the Executive shall receive the Executive's Accrued Benefits as of the Termination Date and shall remain eligible for all benefits provided by any long-term disability programs of the Company in effect at the time of such termination. The Executive shall also be entitled to the Termination Payment described in Section 13(a).

        10.  TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.

        If the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause, subject to the procedures set forth in Section 14 herein, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the Executive's Accrued Benefits as of the Termination Date, however, the Executive's Accrued Benefits will not include any amount for bonus under Section 1(a)(iv). The Executive shall not be entitled to receipt of any Termination Payment.

6



        11.  OTHER TERMINATION BY COMPANY.

        If the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated by the Company other than by reason of death, Disability or Cause, subject to the procedures set forth in Section 14 herein, the Executive (or in the event of the Executive's death following the Termination Date, the Executive's surviving spouse or the Executive's estate if the Executive dies without a surviving spouse) shall receive the Executive's Accrued Benefits and the applicable Termination Payment. The Executive shall not, in connection with any consideration receivable in accordance with this Section 11, be required to mitigate the amount of such consideration by securing other employment or otherwise and such consideration shall not be reduced by reason of the Executive securing other employment or for any other reason.

        12.  VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE.

        From and after the date of this Agreement, provided that the Executive furnishes thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Company, the Executive shall have the right to voluntarily terminate this Agreement at any time. If the Executive's voluntary termination is without Good Reason or without Good Reason During a Change of Control, the Executive shall receive the Executive's Accrued Benefits as of the Termination Date and shall not be entitled to any Termination Payment, however, the Executive's Accrued Benefits will not include any amount for bonus under Section 1(a)(iv). If the Executive's voluntary termination is for Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control, the Executive (or in the event of the Executive's death following the Termination Date, the Executive's surviving spouse or the Executive's estate if the Executive dies without a surviving spouse) shall receive the Executive's Accrued Benefits and the applicable Termination Payment. The Executive shall not, in connection with any consideration receivable in accordance with this Section 12, be required to mitigate the amount of such consideration by securing other employment or otherwise and such consideration shall not be reduced by reason of the Executive securing other employment or for any other reason.

        13.  TERMINATION PAYMENT.

            (a)  If the Executive's employment is terminated as a result of death or Disability, the Executive shall receive a Termination Payment equal to one (1.0) times the Executive's Gross Income. The Company will also pay the full medical, dental and vision premiums for continuation coverage under COBRA for the Executive and dependents who qualify for continuation coverage under COBRA for one year following Termination Date.

            (b)  If, prior to a Change of Control Period, the Executive's employment is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Company for any reason other than death, Disability or Cause, the Termination Payment payable to the Executive by the Company or an affiliate of the Company shall be equal to one (1.0) times the Executive's Gross Income. The Company will pay the full medical, dental and vision premiums for continuation coverage under COBRA for the Executive and dependents who qualify for continuation coverage under COBRA for one year following the Termination Date.

            (c)  If, during a Change of Control Period, the Executive's employment is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason During a Change of Control or by the Company for any reason other than death, Disability, or Cause, the Termination Payment payable to the Executive by the Company or an affiliate of the Company shall be one (1.0) times the Executive's Gross Income. The Company will pay the full medical, dental and vision premiums for continuation coverage under COBRA for the Executive and dependents who qualify for continuation coverage under COBRA for one (1) year following the Termination Date.

            (d)  It is the intention of the Company and the Executive that the benefits under this Agreement shall be capped such that no portion of the Termination Payment and any other "payments in the nature of compensation" (as defined in Section 280G of the Code and the regulations adopted thereunder) to or for the benefit of the Executive under this Agreement, or

7



    under any other agreement, plan or arrangement, shall be deemed to be an "excess parachute payment" as defined in Section 280G of the Code. It is agreed that the present value of the Total Payments shall not exceed an amount equal to two and ninety-nine hundredths (2.99) times the Executive's Base Period Income, which is the maximum amount which the Executive may receive without becoming subject to the tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or which the Company may pay without loss of deduction under Section 280G(a) of the Code. Present value for purposes of this Agreement shall be calculated in accordance with the regulations issued under Section 280G of the Code. Within sixty (60) days following delivery of the Notice of Termination or notice by the Company to the Executive of its belief that there is a payment or benefit due the Executive which will result in an excess parachute payment as defined in Section 280G of the Code, the Executive and the Company shall, at the Company's expense, obtain such opinions as more fully described hereafter, which need not be unqualified, of legal counsel and certified public accountants or a firm of recognized executive compensation consultants. The Executive shall select said legal counsel, certified public accountants and executive compensation consultants; provided, however, that if the Company does not accept one (1) or more of the parties selected by the Executive, the Company shall provide the Executive with the names of such legal counsel, certified public accountants and/or executive compensation consultants as the Company may select; provided, further, however, that if the Executive does not accept the party or parties selected by the Company, the legal counsel, certified public accountants and/or executive compensation consultants selected by the Executive and the Company, respectively, shall select the legal counsel, certified public accountants and/or executive compensation consultants, whichever is applicable, who shall provide the opinions required by this Section 13(d). The opinions required hereunder shall set forth (a) the amount of the Base Period Income of the Executive, (b) the present value of Total Payments and (c) the amount and present value of any excess parachute payments. In the event that such opinions determine that there would be an excess parachute payment, the Termination Payment or any other payment determined by such counsel to be includable in Total Payments shall be reduced or eliminated as specified by the Executive in writing delivered to the Company within thirty (30) days of his or her receipt of such opinions or, if the Executive fails to so notify the Company, then as the Company shall reasonably determine, so that under the bases of calculation set forth in such opinions there will be no excess parachute payment. The provisions of this Section 13(d), including the calculations, notices and opinions provided for herein shall be based upon the conclusive presumption that the compensation and other benefits, including but not limited to the Gross Income, earned on or after the date of a Change of Control by the Executive pursuant to the Company's compensation programs if such payments would have been made in the future in any event, even though the timing of such payment is triggered by the Change of Control, are reasonable compensation for services rendered prior to the Change of Control; provided, however, that in the event legal counsel so requests in connection with the opinion required by this Section 13(d), a firm of recognized executive compensation consultants, selected by the Executive and the Company pursuant to the procedures set forth above, shall provide an opinion, upon which such legal counsel may rely, as to the reasonableness of any item of compensation as reasonable compensation for services rendered prior to the Change of Control by the Executive. In the event that the provisions of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code are repealed without succession, this Section 13(d) shall be of no further force or effect.

            (e)  The Termination Payment shall be payable as follows:

              (i)    In the event the Executive's Termination Date is during a Change of Control Period, any Termination Payment shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum not later than ten (10) days following the Executive's Termination Date. Such lump sum payment shall not be reduced by any present value, interest rate, or similar factor. Further, the Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of such payment by securing other employment or

8


      otherwise and such payment shall not be reduced by reason of the Executive securing other employment or for any other reason.

              (ii)  In the event the Executive's Termination Date is prior to or after a Change of Control Period, any Termination Payment shall be paid to the Executive in equal installments on the Company's twenty-six (26) regular bi-weekly paydays over the twelve-month period following the Termination Date. Such payments shall not be reduced or increased by any present value, interest rate, or similar factor. Further, the Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of such payment by securing other employment or otherwise and such payment shall not be reduced by reason of the Executive securing other employment or for any other reason.

            (f)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event will a termination of Executive's employment with the Company be deemed to trigger a right to receive a Termination Payment if the termination is effected by the mutual agreement of the Company and Executive to accommodate a reassignment of Executive to an entity created or acquired by the Company, or to which the Company has contributed rights to technology, assets or business plans, if at the time of such termination the Company owns or is acquiring a minimum of a 19% equity interest in such entity. In the event of any such termination, the Executive shall only be entitled to receive the Executive's Accrued Benefits as of the Termination Date.

        14.  TERMINATION NOTICE AND PROCEDURE.

        Any termination by the Company or the Executive of the Executive's employment during the employment period shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination ("Notice of Termination") to the Executive, if such Notice of Termination is delivered by the Company, and to the Company, if such Notice of Termination is delivered by the Executive, all in accordance with the following procedures:

            (a)  The Notice of Termination shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances alleged to provide a basis for termination;

            (b)  Any Notice of Termination by the Company shall be approved by a resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Board, or a majority of the Board may delegate such authority to approve any Notice of Termination to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

            (c)  If the Executive shall in good faith furnish a Notice of Termination for Good Reason or for Good Reason During a Change of Control and the Company notifies the Executive that a dispute exists concerning the existence of Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control, within the fifteen (15) day period following the Company's receipt of such notice, the Executive shall continue the Executive's employment during such dispute. If it is thereafter determined that (i) Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control did exist, the Executive's Termination Date shall be the earlier of (A) the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written agreement of the parties or pursuant to Section 16, (B) the date of the Executive's death or (C) one day prior to the second (2nd) anniversary of a Change of Control, if any, and the Executive's Termination Payment, if applicable, shall reflect events occurring after the Executive delivered the Executive's Notice of Termination; or (ii) Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control did not exist, the employment of the Executive shall continue after such determination as if the Executive had not delivered the Notice of Termination asserting Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control; and

9


            (d)  If the Executive gives Notice of Termination of his or her employment for Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control and a dispute arises as to the existence of Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control, and the Executive does not continue his employment during such dispute, and it is finally determined that the reason for termination set forth in such Notice of Termination did not exist, if such notice was delivered by the Executive, the Executive shall be deemed to have voluntarily terminated the Executive's employment other than for Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control.

        15.  NON-COMPETE.

        The Executive hereby agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for the period of one year from the termination hereof, that the Executive will not:

            (a)  Within any jurisdiction or marketing area in the United States in which the Company or any subsidiary thereof is doing business, own, manage, operate or control any business of the type and character engaged in and competitive with the Company or any subsidiary thereof. For purposes of this Section 15, ownership of securities of not in excess of five percent (5%) of any class of securities of a public company shall not be considered to be competition with the Company or any subsidiary thereof; or

            (b)  Within any jurisdiction or marketing area in the United States in which the Company or any subsidiary thereof is doing business, act as, or become employed as, an officer, director, employee, consultant or agent of any business of the type and character engaged in and competitive with the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or

            (c)  Solicit any similar business to that of the Company's for, or sell any products that are in competition with the Company's products to, any company in the United States, which is, as of the date hereof, or through the Termination Date, a customer or client of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or was such a customer or client thereof within two years prior to the Termination Date; or

            (d)  Solicit the employment of (i) any employee of the Company or its subsidiaries that is an employee at anytime during this term of this Agreement or during the one year period following the termination of this Agreement, or (ii) any former employee of the Company or its subsidiaries who was employed by the Company or its subsidiaries during the one (1) year period preceding the Termination Date.

        For purposes of this Section 15, any business in the 3D visualization simulation market shall be deemed to be competitive with the Company.

        16.  REMEDIES AND JURISDICTION.

            (a)  The Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that a breach of the agreements contained in this Agreement will cause irreparable harm and damage to the Company, that the remedy at law for the breach or threatened breach of the agreements set forth in this Agreement will be inadequate, and that, in addition to all other remedies available to the Company for such breach or threatened breach (including, without limitation, the right to recover damages), the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief for any breach or threatened breach of the agreements contained in this Agreement. To enforce the provisions of this Section 16(a), the Company may seek relief from any court with proper jurisdiction and the provisions of Section 16(b)-(d) shall not be applicable for purposes of this Section 16(a).

            (b)  All claims, disputes and other matters in question between the parties arising under this Agreement, shall, unless otherwise provided herein, be decided by binding arbitration before a single independent arbitrator selected pursuant to Section 16(d). TO THE EXTENT ALLOWABLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ALL DISPUTES INVOLVING ALLEGED

10



    UNLAWFUL EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION, BREACH OF CONTRACT OR POLICY, OR EMPLOYMENT TORT COMMITTED BY THE COMPANY OR A REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMPANY, INCLUDING CLAIMS OF VIOLATIONS OF FEDERAL OR STATE DISCRIMINATION STATUTES OR PUBLIC POLICY, SHALL BE RESOLVED PURSUANT TO THIS POLICY AND THERE SHALL BE NO RECOURSE TO COURT, WITH OR WITHOUT A JURY TRIAL. The arbitration hearing shall occur at a time and place convenient to the parties in Salt Lake County, Utah, within thirty (30) days of selection or appointment of the arbitrator. If the Company has adopted a policy that is applicable to arbitration with employees, the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with said policy to the extent that the policy is consistent with this Agreement and the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16. If no such policy has been adopted, the arbitration shall be governed by the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of AAA in effect on the date of the first notice of demand for arbitration. The arbitrator shall issue written findings of fact and conclusions of law, and an award, within fifteen (15) days of the date of the hearing unless the parties otherwise agree.

            (c)  In cases of breach of contract or policy, damages shall be limited to contract damages. In cases of discrimination claims prohibited by statute, the arbitrator may direct payment consistent with the applicable statute. Issues of procedure, arbitrability, or confirmation of award shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16, except that court review of the arbitrator's award shall be that of an appellate court reviewing a decision of a trial judge sitting without a jury.

            (d)  The parties shall select the arbitrator from a panel list made available by the AAA. If the parties are unable to agree to an arbitrator within ten (10) days of receipt of a demand for arbitration, the arbitrator will be chosen by alternatively striking from a list of five (5) arbitrators obtained by the Company from AAA. The Executive shall have the first strike.

        17.  ATTORNEYS' FEES.

        In the event that either party hereunder institutes any legal proceedings in connection with its rights or obligations under this Agreement, each party in such proceeding shall be responsible for all of its own costs incurred in connection with such proceeding, including attorneys' fees and any other fees, expenses, or costs.

        18.  SUCCESSORS.

        This Agreement and all rights of the Executive shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal representatives, estates, executors, administrators, heirs and beneficiaries. In the event of the Executive's death, all amounts payable to the Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to the Executive's surviving spouse, or the Executive's estate if the Executive dies without a surviving spouse. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, be binding upon and be enforceable by, any successor, surviving or resulting corporation or other entity to which all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company shall be transferred whether by merger, consolidation, transfer or sale.

        19.  ENFORCEMENT.

        The provisions of this Agreement shall be regarded as divisible, and if any of said provisions or any part hereof are declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the validity and enforceability of the remainder of such provisions or parts hereof and the applicability thereof shall not be affected thereby.

        20.  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.

        This Agreement may not be amended or terminated during its term, except by written instrument executed by the Company and the Executive.

11



        21.  SURVIVABILITY.

        The provisions of Sections 15, 16, 17, 18 and 19 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

        22.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

        Except for the Confidentiality, Proprietary Information, and Inventions Agreement between the Executive and the Company, this Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements, negotiations, commitments and understandings with respect thereto. Prior Employment Agreements between the Executive and the Company are hereby terminated in their entirety and superceded by this Agreement.

        23.  VENUE; GOVERNING LAW.

        This Agreement and the Executive's and Company's respective rights and obligations hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Utah without giving effect to the provisions, principles, or policies thereof relating to choice or conflicts of laws.

        24.  NOTICE.

        All notices, requests, instructions or other documents to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (i) three business days following sending by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (ii) when sent if sent by facsimile; provided, however, that the facsimile is promptly confirmed by telephone confirmation thereof, (iii) when delivered, if delivered personally to the intended recipient, and (iv) one business day following sending by overnight delivery via a national courier service, and in each case, addressed to a party at the following address for such party:

Company:   Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation
600 Komas Drive
Salt Lake City, Utah 84108
Attn: Vice President of Human Resources
Fax: (801) 588-4517
Tel: (801) 588-1609

Executive:

 

L. Eugene Frazier
P.O. Box 58693
Salt Lake City, Utah 84158-0693
Fax: (801) 588-4550
Tel: (801) 588-1520

or to such other address as the Company shall have given to the Executive or, if to the Executive, to such address as the Executive shall have given to the Company or facsimile number as the party to whom notice is given may have previously furnished to the other in writing in the manner set forth above.

        25.  NO WAIVER.

        No waiver by either party at any time of any breach by the other party of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same time or any prior or subsequent time.

        26.  HEADINGS.

        The headings herein contained are for reference only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

12



        27.  COUNTERPARTS.

        This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and the Executive has executed this Agreement, on the date and year first above written.


 

 

"COMPANY"

 

 

EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION, a Utah Corporation

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
JAMES R. OYLER      
James R. Oyler
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

"EXECUTIVE"

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
L. EUGENE FRAZIER      
L. Eugene Frazier

13




QuickLinks

EX-10.36 9 a2105045zex-10_36.htm EX-10.36
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.36

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

        THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as of the 26th day of August, 2002, by and between EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION, a Utah corporation (the "Company") and E. Thomas Atchison (the "Executive").

W I T N E S S E T H:

        WHEREAS, the Executive has been providing services to the Company in an executive capacity and desires to continue to provide such services;

        WHEREAS, the Company desires to have the benefit of the Executive's efforts and services;

        WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to terminate all prior employment agreements with the Company, if any; and

        WHEREAS, the Company has determined that it is appropriate and in the best interests of the Company to provide to the Executive protection in the event of certain terminations of the Executive's employment relationship with the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions contained herein and the Executive desires to have such protection.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the Company and the Executive hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

        1.    DEFINITIONS.

        Whenever used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

            (a)  "Accrued Benefits" shall mean the amount equal to the sum of the following to the extent not previously paid:

              (i)    All salary earned or accrued through the Termination Date;

              (ii)  Reimbursement pursuant to Section 6(e) for any and all monies advanced in connection with the Executive's employment for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive through the Termination Date;

              (iii)  Any and all other cash benefits of deferred compensation plans previously earned through the Termination Date unless deferred at the election of the Executive for payment at another time or the applicable deferred compensation plan provides for payment at another time;

              (iv)  The full amount of any bonus earned in a prior period and payable to the Executive in accordance with Section 6(b) herein, subject to the limitations in Section 10 and Section 12; and

              (v)  All other payments and benefits to which the Executive may be entitled under the terms of any benefit plan of the Company, which as of the Termination Date, is applicable to all regular full-time employees of the Company generally.

            (b)  "Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

            (c)  "Affiliate" shall have the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 12b-2 of Regulation 12B promulgated under the Act;

1



            (d)  "Base Period Income" shall be an amount equal to the Executive's "annualized includable compensation" for the "base period" as defined in Sections 280G(d)(1) and (2) of the Code and the regulations adopted thereunder;

            (e)  "Beneficial Owner" shall have the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 13d-3 of the Act, provided that any pledgee of Company voting securities shall not be deemed to be the Beneficial Owner thereof prior to its disposition of, or acquisition of voting rights with respect to, such securities;

            (f)    "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company;

            (g)  "Cause" shall mean any of the following:

              (i)    The engaging by the Executive in fraudulent conduct, as evidenced by a determination in a binding and final judgment, order or decree of a court or administrative agency of competent jurisdiction, in effect after exhaustion or lapse of all rights of appeal, in an action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, which the Chief Executive Officer of the Company determines, in his sole discretion, has a significant adverse impact on the Company or on the performance of the Executive's duties to the Company;

              (ii)  Conviction of a felony, as evidenced by a binding and final judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, in effect after exhaustion or lapse of all rights of appeal, which the Chief Executive Officer of the Company determines, in his sole discretion, has a significant adverse impact on the Company or on the performance of the Executive's duties to the Company;

              (iii)  Neglect or refusal by the Executive to perform the Executive's duties or responsibilities; or

              (iv)  A significant violation by the Executive of the Company's established policies and procedures;

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cause shall not exist under Sections 1(g)(iii) and (iv) herein unless the Company furnishes written notice to the Executive of the specific offending conduct and the Executive fails to correct such offending conduct within the thirty (30) day period commencing on the receipt of such notice.

            (h)  "Change of Control" shall mean a change in ownership or managerial control of the stock, assets or business of the Company resulting from one or more of the following circumstances:

              (i)    A change of control of the Company, of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Act, or any successor regulation of similar import, regardless of whether the Company is subject to such reporting requirement;

              (ii)  A change in ownership of the Company through a transaction or series of transactions, such that any Person or Persons (other than any current officer of the Company or member of the Board) become(s), in the aggregate, the Beneficial Owner(s), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing thirty percent (30%) or more of the Company's then outstanding securities;

              (iii)  Any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of the common stock of the Company would be converted into cash (other than cash attributable to dissenters' rights), securities or other property provided by a Person or Persons other than the Company, other than a consolidation or merger of the Company in which the holders of the common stock of

2



      the Company immediately prior to the consolidation or merger have approximately the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the consolidation or merger;

              (iv)  The shareholders of the Company approve a sale, transfer, liquidation or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a Person or Persons;

              (v)  During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constituted the Board of Directors of the Company cease, for any reason, to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election or nomination for election of each new director was approved by the vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period;

              (vi)  The filing of a proceeding under Chapter 7 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code (or any successor or other statute of similar import) for liquidation with respect to the Company; or

              (vii) The filing of a proceeding under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code (or any successor or other statute of similar import) for reorganization with respect to the Company if in connection with any such proceeding, this Agreement is rejected, or a plan of reorganization is approved an element of which plan entails the liquidation of all or substantially all the assets of the Company.

A "Change of Control" shall be deemed to occur on the actual date on which any of the foregoing circumstances shall occur; provided, however, that in connection with a "Change of Control" specified in Section 1(h)(vii), a "Change of Control" shall be deemed to occur on the date of the filing of the relevant proceeding under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code (or any successor or other statute of similar import). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a "Change of Control" shall not include any transaction that constitutes a "Rule 13e-3 transaction" under Rule 13e-3 of the Act or an "issuer tender offer" under Rule 13e-4 of the Act.

            (i)    "Change of Control Period" shall mean the period commencing 180 days immediately prior to the date a Change of Control is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 1(h), herein, and ending on the second anniversary of such date;

            (j)    "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time;

            (k)  "Disability" shall mean a physical or mental condition whereby the Executive is unable to perform on a full-time basis the customary duties of the Executive under this Agreement;

            (l)    "Federal Short Term-Rate" shall mean the rate defined in Section 1274(d)(1)(C)(i) of the Code;

            (m)  "Good Reason" shall mean:

              (i)    The required relocation of the Executive, without the Executive's consent, to an employment location which is more than seventy-five (75) miles from the Executive's employment location on the day preceding the date of this Agreement; or

              (ii)  Breach or violation of any material provision of this Agreement by the Company, which is not remedied within five business days following notice to the Company by the Executive.

            (n)  "Good Reason During a Change of Control" shall mean any of the following events occurring during a Change of Control Period:

              (i)    The required relocation of the Executive, without the Executive's consent, to an employment location which is more than seventy-five (75) miles from the Executive's employment location on the day preceding the date of this Agreement;

3


              (ii)  The removal of the Executive from or any failure to reelect the Executive to any of the positions held by the Executive during the 180-day period immediately preceding the Change of Control Period, except in the event that such removal or failure to reelect relates to the termination by the Company of the Executive's employment for Cause or by reason of death, Disability or voluntary retirement;

              (iii)  A significant adverse change, without the Executive's written consent, in the nature or scope of the Executive's authority, powers, functions, duties or responsibilities that existed during the 180-day period immediately preceding the Change of Control Period, or a material reduction in the level of support services, staff, secretarial and other assistance, office space and accoutrements available to a level below that which was provided to the Executive during the 180-day period immediately preceding the Change of Control Period, and that which is necessary to perform any duties assigned to the Executive during the 180-day period immediately preceding the Change of Control Period; or

              (iv)  Breach or violation of any material provision of this Agreement by the Company, which is not remedied within five business days following notice to the Company by the Executive;

            (o)  "Gross Income" shall mean the Executive's current calendar year targeted compensation under Sections 6(a)-(b) of this Agreement;

            (p)  "Notice of Termination" shall mean the notice described in Section 14 herein;

            (q)  "Person" shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, association, trust, corporation or other entity, other than an employee benefit plan of the Company or an entity organized, appointed or established pursuant to the terms of any such benefit plan;

            (r)  "Termination Date" shall mean, except as otherwise provided in Section 14 herein,

              (i)    The Executive's date of death;

              (ii)  Thirty (30) days after the delivery of the Notice of Termination terminating the Executive's employment on account of Disability pursuant to Section 9 herein, unless the Executive returns on a full-time basis to the performance of his or her duties prior to the expiration of such period;

              (iii)  Thirty (30) days after the delivery of the Notice of Termination if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Executive voluntarily;

              (iv)  Thirty (30) days after the delivery of the Notice of Termination if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for any reason other than death or Disability; or

              (v)  The date the Executive is terminated for Cause.

            (s)  "Termination Payment" shall mean the payment described in Section 13 herein;

            (t)    "Total Payments" shall mean the sum of the Termination Payment and any other "payments in the nature of compensation" (as defined in Section 280G of the Code and the regulations adopted thereunder) to or for the benefit of the Executive, the receipt of which is contingent on a Change of Control and to which Section 280G of the Code applies.

        2.    EMPLOYMENT.

        The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive and the Executive hereby agrees to serve the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

4


        3.    TERM.

        The employment of the Executive by the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and end on that date employment of the Executive is terminated pursuant to the terms and conditions of either Section 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12, herein.

        4.    POSITIONS AND DUTIES.

        The Executive shall serve as Vice President, Manufacturing, Service and Support of the Company and in such additional capacities as set forth in Section 7 herein. In connection with the foregoing positions, the Executive shall have such duties, responsibilities and authority as may from time to time be assigned to the Executive by the Chief Executive Officer. The Executive shall devote substantially all the Executive's working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company. The Chief Executive Officer, in his or her sole discretion, may alter, modify, or change the Executive's duties, offices, positions, responsibilities and obligations set forth in this Agreement at any time, consistent with the status of a senior executive of the Company.

        5.    PLACE OF PERFORMANCE.

        In connection with the Executive's employment by the Company, the Executive shall be based at the principal executive offices of the Company in Salt Lake City, Utah except for required travel on Company business.

        6.    COMPENSATION AND RELATED MATTERS.

            (a)  Salary. The Company shall pay to the Executive an annualized base salary at a rate of $194,400.00 in equal installments as nearly as practicable on the Company's regular payroll dates, in arrears. Such annualized base salary may be increased from time to time in accordance with normal business practices of the Company. The annualized base salary of the Executive shall not be decreased below its then existing amount during the term of this Agreement;

            (b)  MIP and MIP-Q. Subject to the Company's right to terminate or amend, at any time with or without notice to the Executive, the Evans & Sutherland Management Incentive Plan (MIP) and the Evans & Sutherland Quarterly Management Incentive Plan (MIP-Q), the Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Evans & Sutherland MIP and MIP-Q as agreed in writing in a MIP and a MIP-Q document;

            (c)  SERP. Subject to the Company's right to terminate or amend, at any time with or without notice to the Executive, the Company's Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Company's Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan;

            (d)  Executive Savings Plan. Subject to the Company's right to terminate or amend, at any time with or without notice to the Executive, the Company's Executive Savings Plan, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Executive Savings Plan according to the terms and conditions of the Executive Savings Plan.

            (e)  Expenses. The Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive in performing services hereunder, including all expenses for travel and living expenses while away from home on business or at the request of and in the service of the Company, provided that such expenses are incurred and accounted for in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Company at the time incurred;

            (f)    Other Benefits. The Company shall provide the Executive with all other benefits normally provided to an employee of the Company similarly situated to the Executive, including being added as a named officer on the Company's existing directors' and officers' liability insurance policy;

5



            (g)  Vacations. The Executive shall be entitled to the number of vacation days in each calendar year, and to compensation in respect of earned but unused vacation days, determined in accordance with the Company's vacation plan as in effect from time to time, but in no event less than fifteen (15) days. The Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays given by the Company to its executives; and

            (h)  Services Furnished. The Company shall furnish the Executive with office space, and such other facilities and services as shall be suitable to the Executive's position and adequate for the performance of the Executive's duties as set forth in Section 4 hereof.

        7.    OFFICES.

        The Executive agrees to serve without additional compensation, if elected or appointed thereto, in one or more executive offices of the Company, or any affiliate or subsidiary of the Company, or as a member of the board of directors of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that the Executive is indemnified for serving in any and all such capacities on a basis no less favorable than is currently provided in the Company's bylaws, or otherwise.

        8.    TERMINATION AS A RESULT OF DEATH.

        If the Executive shall die during the term of this Agreement, the Executive's employment shall terminate on the Executive's date of death and the Executive's surviving spouse, or the Executive's estate if the Executive dies without a surviving spouse, shall be entitled to the Executive's Accrued Benefits as of the Termination Date and the applicable Termination Payment.

        9.    TERMINATION FOR DISABILITY.

        If, as a result of the Executive's Disability, the Executive shall have been unable to perform the Executive's duties hereunder on a full-time basis for four (4) consecutive months and within thirty (30) days after the Company provides the Executive with a Termination Notice, the Executive shall not have returned to the performance of the Executive's duties on a full-time basis, the Company may terminate the Executive's employment, subject to Section 14 herein. During the term of the Executive's Disability prior to termination, the Executive shall continue to receive all salary and other benefits payable under Section 6 herein, including participation in all employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements in which the Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the Disability; provided, however, that the Executive's continued participation is permitted under the terms and provisions of such plans, programs and arrangements. In the event that the Executive's participation in any such plan, program or arrangement is barred as the result of such Disability, the Executive shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to the contributions, payments, credits or allocations which would have been paid by the Company to the Executive, to the Executive's account or on the Executive's behalf under such plans, programs and arrangements. In the event the Executive's employment is terminated on account of the Executive's Disability in accordance with this Section 9, the Executive shall receive the Executive's Accrued Benefits as of the Termination Date and shall remain eligible for all benefits provided by any long-term disability programs of the Company in effect at the time of such termination. The Executive shall also be entitled to the Termination Payment described in Section 13(a).

        10.  TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.

        If the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause, subject to the procedures set forth in Section 14 herein, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the Executive's Accrued Benefits as of the Termination Date, however, the Executive's Accrued Benefits will not include any amount for bonus under Section 1(a)(iv). The Executive shall not be entitled to receipt of any Termination Payment.

6



        11.  OTHER TERMINATION BY COMPANY.

        If the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated by the Company other than by reason of death, Disability or Cause, subject to the procedures set forth in Section 14 herein, the Executive (or in the event of the Executive's death following the Termination Date, the Executive's surviving spouse or the Executive's estate if the Executive dies without a surviving spouse) shall receive the Executive's Accrued Benefits and the applicable Termination Payment. The Executive shall not, in connection with any consideration receivable in accordance with this Section 11, be required to mitigate the amount of such consideration by securing other employment or otherwise and such consideration shall not be reduced by reason of the Executive securing other employment or for any other reason.

        12.  VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE.

        From and after the date of this Agreement, provided that the Executive furnishes thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Company, the Executive shall have the right to voluntarily terminate this Agreement at any time. If the Executive's voluntary termination is without Good Reason or without Good Reason During a Change of Control, the Executive shall receive the Executive's Accrued Benefits as of the Termination Date and shall not be entitled to any Termination Payment, however, the Executive's Accrued Benefits will not include any amount for bonus under Section 1(a)(iv). If the Executive's voluntary termination is for Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control, the Executive (or in the event of the Executive's death following the Termination Date, the Executive's surviving spouse or the Executive's estate if the Executive dies without a surviving spouse) shall receive the Executive's Accrued Benefits and the applicable Termination Payment. The Executive shall not, in connection with any consideration receivable in accordance with this Section 12, be required to mitigate the amount of such consideration by securing other employment or otherwise and such consideration shall not be reduced by reason of the Executive securing other employment or for any other reason.

        13.  TERMINATION PAYMENT.

            (a)  If the Executive's employment is terminated as a result of death or Disability, the Executive shall receive a Termination Payment equal to one (1.0) times the Executive's Gross Income. The Company will also pay the full medical, dental and vision premiums for continuation coverage under COBRA for the Executive and dependents who qualify for continuation coverage under COBRA for one year following Termination Date.

            (b)  If, prior to a Change of Control Period, the Executive's employment is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Company for any reason other than death, Disability or Cause, the Termination Payment payable to the Executive by the Company or an affiliate of the Company shall be equal to one (1.0) times the Executive's Gross Income. The Company will pay the full medical, dental and vision premiums for continuation coverage under COBRA for the Executive and dependents who qualify for continuation coverage under COBRA for one year following the Termination Date.

            (c)  If, during a Change of Control Period, the Executive's employment is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason During a Change of Control or by the Company for any reason other than death, Disability, or Cause, the Termination Payment payable to the Executive by the Company or an affiliate of the Company shall be one (1.0) times the Executive's Gross Income. The Company will pay the full medical, dental and vision premiums for continuation coverage under COBRA and, after expiration of the COBRA continuation period, for conversion coverage for the Executive and dependents who qualify for continuation coverage under COBRA for one (1) year following the Termination Date.

            (d)  It is the intention of the Company and the Executive that the benefits under this Agreement shall be capped such that no portion of the Termination Payment and any other "payments in the nature of compensation" (as defined in Section 280G of the Code and the

7



    regulations adopted thereunder) to or for the benefit of the Executive under this Agreement, or under any other agreement, plan or arrangement, shall be deemed to be an "excess parachute payment" as defined in Section 280G of the Code. It is agreed that the present value of the Total Payments shall not exceed an amount equal to two and ninety-nine hundredths (2.99) times the Executive's Base Period Income, which is the maximum amount which the Executive may receive without becoming subject to the tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or which the Company may pay without loss of deduction under Section 280G(a) of the Code. Present value for purposes of this Agreement shall be calculated in accordance with the regulations issued under Section 280G of the Code. Within sixty (60) days following delivery of the Notice of Termination or notice by the Company to the Executive of its belief that there is a payment or benefit due the Executive which will result in an excess parachute payment as defined in Section 280G of the Code, the Executive and the Company shall, at the Company's expense, obtain such opinions as more fully described hereafter, which need not be unqualified, of legal counsel and certified public accountants or a firm of recognized executive compensation consultants. The Executive shall select said legal counsel, certified public accountants and executive compensation consultants; provided, however, that if the Company does not accept one (1) or more of the parties selected by the Executive, the Company shall provide the Executive with the names of such legal counsel, certified public accountants and/or executive compensation consultants as the Company may select; provided, further, however, that if the Executive does not accept the party or parties selected by the Company, the legal counsel, certified public accountants and/or executive compensation consultants selected by the Executive and the Company, respectively, shall select the legal counsel, certified public accountants and/or executive compensation consultants, whichever is applicable, who shall provide the opinions required by this Section 13(d). The opinions required hereunder shall set forth (a) the amount of the Base Period Income of the Executive, (b) the present value of Total Payments and (c) the amount and present value of any excess parachute payments. In the event that such opinions determine that there would be an excess parachute payment, the Termination Payment or any other payment determined by such counsel to be includable in Total Payments shall be reduced or eliminated as specified by the Executive in writing delivered to the Company within thirty (30) days of his or her receipt of such opinions or, if the Executive fails to so notify the Company, then as the Company shall reasonably determine, so that under the bases of calculation set forth in such opinions there will be no excess parachute payment. The provisions of this Section 13(d), including the calculations, notices and opinions provided for herein shall be based upon the conclusive presumption that the compensation and other benefits, including but not limited to the Gross Income, earned on or after the date of a Change of Control by the Executive pursuant to the Company's compensation programs if such payments would have been made in the future in any event, even though the timing of such payment is triggered by the Change of Control, are reasonable compensation for services rendered prior to the Change of Control; provided, however, that in the event legal counsel so requests in connection with the opinion required by this Section 13(d), a firm of recognized executive compensation consultants, selected by the Executive and the Company pursuant to the procedures set forth above, shall provide an opinion, upon which such legal counsel may rely, as to the reasonableness of any item of compensation as reasonable compensation for services rendered prior to the Change of Control by the Executive. In the event that the provisions of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code are repealed without succession, this Section 13(d) shall be of no further force or effect.

8


            (e)  The Termination Payment shall be payable as follows:

              (i)    In the event the Executive's Termination Date is during a Change of Control Period, any Termination Payment shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum not later than ten (10) days following the Executive's Termination Date. Such lump sum payment shall not be reduced by any present value, interest rate, or similar factor. Further, the Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of such payment by securing other employment or otherwise and such payment shall not be reduced by reason of the Executive securing other employment or for any other reason.

              (ii)  In the event the Executive's Termination Date is prior to or after a Change of Control Period, any Termination Payment shall be paid to the Executive in equal installments on the Company's twenty-six (26) regular bi-weekly paydays over the twelve-month period following the Termination Date. Such payments shall not be reduced or increased by any present value, interest rate, or similar factor. Further, the Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of such payment by securing other employment or otherwise and such payment shall not be reduced by reason of the Executive securing other employment or for any other reason.

            (f)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event will a termination of Executive's employment with the Company be deemed to trigger a right to receive a Termination Payment if the termination is effected by the mutual agreement of the Company and Executive to accommodate a reassignment of Executive to an entity created or acquired by the Company, or to which the Company has contributed rights to technology, assets or business plans, if at the time of such termination the Company owns or is acquiring a minimum of a 19% equity interest in such entity. In the event of any such termination, the Executive shall only be entitled to receive the Executive's Accrued Benefits as of the Termination Date.

        14.  TERMINATION NOTICE AND PROCEDURE.

        Any termination by the Company or the Executive of the Executive's employment during the employment period shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination ("Notice of Termination") to the Executive, if such Notice of Termination is delivered by the Company, and to the Company, if such Notice of Termination is delivered by the Executive, all in accordance with the following procedures:

            (a)  The Notice of Termination shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances alleged to provide a basis for termination;

            (b)  Any Notice of Termination by the Company shall be approved by a resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Board, or a majority of the Board may delegate such authority to approve any Notice of Termination to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

            (c)  If the Executive shall in good faith furnish a Notice of Termination for Good Reason or for Good Reason During a Change of Control and the Company notifies the Executive that a dispute exists concerning the existence of Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control, within the fifteen (15) day period following the Company's receipt of such notice, the Executive shall continue the Executive's employment during such dispute. If it is thereafter determined that (i) Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control did exist, the Executive's Termination Date shall be the earlier of (A) the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written agreement of the parties or pursuant to Section 16, (B) the date of the Executive's death or (C) one day prior to the second (2nd) anniversary of a Change of Control, if any, and the Executive's Termination Payment, if applicable, shall reflect events occurring after the Executive delivered the Executive's Notice of Termination; or (ii) Good Reason

9



    or Good Reason During a Change of Control did not exist, the employment of the Executive shall continue after such determination as if the Executive had not delivered the Notice of Termination asserting Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control; and

            (d)  If the Executive gives Notice of Termination of his or her employment for Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control and a dispute arises as to the existence of Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control, and the Executive does not continue his employment during such dispute, and it is finally determined that the reason for termination set forth in such Notice of Termination did not exist, if such notice was delivered by the Executive, the Executive shall be deemed to have voluntarily terminated the Executive's employment other than for Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control.

        15.  NON-COMPETE.

        The Executive hereby agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for the period of one year from the termination hereof, that the Executive will not:

            (a)  Within any jurisdiction or marketing area in the United States in which the Company or any subsidiary thereof is doing business, own, manage, operate or control any business of the type and character engaged in and competitive with the Company or any subsidiary thereof. For purposes of this Section 15, ownership of securities of not in excess of five percent (5%) of any class of securities of a public company shall not be considered to be competition with the Company or any subsidiary thereof; or

            (b)  Within any jurisdiction or marketing area in the United States in which the Company or any subsidiary thereof is doing business, act as, or become employed as, an officer, director, employee, consultant or agent of any business of the type and character engaged in and competitive with the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or

            (c)  Solicit any similar business to that of the Company's for, or sell any products that are in competition with the Company's products to, any company in the United States, which is, as of the date hereof, or through the Termination Date, a customer or client of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or was such a customer or client thereof within two years prior to the Termination Date; or

            (d)  Solicit the employment of (i) any employee of the Company or its subsidiaries that is an employee at anytime during this term of this Agreement or during the one year period following the termination of this Agreement, or (ii) any former employee of the Company or its subsidiaries who was employed by the Company or its subsidiaries during the one (1) year period preceding the Termination Date.

            For purposes of this Section 15, any business in the 3D visualization simulation market shall be deemed to be competitive with the Company.

        16.  REMEDIES AND JURISDICTION.

            (a)  The Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that a breach of the agreements contained in this Agreement will cause irreparable harm and damage to the Company, that the remedy at law for the breach or threatened breach of the agreements set forth in this Agreement will be inadequate, and that, in addition to all other remedies available to the Company for such breach or threatened breach (including, without limitation, the right to recover damages), the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief for any breach or threatened breach of the agreements contained in this Agreement. To enforce the provisions of this Section 16(a), the Company may seek relief from any court with proper jurisdiction and the provisions of Section 16(b)-(d) shall not be applicable for purposes of this Section 16(a).

10


            (b)  All claims, disputes and other matters in question between the parties arising under this Agreement, shall, unless otherwise provided herein, be decided by binding arbitration before a single independent arbitrator selected pursuant to Section 16(d). TO THE EXTENT ALLOWABLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ALL DISPUTES INVOLVING ALLEGED UNLAWFUL EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION, BREACH OF CONTRACT OR POLICY, OR EMPLOYMENT TORT COMMITTED BY THE COMPANY OR A REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMPANY, INCLUDING CLAIMS OF VIOLATIONS OF FEDERAL OR STATE DISCRIMINATION STATUTES OR PUBLIC POLICY, SHALL BE RESOLVED PURSUANT TO THIS POLICY AND THERE SHALL BE NO RECOURSE TO COURT, WITH OR WITHOUT A JURY TRIAL. The arbitration hearing shall occur at a time and place convenient to the parties in Salt Lake County, Utah, within thirty (30) days of selection or appointment of the arbitrator. If the Company has adopted a policy that is applicable to arbitration with employees, the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with said policy to the extent that the policy is consistent with this Agreement and the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16. If no such policy has been adopted, the arbitration shall be governed by the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of AAA in effect on the date of the first notice of demand for arbitration. The arbitrator shall issue written findings of fact and conclusions of law, and an award, within fifteen (15) days of the date of the hearing unless the parties otherwise agree.

            (c)  In cases of breach of contract or policy, damages shall be limited to contract damages. In cases of discrimination claims prohibited by statute, the arbitrator may direct payment consistent with the applicable statute. Issues of procedure, arbitrability, or confirmation of award shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16, except that court review of the arbitrator's award shall be that of an appellate court reviewing a decision of a trial judge sitting without a jury.

            (d)  The parties shall select the arbitrator from a panel list made available by the AAA. If the parties are unable to agree to an arbitrator within ten (10) days of receipt of a demand for arbitration, the arbitrator will be chosen by alternatively striking from a list of five (5) arbitrators obtained by the Company from AAA. The Executive shall have the first strike.

        17.  ATTORNEYS' FEES.

        In the event that either party hereunder institutes any legal proceedings in connection with its rights or obligations under this Agreement, each party in such proceeding shall be responsible for all of its own costs incurred in connection with such proceeding, including attorneys' fees and any other fees, expenses, or costs.

        18.  SUCCESSORS.

        This Agreement and all rights of the Executive shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal representatives, estates, executors, administrators, heirs and beneficiaries. In the event of the Executive's death, all amounts payable to the Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to the Executive's surviving spouse, or the Executive's estate if the Executive dies without a surviving spouse. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, be binding upon and be enforceable by, any successor, surviving or resulting corporation or other entity to which all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company shall be transferred whether by merger, consolidation, transfer or sale.

        19.  ENFORCEMENT.

        The provisions of this Agreement shall be regarded as divisible, and if any of said provisions or any part hereof are declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the validity and enforceability of the remainder of such provisions or parts hereof and the applicability thereof shall not be affected thereby.

11



        20.  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.

        This Agreement may not be amended or terminated during its term, except by written instrument executed by the Company and the Executive.

        21.  SURVIVABILITY.

        The provisions of Sections 15, 16, 17, 18, and 19 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

        22.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

        Except for the Confidentiality, Proprietary Information, and Inventions Agreement between the Executive and the Company, this Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements, negotiations, commitments and understandings with respect thereto. Prior Employment Agreements between the Executive and the Company are hereby terminated in their entirety and superceded by this Agreement.

        23.  VENUE; GOVERNING LAW.

        This Agreement and the Executive's and Company's respective rights and obligations hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Utah without giving effect to the provisions, principles, or policies thereof relating to choice or conflicts of laws.

        24.  NOTICE.

        All notices, requests, instructions or other documents to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (i) three business days following sending by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (ii) when sent if sent by facsimile; provided, however, that the facsimile is promptly confirmed by telephone confirmation thereof, (iii) when delivered, if delivered personally to the intended recipient, and (iv) one business day following sending by overnight delivery via a national courier service, and in each case, addressed to a party at the following address for such party:

Company:   Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation
600 Komas Drive
Salt Lake City, Utah 84108
Attn: Vice President of Human Resources
Fax: (801) 588-4517
Tel: (801) 588-1609

Executive:

 

E. Thomas Atchison
2886 E. Elk Horn Lane
Sandy, Utah 84093
Fax: (801) 733-9231
Tel: (801) 733-9235

or to such other address as the Company shall have given to the Executive or, if to the Executive, to such address as the Executive shall have given to the Company or facsimile number as the party to whom notice is given may have previously furnished to the other in writing in the manner set forth above.

        25.  NO WAIVER.

        No waiver by either party at any time of any breach by the other party of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same time or any prior or subsequent time.

12



        26.  HEADINGS.

        The headings herein contained are for reference only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

        27.  COUNTERPARTS.

        This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and the Executive has executed this Agreement, on the date and year first above written.


 

 

"COMPANY"

 

 

EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION, a Utah Corporation

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
JAMES R. OYLER      
James R. Oyler
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

"EXECUTIVE"

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
E. THOMAS ATCHISON      
E. Thomas Atchison

13




QuickLinks

EX-10.37 10 a2105045zex-10_37.htm EX-10.37
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.37

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

        THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as of the 26th day of August, 2002, by and between EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION, a Utah corporation (the "Company") and David B. Figgins (the "Executive").

W I T N E S S E T H:

        WHEREAS, the Executive has been providing services to the Company in an executive capacity and desires to continue to provide such services;

        WHEREAS, the Company desires to have the benefit of the Executive's efforts and services;

        WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to terminate all prior employment agreements with the Company, if any; and

        WHEREAS, the Company has determined that it is appropriate and in the best interests of the Company to provide to the Executive protection in the event of certain terminations of the Executive's employment relationship with the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions contained herein and the Executive desires to have such protection.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the Company and the Executive hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

        1.    DEFINITIONS.

        Whenever used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

            (a)  "Accrued Benefits" shall mean the amount equal to the sum of the following to the extent not previously paid:

              (i)    All salary earned or accrued through the Termination Date;

              (ii)  Reimbursement pursuant to Section 6(e) for any and all monies advanced in connection with the Executive's employment for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive through the Termination Date;

              (iii)  Any and all other cash benefits of deferred compensation plans previously earned through the Termination Date unless deferred at the election of the Executive for payment at another time or the applicable deferred compensation plan provides for payment at another time;

              (iv)  The full amount of any bonus earned in a prior period and payable to the Executive in accordance with Section 6(b) herein, subject to the limitations in Section 10 and Section 12; and

              (v)  All other payments and benefits to which the Executive may be entitled under the terms of any benefit plan of the Company, which as of the Termination Date, is applicable to all regular full-time employees of the Company generally.

            (b)  "Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

            (c)  "Affiliate" shall have the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 12b-2 of Regulation 12B promulgated under the Act;

1



            (d)  "Base Period Income" shall be an amount equal to the Executive's "annualized includable compensation" for the "base period" as defined in Sections 280G(d)(1) and (2) of the Code and the regulations adopted thereunder;

            (e)  "Beneficial Owner" shall have the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 13d-3 of the Act, provided that any pledgee of Company voting securities shall not be deemed to be the Beneficial Owner thereof prior to its disposition of, or acquisition of voting rights with respect to, such securities;

            (f)    "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company;

            (g)  "Cause" shall mean any of the following:

              (i)    The engaging by the Executive in fraudulent conduct, as evidenced by a determination in a binding and final judgment, order or decree of a court or administrative agency of competent jurisdiction, in effect after exhaustion or lapse of all rights of appeal, in an action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, which the Chief Executive Officer of the Company determines, in his sole discretion, has a significant adverse impact on the Company or on the performance of the Executive's duties to the Company;

              (ii)  Conviction of a felony, as evidenced by a binding and final judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, in effect after exhaustion or lapse of all rights of appeal, which the Chief Executive Officer of the Company determines, in his sole discretion, has a significant adverse impact on the Company or on the performance of the Executive's duties to the Company;

              (iii)  Neglect or refusal by the Executive to perform the Executive's duties or responsibilities; or

              (iv)  A significant violation by the Executive of the Company's established policies and procedures;

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cause shall not exist under Sections 1(g)(iii) and (iv) herein unless the Company furnishes written notice to the Executive of the specific offending conduct and the Executive fails to correct such offending conduct within the thirty (30) day period commencing on the receipt of such notice.

            (h)  "Change of Control" shall mean a change in ownership or managerial control of the stock, assets or business of the Company resulting from one or more of the following circumstances:

              (i)    A change of control of the Company, of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Act, or any successor regulation of similar import, regardless of whether the Company is subject to such reporting requirement;

              (ii)  A change in ownership of the Company through a transaction or series of transactions, such that any Person or Persons (other than any current officer of the Company or member of the Board) become(s), in the aggregate, the Beneficial Owner(s), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing thirty percent (30%) or more of the Company's then outstanding securities;

              (iii)  Any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of the common stock of the Company would be converted into cash (other than cash attributable to dissenters' rights), securities or other property provided by a Person or Persons other than the Company, other than a consolidation or merger of the Company in which the holders of the common stock of

2



      the Company immediately prior to the consolidation or merger have approximately the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the consolidation or merger;

              (iv)  The shareholders of the Company approve a sale, transfer, liquidation or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a Person or Persons;

              (v)  During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constituted the Board of Directors of the Company cease, for any reason, to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election or nomination for election of each new director was approved by the vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period;

              (vi)  The filing of a proceeding under Chapter 7 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code (or any successor or other statute of similar import) for liquidation with respect to the Company; or

              (vii) The filing of a proceeding under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code (or any successor or other statute of similar import) for reorganization with respect to the Company if in connection with any such proceeding, this Agreement is rejected, or a plan of reorganization is approved an element of which plan entails the liquidation of all or substantially all the assets of the Company.

A "Change of Control" shall be deemed to occur on the actual date on which any of the foregoing circumstances shall occur; provided, however, that in connection with a "Change of Control" specified in Section 1(h)(vii), a "Change of Control" shall be deemed to occur on the date of the filing of the relevant proceeding under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code (or any successor or other statute of similar import). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a "Change of Control" shall not include any transaction that constitutes a "Rule 13e-3 transaction" under Rule 13e-3 of the Act or an "issuer tender offer" under Rule 13e-4 of the Act.

            (i)    "Change of Control Period" shall mean the period commencing 180 days immediately prior to the date a Change of Control is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 1(h), herein, and ending on the second anniversary of such date;

            (j)    "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time;

            (k)  "Disability" shall mean a physical or mental condition whereby the Executive is unable to perform on a full-time basis the customary duties of the Executive under this Agreement;

            (l)    "Federal Short Term-Rate" shall mean the rate defined in Section 1274(d)(1)(C)(i) of the Code;

            (m)  "Good Reason" shall mean:

              (i)    The required relocation of the Executive, without the Executive's consent, to an employment location which is more than seventy-five (75) miles from the Executive's employment location on the day preceding the date of this Agreement; or

              (ii)  Breach or violation of any material provision of this Agreement by the Company, which is not remedied within five business days following notice to the Company by the Executive.

            (n)  "Good Reason During a Change of Control" shall mean any of the following events occurring during a Change of Control Period:

              (i)    The required relocation of the Executive, without the Executive's consent, to an employment location which is more than seventy-five (75) miles from the Executive's employment location on the day preceding the date of this Agreement;

3


              (ii)  The removal of the Executive from or any failure to reelect the Executive to any of the positions held by the Executive during the 180-day period immediately preceding the Change of Control Period, except in the event that such removal or failure to reelect relates to the termination by the Company of the Executive's employment for Cause or by reason of death, Disability or voluntary retirement;

              (iii)  A significant adverse change, without the Executive's written consent, in the nature or scope of the Executive's authority, powers, functions, duties or responsibilities that existed during the 180-day period immediately preceding the Change of Control Period, or a material reduction in the level of support services, staff, secretarial and other assistance, office space and accoutrements available to a level below that which was provided to the Executive during the 180-day period immediately preceding the Change of Control Period, and that which is necessary to perform any duties assigned to the Executive during the 180-day period immediately preceding the Change of Control Period; or

              (iv)  Breach or violation of any material provision of this Agreement by the Company, which is not remedied within five business days following notice to the Company by the Executive;

            (o)  "Gross Income" shall mean the Executive's current calendar year targeted compensation under Sections 6(a)-(b) of this Agreement;

            (p)  "Notice of Termination" shall mean the notice described in Section 14 herein;

            (q)  "Person" shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, association, trust, corporation or other entity, other than an employee benefit plan of the Company or an entity organized, appointed or established pursuant to the terms of any such benefit plan;

            (r)  "Termination Date" shall mean, except as otherwise provided in Section 14 herein,

              (i)    The Executive's date of death;

              (ii)  Thirty (30) days after the delivery of the Notice of Termination terminating the Executive's employment on account of Disability pursuant to Section 9 herein, unless the Executive returns on a full-time basis to the performance of his or her duties prior to the expiration of such period;

              (iii)  Thirty (30) days after the delivery of the Notice of Termination if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Executive voluntarily;

              (iv)  Thirty (30) days after the delivery of the Notice of Termination if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for any reason other than death or Disability; or

              (v)  The date the Executive is terminated for Cause.

            (s)  "Termination Payment" shall mean the payment described in Section 13 herein;

            (t)    "Total Payments" shall mean the sum of the Termination Payment and any other "payments in the nature of compensation" (as defined in Section 280G of the Code and the regulations adopted thereunder) to or for the benefit of the Executive, the receipt of which is contingent on a Change of Control and to which Section 280G of the Code applies.

        2.    EMPLOYMENT.

        The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive and the Executive hereby agrees to serve the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

4


        3.    TERM.

        The employment of the Executive by the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and end on that date employment of the Executive is terminated pursuant to the terms and conditions of either Section 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12, herein.

        4.    POSITIONS AND DUTIES.

        The Executive shall serve as Vice President, Product Marketing of the Company and in such additional capacities as set forth in Section 7 herein. In connection with the foregoing positions, the Executive shall have such duties, responsibilities and authority as may from time to time be assigned to the Executive by the Chief Executive Officer. The Executive shall devote substantially all the Executive's working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company. The Chief Executive Officer, in his or her sole discretion, may alter, modify, or change the Executive's duties, offices, positions, responsibilities and obligations set forth in this Agreement at any time, consistent with the status of a senior executive of the Company.

        5.    PLACE OF PERFORMANCE.

        In connection with the Executive's employment by the Company, the Executive shall be based at the principal executive offices of the Company in Salt Lake City, Utah except for required travel on Company business.

        6.    COMPENSATION AND RELATED MATTERS.

            (a)  Salary. The Company shall pay to the Executive an annualized base salary at a rate of $241,000.00 in equal installments as nearly as practicable on the Company's regular payroll dates, in arrears. Such annualized base salary may be increased from time to time in accordance with normal business practices of the Company. The annualized base salary of the Executive shall not be decreased below its then existing amount during the term of this Agreement;

            (b)  MIP and MIP-Q. Subject to the Company's right to terminate or amend, at any time with or without notice to the Executive, the Evans & Sutherland Management Incentive Plan (MIP) and the Evans & Sutherland Quarterly Management Incentive Plan (MIP-Q), the Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Evans & Sutherland MIP and MIP-Q as agreed in writing in a MIP and a MIP-Q document;

            (c)  SERP. Subject to the Company's right to terminate or amend, at any time with or without notice to the Executive, the Company's Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Company's Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan;

            (d)  Executive Savings Plan. Subject to the Company's right to terminate or amend, at any time with or without notice to the Executive, the Company's Executive Savings Plan, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Executive Savings Plan according to the terms and conditions of the Executive Savings Plan.

            (e)  Expenses. The Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive in performing services hereunder, including all expenses for travel and living expenses while away from home on business or at the request of and in the service of the Company, provided that such expenses are incurred and accounted for in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Company at the time incurred;

            (f)    Other Benefits. The Company shall provide the Executive with all other benefits normally provided to an employee of the Company similarly situated to the Executive, including being added as a named officer on the Company's existing directors' and officers' liability insurance policy;

5



            (g)  Vacations. The Executive shall be entitled to the number of vacation days in each calendar year, and to compensation in respect of earned but unused vacation days, determined in accordance with the Company's vacation plan as in effect from time to time, but in no event less than fifteen (15) days. The Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays given by the Company to its executives; and

            (h)  Services Furnished. The Company shall furnish the Executive with office space, and such other facilities and services as shall be suitable to the Executive's position and adequate for the performance of the Executive's duties as set forth in Section 4 hereof.

        7.    OFFICES.

        The Executive agrees to serve without additional compensation, if elected or appointed thereto, in one or more executive offices of the Company, or any affiliate or subsidiary of the Company, or as a member of the board of directors of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that the Executive is indemnified for serving in any and all such capacities on a basis no less favorable than is currently provided in the Company's bylaws, or otherwise.

        8.    TERMINATION AS A RESULT OF DEATH.

        If the Executive shall die during the term of this Agreement, the Executive's employment shall terminate on the Executive's date of death and the Executive's surviving spouse, or the Executive's estate if the Executive dies without a surviving spouse, shall be entitled to the Executive's Accrued Benefits as of the Termination Date and the applicable Termination Payment.

        9.    TERMINATION FOR DISABILITY.

        If, as a result of the Executive's Disability, the Executive shall have been unable to perform the Executive's duties hereunder on a full-time basis for four (4) consecutive months and within thirty (30) days after the Company provides the Executive with a Termination Notice, the Executive shall not have returned to the performance of the Executive's duties on a full-time basis, the Company may terminate the Executive's employment, subject to Section 14 herein. During the term of the Executive's Disability prior to termination, the Executive shall continue to receive all salary and other benefits payable under Section 6 herein, including participation in all employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements in which the Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the Disability; provided, however, that the Executive's continued participation is permitted under the terms and provisions of such plans, programs and arrangements. In the event that the Executive's participation in any such plan, program or arrangement is barred as the result of such Disability, the Executive shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to the contributions, payments, credits or allocations which would have been paid by the Company to the Executive, to the Executive's account or on the Executive's behalf under such plans, programs and arrangements. In the event the Executive's employment is terminated on account of the Executive's Disability in accordance with this Section 9, the Executive shall receive the Executive's Accrued Benefits as of the Termination Date and shall remain eligible for all benefits provided by any long-term disability programs of the Company in effect at the time of such termination. The Executive shall also be entitled to the Termination Payment described in Section 13(a).

        10.  TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.

        If the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause, subject to the procedures set forth in Section 14 herein, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the Executive's Accrued Benefits as of the Termination Date, however, the Executive's Accrued Benefits will not include any amount for bonus under Section 1(a)(iv). The Executive shall not be entitled to receipt of any Termination Payment.

6



        11.  OTHER TERMINATION BY COMPANY.

        If the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated by the Company other than by reason of death, Disability or Cause, subject to the procedures set forth in Section 14 herein, the Executive (or in the event of the Executive's death following the Termination Date, the Executive's surviving spouse or the Executive's estate if the Executive dies without a surviving spouse) shall receive the Executive's Accrued Benefits and the applicable Termination Payment. The Executive shall not, in connection with any consideration receivable in accordance with this Section 11, be required to mitigate the amount of such consideration by securing other employment or otherwise and such consideration shall not be reduced by reason of the Executive securing other employment or for any other reason.

        12.  VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE.

        From and after the date of this Agreement, provided that the Executive furnishes thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Company, the Executive shall have the right to voluntarily terminate this Agreement at any time. If the Executive's voluntary termination is without Good Reason or without Good Reason During a Change of Control, the Executive shall receive the Executive's Accrued Benefits as of the Termination Date and shall not be entitled to any Termination Payment, however, the Executive's Accrued Benefits will not include any amount for bonus under Section 1(a)(iv). If the Executive's voluntary termination is for Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control, the Executive (or in the event of the Executive's death following the Termination Date, the Executive's surviving spouse or the Executive's estate if the Executive dies without a surviving spouse) shall receive the Executive's Accrued Benefits and the applicable Termination Payment. The Executive shall not, in connection with any consideration receivable in accordance with this Section 12, be required to mitigate the amount of such consideration by securing other employment or otherwise and such consideration shall not be reduced by reason of the Executive securing other employment or for any other reason.

        13.  TERMINATION PAYMENT.

            (a)  If the Executive's employment is terminated as a result of death or Disability, the Executive shall receive a Termination Payment equal to one (1.0) times the Executive's Gross Income. The Company will also pay the full medical, dental and vision premiums for continuation coverage under COBRA for the Executive and dependents who qualify for continuation coverage under COBRA for one year following Termination Date.

            (b)  If, prior to a Change of Control Period, the Executive's employment is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Company for any reason other than death, Disability or Cause, the Termination Payment payable to the Executive by the Company or an affiliate of the Company shall be equal to one (1.0) times the Executive's Gross Income. The Company will pay the full medical, dental and vision premiums for continuation coverage under COBRA for the Executive and dependents who qualify for continuation coverage under COBRA for one year following the Termination Date.

            (c)  If, during a Change of Control Period, the Executive's employment is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason During a Change of Control or by the Company for any reason other than death, Disability, or Cause, the Termination Payment payable to the Executive by the Company or an affiliate of the Company shall be one (1.0) times the Executive's Gross Income. The Company will pay the full medical, dental and vision premiums for continuation coverage under COBRA and, after expiration of the COBRA continuation period, for conversion coverage for the Executive and dependents who qualify for continuation coverage under COBRA for one (1) year following the Termination Date.

            (d)  It is the intention of the Company and the Executive that the benefits under this Agreement shall be capped such that no portion of the Termination Payment and any other "payments in the nature of compensation" (as defined in Section 280G of the Code and the

7



    regulations adopted thereunder) to or for the benefit of the Executive under this Agreement, or under any other agreement, plan or arrangement, shall be deemed to be an "excess parachute payment" as defined in Section 280G of the Code. It is agreed that the present value of the Total Payments shall not exceed an amount equal to two and ninety-nine hundredths (2.99) times the Executive's Base Period Income, which is the maximum amount which the Executive may receive without becoming subject to the tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or which the Company may pay without loss of deduction under Section 280G(a) of the Code. Present value for purposes of this Agreement shall be calculated in accordance with the regulations issued under Section 280G of the Code. Within sixty (60) days following delivery of the Notice of Termination or notice by the Company to the Executive of its belief that there is a payment or benefit due the Executive which will result in an excess parachute payment as defined in Section 280G of the Code, the Executive and the Company shall, at the Company's expense, obtain such opinions as more fully described hereafter, which need not be unqualified, of legal counsel and certified public accountants or a firm of recognized executive compensation consultants. The Executive shall select said legal counsel, certified public accountants and executive compensation consultants; provided, however, that if the Company does not accept one (1) or more of the parties selected by the Executive, the Company shall provide the Executive with the names of such legal counsel, certified public accountants and/or executive compensation consultants as the Company may select; provided, further, however, that if the Executive does not accept the party or parties selected by the Company, the legal counsel, certified public accountants and/or executive compensation consultants selected by the Executive and the Company, respectively, shall select the legal counsel, certified public accountants and/or executive compensation consultants, whichever is applicable, who shall provide the opinions required by this Section 13(d). The opinions required hereunder shall set forth (a) the amount of the Base Period Income of the Executive, (b) the present value of Total Payments and (c) the amount and present value of any excess parachute payments. In the event that such opinions determine that there would be an excess parachute payment, the Termination Payment or any other payment determined by such counsel to be includable in Total Payments shall be reduced or eliminated as specified by the Executive in writing delivered to the Company within thirty (30) days of his or her receipt of such opinions or, if the Executive fails to so notify the Company, then as the Company shall reasonably determine, so that under the bases of calculation set forth in such opinions there will be no excess parachute payment. The provisions of this Section 13(d), including the calculations, notices and opinions provided for herein shall be based upon the conclusive presumption that the compensation and other benefits, including but not limited to the Gross Income, earned on or after the date of a Change of Control by the Executive pursuant to the Company's compensation programs if such payments would have been made in the future in any event, even though the timing of such payment is triggered by the Change of Control, are reasonable compensation for services rendered prior to the Change of Control; provided, however, that in the event legal counsel so requests in connection with the opinion required by this Section 13(d), a firm of recognized executive compensation consultants, selected by the Executive and the Company pursuant to the procedures set forth above, shall provide an opinion, upon which such legal counsel may rely, as to the reasonableness of any item of compensation as reasonable compensation for services rendered prior to the Change of Control by the Executive. In the event that the provisions of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code are repealed without succession, this Section 13(d) shall be of no further force or effect.

8


            (e)  The Termination Payment shall be payable as follows:

              (i)    In the event the Executive's Termination Date is during a Change of Control Period, any Termination Payment shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum not later than ten (10) days following the Executive's Termination Date. Such lump sum payment shall not be reduced by any present value, interest rate, or similar factor. Further, the Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of such payment by securing other employment or otherwise and such payment shall not be reduced by reason of the Executive securing other employment or for any other reason.

              (ii)  In the event the Executive's Termination Date is prior to or after a Change of Control Period, any Termination Payment shall be paid to the Executive in equal installments on the Company's twenty-six (26) regular bi-weekly paydays over the twelve-month period following the Termination Date. Such payments shall not be reduced or increased by any present value, interest rate, or similar factor. Further, the Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of such payment by securing other employment or otherwise and such payment shall not be reduced by reason of the Executive securing other employment or for any other reason.

            (f)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event will a termination of Executive's employment with the Company be deemed to trigger a right to receive a Termination Payment if the termination is effected by the mutual agreement of the Company and Executive to accommodate a reassignment of Executive to an entity created or acquired by the Company, or to which the Company has contributed rights to technology, assets or business plans, if at the time of such termination the Company owns or is acquiring a minimum of a 19% equity interest in such entity. In the event of any such termination, the Executive shall only be entitled to receive the Executive's Accrued Benefits as of the Termination Date.

        14.  TERMINATION NOTICE AND PROCEDURE.

        Any termination by the Company or the Executive of the Executive's employment during the employment period shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination ("Notice of Termination") to the Executive, if such Notice of Termination is delivered by the Company, and to the Company, if such Notice of Termination is delivered by the Executive, all in accordance with the following procedures:

            (a)  The Notice of Termination shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances alleged to provide a basis for termination;

            (b)  Any Notice of Termination by the Company shall be approved by a resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Board, or a majority of the Board may delegate such authority to approve any Notice of Termination to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

            (c)  If the Executive shall in good faith furnish a Notice of Termination for Good Reason or for Good Reason During a Change of Control and the Company notifies the Executive that a dispute exists concerning the existence of Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control, within the fifteen (15) day period following the Company's receipt of such notice, the Executive shall continue the Executive's employment during such dispute. If it is thereafter determined that (i) Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control did exist, the Executive's Termination Date shall be the earlier of (A) the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written agreement of the parties or pursuant to Section 16, (B) the date of the Executive's death or (C) one day prior to the second (2nd) anniversary of a Change of Control, if any, and the Executive's Termination Payment, if applicable, shall reflect events occurring after the Executive delivered the Executive's Notice of Termination; or (ii) Good Reason

9



    or Good Reason During a Change of Control did not exist, the employment of the Executive shall continue after such determination as if the Executive had not delivered the Notice of Termination asserting Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control; and

            (d)  If the Executive gives Notice of Termination of his or her employment for Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control and a dispute arises as to the existence of Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control, and the Executive does not continue his employment during such dispute, and it is finally determined that the reason for termination set forth in such Notice of Termination did not exist, if such notice was delivered by the Executive, the Executive shall be deemed to have voluntarily terminated the Executive's employment other than for Good Reason or Good Reason During a Change of Control.

        15.  NON-COMPETE.

        The Executive hereby agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for the period of one year from the termination hereof, that the Executive will not:

            (a)  Within any jurisdiction or marketing area in the United States in which the Company or any subsidiary thereof is doing business, own, manage, operate or control any business of the type and character engaged in and competitive with the Company or any subsidiary thereof. For purposes of this Section 15, ownership of securities of not in excess of five percent (5%) of any class of securities of a public company shall not be considered to be competition with the Company or any subsidiary thereof; or

            (b)  Within any jurisdiction or marketing area in the United States in which the Company or any subsidiary thereof is doing business, act as, or become employed as, an officer, director, employee, consultant or agent of any business of the type and character engaged in and competitive with the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or

            (c)  Solicit any similar business to that of the Company's for, or sell any products that are in competition with the Company's products to, any company in the United States, which is, as of the date hereof, or through the Termination Date, a customer or client of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or was such a customer or client thereof within two years prior to the Termination Date; or

            (d)  Solicit the employment of (i) any employee of the Company or its subsidiaries that is an employee at anytime during this term of this Agreement or during the one year period following the termination of this Agreement, or (ii) any former employee of the Company or its subsidiaries who was employed by the Company or its subsidiaries during the one (1) year period preceding the Termination Date.

        For purposes of this Section 15, any business in the 3D visualization simulation market shall be deemed to be competitive with the Company.

        16.  REMEDIES AND JURISDICTION.

            (a)  The Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that a breach of the agreements contained in this Agreement will cause irreparable harm and damage to the Company, that the remedy at law for the breach or threatened breach of the agreements set forth in this Agreement will be inadequate, and that, in addition to all other remedies available to the Company for such breach or threatened breach (including, without limitation, the right to recover damages), the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief for any breach or threatened breach of the agreements contained in this Agreement. To enforce the provisions of this Section 16(a), the Company may seek relief from any court with proper jurisdiction and the provisions of Section 16(b)-(d) shall not be applicable for purposes of this Section 16(a).

10


            (b)  All claims, disputes and other matters in question between the parties arising under this Agreement, shall, unless otherwise provided herein, be decided by binding arbitration before a single independent arbitrator selected pursuant to Section 16(d). TO THE EXTENT ALLOWABLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ALL DISPUTES INVOLVING ALLEGED UNLAWFUL EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION, BREACH OF CONTRACT OR POLICY, OR EMPLOYMENT TORT COMMITTED BY THE COMPANY OR A REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMPANY, INCLUDING CLAIMS OF VIOLATIONS OF FEDERAL OR STATE DISCRIMINATION STATUTES OR PUBLIC POLICY, SHALL BE RESOLVED PURSUANT TO THIS POLICY AND THERE SHALL BE NO RECOURSE TO COURT, WITH OR WITHOUT A JURY TRIAL. The arbitration hearing shall occur at a time and place convenient to the parties in Salt Lake County, Utah, within thirty (30) days of selection or appointment of the arbitrator. If the Company has adopted a policy that is applicable to arbitration with employees, the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with said policy to the extent that the policy is consistent with this Agreement and the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16. If no such policy has been adopted, the arbitration shall be governed by the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of AAA in effect on the date of the first notice of demand for arbitration. The arbitrator shall issue written findings of fact and conclusions of law, and an award, within fifteen (15) days of the date of the hearing unless the parties otherwise agree.

            (c)  In cases of breach of contract or policy, damages shall be limited to contract damages. In cases of discrimination claims prohibited by statute, the arbitrator may direct payment consistent with the applicable statute. Issues of procedure, arbitrability, or confirmation of award shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16, except that court review of the arbitrator's award shall be that of an appellate court reviewing a decision of a trial judge sitting without a jury.

            (d)  The parties shall select the arbitrator from a panel list made available by the AAA. If the parties are unable to agree to an arbitrator within ten (10) days of receipt of a demand for arbitration, the arbitrator will be chosen by alternatively striking from a list of five (5) arbitrators obtained by the Company from AAA. The Executive shall have the first strike.

        17.  ATTORNEYS' FEES.

        In the event that either party hereunder institutes any legal proceedings in connection with its rights or obligations under this Agreement, each party in such proceeding shall be responsible for all of its own costs incurred in connection with such proceeding, including attorneys' fees and any other fees, expenses, or costs.

        18.  SUCCESSORS.

        This Agreement and all rights of the Executive shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal representatives, estates, executors, administrators, heirs and beneficiaries. In the event of the Executive's death, all amounts payable to the Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to the Executive's surviving spouse, or the Executive's estate if the Executive dies without a surviving spouse. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, be binding upon and be enforceable by, any successor, surviving or resulting corporation or other entity to which all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company shall be transferred whether by merger, consolidation, transfer or sale.

        19.  ENFORCEMENT.

        The provisions of this Agreement shall be regarded as divisible, and if any of said provisions or any part hereof are declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the validity and enforceability of the remainder of such provisions or parts hereof and the applicability thereof shall not be affected thereby.

11



        20.  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.

        This Agreement may not be amended or terminated during its term, except by written instrument executed by the Company and the Executive.

        21.  SURVIVABILITY.

        The provisions of Sections 15, 16, 17, 18, and 19 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

        22.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

        Except for the Confidentiality, Proprietary Information, and Inventions Agreement between the Executive and the Company, this Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements, negotiations, commitments and understandings with respect thereto. Prior Employment Agreements between the Executive and the Company are hereby terminated in their entirety and superceded by this Agreement.

        23.  VENUE; GOVERNING LAW.

        This Agreement and the Executive's and Company's respective rights and obligations hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Utah without giving effect to the provisions, principles, or policies thereof relating to choice or conflicts of laws.

        24.  NOTICE.

        All notices, requests, instructions or other documents to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (i) three business days following sending by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (ii) when sent if sent by facsimile; provided, however, that the facsimile is promptly confirmed by telephone confirmation thereof, (iii) when delivered, if delivered personally to the intended recipient, and (iv) one business day following sending by overnight delivery via a national courier service, and in each case, addressed to a party at the following address for such party:

Company:   Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation
600 Komas Drive
Salt Lake City, Utah 84108
Attn: Vice President of Human Resources
Fax: (801) 588-4517
Tel: (801) 588-1609
Executive:   David B. Figgins
14 Northridge Way
Sandy, Utah 84092
Fax: (    )    -          
Tel: (801) 572-5092

or to such other address as the Company shall have given to the Executive or, if to the Executive, to such address as the Executive shall have given to the Company or facsimile number as the party to whom notice is given may have previously furnished to the other in writing in the manner set forth above.

        25.  NO WAIVER.

        No waiver by either party at any time of any breach by the other party of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same time or any prior or subsequent time.

12



        26.  HEADINGS.

        The headings herein contained are for reference only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

        27.  COUNTERPARTS.

        This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and the Executive has executed this Agreement, on the date and year first above written.


 

 

"COMPANY"

 

 

EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION, a Utah Corporation

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
JAMES R. OYLER      
James R. Oyler
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

"EXECUTIVE"

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
DAVID B. FIGGINS      
David B. Figgins

13




QuickLinks

EX-10.38 11 a2105045zex-10_38.htm EX-10.38
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.38

         AMENDED AND RESTATED
EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
(January 1, 2002)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  PAGE
ARTICLE 1
STATEMENT OF PURPOSE

ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS
2.1   DEFINITIONS   1

ARTICLE 3
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
3.1   ELIGIBILITY   3
3.2   PARTICIPATION   4
3.3   SUICIDE   4

ARTICLE 4
RETIREMENT BENEFIT
4.1   NORMAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT   4
4.2   EARLY RETIREMENT BENEFIT   4
4.3   DEATH AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF RETIREMENT BENEFIT   4
4.4   ALTERNATE FORM OF PAYMENT   4
4.5   FORFEITURE OF BENEFITS   5

ARTICLE 5
SURVIVOR BENEFIT
5.1   SURVIVOR BENEFIT   5

ARTICLE 6
SEVERANCE BENEFIT
6.1   SEVERANCE BENEFIT   5
6.2   VESTED PERCENTAGE   5

ARTICLE 7
CHANGE OF CONTROL
7.1   FUNDING OF TRUST ON CHANGE OF CONTROL   5
7.2   CHANGE OF CONTROL   5

ARTICLE 8
DISABILITY BENEFIT AND AUTHORIZED LEAVE OF ABSENCE
8.1   DISABILITY BENEFIT   6
8.2   AUTHORIZED LEAVE OF ABSENCE   6

ARTICLE 9
RESTRICTIVE COVENANT
9.1   RESTRICTIVE COVENANT   6

i



ARTICLE 10
ADMINISTRATION
10.1   PLAN ADMINISTRATOR   6
10.2   ALLOCATION OF FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY   6
10.3   POWERS OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR   6
10.4   CLAIMS   7
10.5   CREATION OF COMMITTEE   8
10.6   CHAIRMAN AND SECRETARY   8
10.7   APPOINTMENT OF AGENTS   8
10.8   MAJORITY VOTE AND EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS   8
10.9   ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES AMONG COMMITTEE MEMBERS   8
10.10   CONFLICT OF INTEREST   8
10.11   OTHER FIDUCIARY CAPACITIES   8
10.12   AUTHORITY TO ESTABLISH A TRUST   9
10.13   PREPAYMENT   9

ARTICLE 11
SCOPE OF RESPONSIBILITY
11.1   SCOPE OF RESPONSIBILITY   9

ARTICLE 12
AMENDMENT, MERGER AND TERMINATION
12.1   AMENDMENT   9
12.2   MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF COMPANY   11
12.3   TERMINATION OF PLAN OR DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS   10
12.4   LIMITATION OF COMPANY LIABILITY   10

ARTICLE 13
COMPANY-OWNED LIFE INSURANCE
13.1   COMPANY OWNS ALL RIGHTS   10
13.2   PARTICIPANT COOPERATION   10
13.3   PARTICIPANT MISREPRESENTATION   10

ARTICLE 14
MISCELLANEOUS
14.1   NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS   11
14.2   UNSECURED COMPANY LIABILITY   11
14.3   NO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT   11
14.4   DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY   11
14.5   PAYMENT TO INCOMPETENTS   11
14.6   BINDING EFFECT   11
14.7   ENTIRE PLAN   11
14.8   ENFORCEABILITY   11

ARTICLE 15
CONSTRUCTION
15.1   GOVERNING LAW   12
15.2   GENDER   12
15.3   HEADINGS, ETC   12

ii


Exhibit 10.38

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

ARTICLE 1
STATEMENT OF PURPOSE

        Effective, July 1, 1995, EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION, a Utah corporation, adopted the Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the "Plan") in order to provide its key executives a retirement benefit that supplements the benefit to which they may be entitled under the Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation Defined Benefit Pension Plan. The Plan was subsequently amended on five (5) separate occasions and subsequently amended and restated to incorporate each of the adopted amendments. The Plan is again restated to freeze the rate of Compensation for active Participants and to provide that no new Participants will be added to the Plan after January 1, 2002.

ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS

        2.1    DEFINITIONS.    When a word or phrase shall appear in this Plan with the initial letter capitalized, and the word or phrase does not commence a sentence, the word or phrase shall generally be a term defined in this ARTICLE 2. The following words and phrases utilized in the Plan with the initial letter capitalized shall have the meanings set forth in this ARTICLE 2, unless a clearly different meaning is required by the context in which the word or phrase is used:

            (a)  "ACTUARIAL EQUIVALENT" means of equal current value when computed on the basis of actuarial procedures, assumptions, factors, and tables adopted by the Plan Administrator from time to time or as used by an independent actuary hired by the Plan Administrator. Actuarial Equivalent factors are the appropriate numerical ratios which enable a benefit that is Actuarially Equivalent to another benefit to be calculated.

            (b)  "AVERAGE BASE COMPENSATION" means the Participant's base compensation for each of the three (3) consecutive calendar years of his employment with the Company during which he is a Participant in the Plan that produces the highest annual average. If a Participant has been employed by the Company for more than one (1) but less than three (3) calendar years, the Participant's Average Base Compensation shall be based upon that Participant's actual calendar years of employment. If a Participant has been employed by the Company for less than one (1) year, the Participant's Average Base Compensation shall be equal to the Participant's base salary for that year. For purposes of this definition, the term "base compensation" means the Participant's base compensation for the applicable calendar year, but shall also include base compensation deferred by the Participant during such calendar year under the Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation 401(k) Deferred Savings Plan and the Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation Executive Savings Plan (all other forms of compensation shall be disregarded for purposes of this Plan). Notwithstanding any other provision in this Section 2.1(b), any adjustments to a Participant's base salary that occurs after January 1, 2002, shall not be taken into account in determining a Participant's Average Base Compensation.

            (c)  "BENEFICIARY" means any person or persons designated by a Participant in writing on a form satisfactory to the Plan Administrator. In the absence of any living designated beneficiary, a Participant's Beneficiary shall be the Participant's surviving spouse. If there is no surviving spouse, the Participant's Beneficiary shall be the Participant's estate.

1



            (d)  "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation.

            (e)  "CAUSE" means the termination of a Participant's employment with the Company for any one or more of the following reasons: (a) embezzlement or theft from the Company, or other acts of dishonesty in dealing with the Company; (b) use by the Participant of alcohol, drugs, narcotics, or other controlled substances to such an extent that the Participant's ability to perform his duties as an employee of the Company is materially impaired; (c) conviction of a crime amounting to a felony under the laws of the United States of America or any of the states; (d) when the seriousness of an initial infraction is of such gravity that termination is warranted; or (e) when prior attempts through corrective counseling have failed to improve performance, attendance, conduct, or any combination thereof. The determination of whether or not Cause exists shall be made by the Plan Administrator.

            (f)    "CHANGE OF CONTROL" means any of the following: (i) the Company executes a definitive agreement to merge or consolidate with or into another corporation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation and the Company's common stock is converted into or exchanged for stock or securities of any other corporation, cash, or any other thing of value; (ii) the Company executes a definitive agreement to sell or otherwise dispose of substantially all its assets; (iii) the Company undergoes a change of control of the nature required to be reported in response to item 6(e) of Schedule 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; (iv) a public announcement that more than thirty percent (30%) of the Company's then outstanding voting stock has been acquired by any person or group; or (v) a change is made in the membership of the Board resulting in a membership of which less than a majority were also members of the Board on the date two years prior to such change, unless the election, or the nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company, of each new director was approved by the vote of at last two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors on the date two years prior to such change.

            (g)  "COMPANY" means Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, a Utah corporation, including any subsidiaries, successors, and assigns thereto.

            (h)  "DISABILITY" means the injury or sickness of the Participant, such that he is unable to perform the substantial and material duties of his regular occupation with the Company (determined at the time of such Disability), and which requires the Participant to be under the care of a licensed physician (unless the Plan Administrator determines that a physician's care would be of no further benefit to the Participant). A Participant shall be presumed to be Disabled if the injury or sickness causes the Participant to totally and irrevocably lose speech, hearing in both ears, sight in both eyes, use of both hands, both feet, or one hand and one foot even if the Participant is able to continue work for the Company. The Plan Administrator's determination of Disability shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

            (i)    "EARLY RETIREMENT DATE" means a date on which a Participant retires from the Company on or after attaining age fifty-five (55) and at least one (1) Year of Participation in the Plan after having completed at least five (5) Years of Service with the Company.

            (j)    "EFFECTIVE DATE" means July 1, 1995. The Effective Date of this Amended and Restated Plan is January 1, 2002.

            (k)  "NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE" means the date on which a Participant retires from the Company on or after attaining age sixty-five (65) after having completed at least one (1) Year of Participation in the Plan.

            (l)    "PARTICIPANT" means an employee of the Company selected by the Compensation Committee of the Board for participation in the Plan in accordance with Section 3 hereof, and

2



    who has not for any reason become ineligible to participate further in this Plan. Except as provided in the foregoing sentence, an individual shall be deemed to continue as a Participant until all benefits payable to the Participant under this Plan have been distributed.

            (m)  "PLAN" means the Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended.

            (n)  "PLAN YEAR" means for Plan Years beginning before July 1, 1999, the twelve month period commencing on July 1 of each year and ending on June 30 of each year. For Plan Years beginning on July 1, 1999, Plan Year means the twelve month period commencing on January 1 of each year and ending on December 31 of each year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Year commencing on July 1, 1999, shall end on December 31, 1999, resulting in a short Plan Year.

            (o)  "SERP AGREEMENT" means a written agreement between a Participant and the Plan Administrator.

            (p)  "TRUST AGREEMENT" means the agreement entered into between the Company and the Trustee.

            (q)  "TRUST FUND" means the fund established by the Company pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement as may be established under this Plan.

            (r)  "TRUSTEE" means the individual, individuals, or entity selected by the Company to act as such. The Trustee shall acknowledge acceptance and appointment by the execution of the Trust Agreement or, in the case of a successor Trustee, by the execution of an appropriate written instrument. If the Company appoints two or more individuals or entities to act jointly as the Trustee, the term "Trustee" shall refer collectively to all such individuals or entities.

            (s)  "YEAR OF PARTICIPATION" means a period of twelve (12) consecutive months during which a Participant has participated in the Plan.

            (t)    "YEAR OF SERVICE" means a Plan Year during which a Participant is employed by the Company and has completed 1,000 or more "hours of service" as such term is defined in DOL Reg. § 2530.200b-2. In determining a Participant's Years of Service for purposes of determining the Participant's benefit under ARTICLES 4, 7, and 8, Years of Service prior to July 1, 1995 (up to a maximum of ten) shall be counted. In determining a Participant's Years of Service for purposes of determining the Participant's vested Severance Benefit under Section 6.2, Years of Service prior to July 1, 1995 shall not be counted. Notwithstanding the above, if an employee of the Company is first selected to participate in the Plan on or after January 1, 1999, the Participant's service with the Company prior to the date the Participant was selected to participate in the Plan shall not be counted in determining the Participant's Years of Service for purposes of determining the Participant's benefit under ARTICLES 4, 7, and 8 and the Participant's vested Severance Benefit under Section 6.2. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall have the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to grant additional Years of Service to selected Participants for purposes of Articles, 4, 6, and 8, notwithstanding that the Participant had not completed or otherwise would not be credited with such Years of Service under the above definition.

ARTICLE 3
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

        3.1    ELIGIBILITY.    Participation in the Plan shall be limited to those individuals who are members of a "select group of management or highly compensated employees" for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"). From among these individuals, the Compensation Committee of the Board (the "Compensation Committee"), in its sole discretion, shall select employees of the Company who are eligible to become Participants.

3


Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, effective as of January 1, 2002, the Compensation Committee shall not have the authority to add any new Participant in the Plan.

        3.2    PARTICIPATION.    The Plan Administrator shall notify those employees selected for participation of the benefits available under the Plan. An eligible employee becomes a Participant in the Plan after he is selected to participate and has signed and delivered to the Plan Administrator a SERP Agreement. Thereafter, a Participant shall remain a Participant as long as he is continuously employed by the Company, or until his participation is terminated by the Compensation Committee.

        3.3    SUICIDE.    Notwithstanding anything in this Plan or any SERP Agreement to the contrary, a Participant who commits suicide within two (2) years after the effective date of his participation in the Plan, shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Plan. Likewise, no Beneficiary claiming under any such Participant shall be entitled to any benefit under the Plan.

ARTICLE 4
RETIREMENT BENEFIT

        4.1    NORMAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT.    If a Participant is continually employed by the Company until his Normal Retirement Date, he shall be entitled to receive an annual normal retirement benefit equal to the amount determined under the following formula:

(X-Y) × A / B

X
= 66.7% of the Participant's Average Base Compensation.

Y
= The annual benefit payable to the Participant under the Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation Defined Benefit Pension Plan.

A
= The Participant's total number of Years of Service with the Company at the time of determination (up to a maximum number of ten).

B
= Ten.

        This annual normal retirement benefit shall be payable in equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following the Participant's Normal Retirement Date and shall continue for the remainder of the Participant's life.

        4.2    EARLY RETIREMENT BENEFIT.    If a Participant is continually employed by the Company until his Early Retirement Date, he shall be entitled to receive an annual early retirement benefit equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of his normal retirement benefit as determined in Section 4.1. This annual early retirement benefit shall be payable in equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following the Participant's Early Retirement Date and shall continue for the remainder of the Participant's life.

        4.3    DEATH AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF RETIREMENT BENEFIT.    If a Participant dies after normal or early retirement benefits have commenced, but prior to receiving twelve (12) monthly payments, such monthly payments shall be continued to the Participant's Beneficiary until the total number of monthly payments made to the Participant and the Beneficiary equals twelve (12). If the Participant dies after having received twelve (12) or more monthly payments, no further benefits shall be paid to the Participant or to the Participant's Beneficiary. The provisions of this Section 4.3 shall not apply if the Participant elects a joint and survivor annuity form of payment.

        4.4    ALTERNATE FORM OF PAYMENT.    The Plan Administrator may, in its sole and absolute discretion, approve a retiring Participant's request of an alternate form of payment of the benefit, in which case such payments shall equal the Actuarial Equivalent of the normal form of benefit hereunder, which is straight life annuity. Such a request must be made before the Participant terminates employment.

4


        4.5    FORFEITURE OF BENEFITS.    Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, a Participant shall forfeit all benefits under the Plan if his employment with the Company is terminated for Cause or if he violates the restrictive covenant set forth in ARTICLE 9.

ARTICLE 5
SURVIVOR BENEFIT

        5.1    SURVIVOR BENEFIT.    If a Participant dies while employed by the Company, the Company shall pay to the Participant's Beneficiary an annual benefit equal to 44.44% of the Participant's Average Base Compensation, determined as of the date of the Participant's death. This annual benefit shall be payable in equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following the Participant's death and shall continue for the lesser of twenty (20) years or the life of the Beneficiary.

ARTICLE 6
SEVERANCE BENEFIT

        6.1    SEVERANCE BENEFIT.    If a Participant terminates employment with the Company prior to his Early Retirement Date, other than by reason of death, Disability, or for Cause, the Participant shall be entitled to receive an annual severance benefit equal to the vested percentage of the Actuarial Equivalent of his normal retirement benefit as determined in Section 4.1. Effective February 18, 1998, the annual severance benefit shall be payable in equal monthly installments over a ten year period commencing on the first day of the month following the later of (i) the Participant's termination of employment with the Company, or (ii) the month the Participant reaches age 55.

        6.2    VESTED PERCENTAGE.    A Participant's vested percentage shall be determined in accordance with the following schedule:

Years of Service

  Vested Percentage
Less than 1   0%
1 but less than 2   331/3%
2 but less than 3   662/3%
3 or more   100%

        If a Participant terminates employment prior to attaining his Early Retirement Date, other than by reason of death or Disability, before completing at least one Year of Service, the Participant shall not be entitled to any benefits under the Plan. Likewise, no Beneficiary claiming under any such Participant shall be entitled to any benefit under the Plan.

ARTICLE 7
CHANGE OF CONTROL

        7.1    FUNDING OF TRUST ON CHANGE OF CONTROL.    In the event of a Change of Control, the Company shall immediately transfer to the Trust Fund an amount of cash or other property equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of each Participant's normal retirement benefit, as determined under Sections 4.1 and 7.2, determined as of the date of the Change of Control. Such transferred amount will be reduced by the cash and other property held by the Trust Fund as of one day after the date of the Change of Control.

        7.2    CHANGE OF CONTROL.    Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, upon a Change of Control, the Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of his Normal Retirement Benefit, as determined under Section 4.1, determined as of the date of the Participant's termination of employment. For purposes of calculating a Participant's Normal Retirement Benefit under this Section 7.2, a Participant shall be deemed to have ten (10) Years of Service with the Company and at least one (1) Year of Participation in the Plan and shall be automatically 100% vested

5



in his benefit no matter how many Years of Service or Years of Participation the Participant actually has at termination of employment. Such benefit shall be paid in a lump sum within sixty (60) days of the Participant's Termination of Employment with the Company.

ARTICLE 8
DISABILITY BENEFIT AND AUTHORIZED LEAVE OF ABSENCE

        8.1    DISABILITY BENEFIT.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if a Participant's employment with the Company is terminated prior to attaining age 55 as a result of the Participant's Disability, the Participant shall be entitled to an annual benefit equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of his normal retirement benefit as determined under Section 4.1. For purposes of calculating the Participant's normal retirement benefit under this Section 8.1, a Participant shall be deemed to have ten (10) Years of Service with the Company and at least one (1) Year of Participation in the Plan. A Participant's Disability benefit shall commence as of the first day of the month after the Participant attains age 55.

        8.2    AUTHORIZED LEAVE OF ABSENCE.    A Participant's employment with the Company shall not be deemed to have terminated for purposes of this Plan during any authorized leave of absence.

ARTICLE 9
RESTRICTIVE COVENANT

        9.1    RESTRICTIVE COVENANT.    If, during the three-year period following a Participant's termination of employment with, or retirement from, the Company, the Participant owns (other than a less than one percent (1%) ownership interest in a publicly-traded entity), manages, operates, joins, controls, is employed by, or participates in the ownership, management, operation, or control of, or is connected in any manner with, any business that competes with the Company, the Participant shall forfeit his benefits under this Plan.

ARTICLE 10
ADMINISTRATION

        10.1    PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.    The Employer shall be the Plan Administrator, but it may delegate its duties as such to a committee appointed in accordance with Section 10.5.

        10.2    ALLOCATION OF FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY.    The Plan Administrator is the named fiduciary with respect to the administration of the Plan. It shall not be responsible for any fiduciary functions or other duties assigned to the Trustee pursuant to this Plan or the Trust Agreement.

        10.3    POWERS OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.    

            (a)  GENERAL POWERS. The Plan Administrator shall have the power and discretion to perform the administrative duties described in this Plan or required for proper administration of the Plan and shall have all powers necessary to enable it to properly carry out such duties. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Plan Administrator shall have the power and discretion to construe and interpret this Plan, to hear and resolve claims relating to this Plan, and to decide all questions and disputes arising under this Plan. The Plan Administrator shall determine, in its discretion, the service credited to the Participants, the status and rights of a Participant, and the identity of the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries entitled to receive any benefits payable hereunder on account of the death of a Participant.

6


            (b)  BENEFIT PAYMENTS. Except as is otherwise provided hereunder, the Plan Administrator shall determine the manner and time of payment of benefits under this Plan. Any benefit disbursements by the Trustee shall be made upon the instructions of the Plan Administrator.

            (c)  DECISIONS FINAL. The decision of the Plan Administrator upon all matters within the scope of its authority shall be binding and conclusive upon all persons.

            (d)  REPORTING AND DISCLOSURE. The Plan Administrator shall file all reports and forms lawfully required to be filed by the Plan Administrator with any governmental agency or department, federal, or state, and shall distribute any forms, reports, statements or plan descriptions lawfully required to be distributed to Participants and others by any governmental agency or department, federal or state.

        10.4    CLAIMS.    

            (a)  FILING OF CLAIM. A Participant or Beneficiary entitled to benefits need not file a written claim to receive benefits. If an employee, Participant, Beneficiary, or any other person is dissatisfied with the determination of his benefits, eligibility, participation, or any other right or interest under this Plan, such person may file a written statement setting forth the basis of the claim with the Plan Administrator in a manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator. In connection with the determination of a claim, or in connection with review of a denied claim, the claimant may examine this Plan and any other pertinent documents generally available to Participants relating to the claim and may submit comments in writing.

            (b)  NOTICE OF DECISION. A written notice of the disposition of any such claim shall be furnished to the claimant within thirty (30) days after the claim is filed with the Plan Administrator, provided that the Plan Administrator may have an additional period to decide the claim if it advises the claimant in writing of the need for an extension and the date on which it expects to decide the claim. The notice of disposition of a claim shall refer, if appropriate, to pertinent provisions of this Plan, shall set forth in writing the reasons for denial of the claim if the claim is denied (including references to any pertinent provisions of this Plan), and where appropriate shall explain how the claimant can perfect the claim.

            (c)  REVIEW. If the claim is denied, in whole or in part, the claimant shall also be notified in writing that a review procedure is available. Thereafter, within ninety (90) days after receiving the written notice of the Plan Administrator's disposition of the claim, the claimant may request in writing, and shall be entitled to, a review meeting with the Plan Administrator to present reasons why the claim should be allowed. The claimant shall be entitled to be represented by counsel at the review meeting. The claimant also may submit a written statement of his claim and the reasons for granting the claim. Such statement may be submitted in addition to, or in lieu of, the review meeting with the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall have the right to request of and receive from a claimant such additional information, documents, or other evidence as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require. If the claimant does not request a review meeting within ninety (90) days after receiving written notice of the Plan Administrator's disposition of the claim, the claimant shall be deemed to have accepted the Plan Administrator's written disposition, unless the claimant shall have been physically or mentally incapacitated so as to be unable to request review within the ninety (90) day period.

            (d)  DECISION FOLLOWING REVIEW. A decision on review shall be rendered in writing by the Plan Administrator ordinarily not later than sixty (60) days after review, and a written copy of such decision shall be delivered to the claimant. If special circumstances require an extension of the ordinary period, the Plan Administrator shall so notify the claimant. In any event, if a claim is

7



    not determined within one hundred twenty (120) days after submission for review, it shall be deemed to be denied.

            (e)  DECISIONS FINAL; PROCEDURES MANDATORY. To the extent permitted by law, a decision on review by the Plan Administrator shall be binding and conclusive upon all persons whomsoever. To the extent permitted by law, completion of the claims procedures described in this Section shall be a mandatory precondition that must be complied with prior to commencement of a legal or equitable action in connection with the Plan by a person claiming rights under the Plan or by another person claiming rights through such a person. The Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, waive these procedures as a mandatory precondition to such an action.

        10.5    CREATION OF COMMITTEE.    The Company may appoint a committee to perform its duties as Plan Administrator by the adoption of appropriate Board resolutions. The committee shall consist of at least two (2) members, and they shall hold office during the pleasure of the Board. The committee members shall serve without compensation but shall be reimbursed for all expenses by the Company. The committee shall conduct itself in accordance with the provisions of this ARTICLE TEN. The members of the committee may resign with thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Company and may be removed immediately at any time by written notice from the Company.

        10.6    CHAIRMAN AND SECRETARY.    The committee shall elect a chairman from among its members and shall select a secretary who is not required to be a member of the committee and who may be authorized to execute any document or documents on behalf of the committee. The secretary of the committee or his designee shall record all acts and determinations of the committee and shall preserve and retain custody of all such records, together with such other documents as may be necessary for the administration of this Plan or as may be required by law.

        10.7    APPOINTMENT OF AGENTS.    The committee may appoint such other agents, who need not be members of the committee, as it may deem necessary for the effective performance of its duties, whether ministerial or discretionary, as the committee may deem expedient or appropriate. The compensation of any agents who are not employees of the Company shall be fixed by the committee within any limitations set by the Board.

        10.8    MAJORITY VOTE AND EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS.    In all matters, questions, and decisions, the action of the committee shall be determined by a majority vote of its members. They may meet informally or take any ordinary action without the necessity of meeting as a group. All instruments executed by the committee shall be executed by a majority of its members or by any member of the committee designated to act on its behalf.

        10.9    ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES AMONG COMMITTEE MEMBERS.    The committee may allocate responsibilities among its members or designate other persons to act on its behalf. Any allocation or designation, however, must be set forth in writing and must be retained in the permanent records of the committee.

        10.10      CONFLICT OF INTEREST.    No member of the committee who is a Participant shall take any part in any action in connection with his participation as an individual. Such action shall be voted or decided by the remaining members of the committee.

        10.11      OTHER FIDUCIARY CAPACITIES.    The members of the committee may also serve in any other fiduciary capacity, and, specifically, all or some members of the committee may serve as Trustee. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if and so long as any two (2) members of the committee also serve as Trustee, any provision of this Plan or the Trust Agreement which requires a direction, certification, notification, or other communication from the Plan Administrator to the Trustee shall be inapplicable. If and so long as any two (2) members of the committee also serve as Trustee, any action taken by either the committee or the Trustee shall be deemed to be taken by the appropriate party.

8



        10.12      AUTHORITY TO ESTABLISH A TRUST.    The Company shall have the right at any time to establish a trust to which the Company may transfer from time to time certain assets to be used by the Trustee to satisfy some or all of the Company's obligations and liabilities under the Plan. All assets held by the Trust Fund shall be subject to the claims of the Company's creditors in the event of the Company's Insolvency (as defined in the Trust Agreement).

        10.13      PREPAYMENT.    The Plan Administrator may, in its sole and absolute discretion, prepay all or any part of the monthly installments remaining to be paid to the Participant or the Beneficiary under this Plan. The amount of such prepayment shall equal the Actuarial Equivalent of the remaining monthly installments being prepaid, as determined by the Plan Administrator using an independent actuary, and receipt thereof by the Participant or Beneficiary shall be in full satisfaction of all remaining obligations of the Company under the Plan.

ARTICLE 11
SCOPE OF RESPONSIBILITY

        11.1    SCOPE OF RESPONSIBILITY.    

            (a)  GENERAL. The Company, the Plan Administrator and the Trustee shall perform the duties respectively assigned to them under this Plan and the Trust Agreement and shall not be responsible for performing duties assigned to others under the terms and provisions of this Plan or the Trust Agreement. No inference of approval or disapproval is to be made from the inaction of any party described above or the employee or agent of any of them with regard to the action of any other such party. Persons, organizations, or corporations acting in a position of any fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Plan or the Trust Fund may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity.

            (b)  ADVISORS. The Company, the Plan Administrator, and the Trustee shall have authority to employ advisors, legal counsel, accountants, and actuaries in connection with the administration of the Plan and the Trust Fund, as set forth in the Trust Agreement. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company, the Plan Administrator, and the Trustee shall not be liable for complying with the directions of any advisors, legal counsel, or accountants appointed pursuant to this Plan or the Trust Agreement.

            (c)  INDEMNIFICATION. To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall and does hereby jointly and severally indemnify and agree to hold harmless its employees, officers, and directors who serve in fiduciary capacities with respect to the Plan and the Trust Agreement from all loss, damage, or liability, joint or several, including payment of expenses in connection with defense against any such claim, for their acts, omissions, and conduct, and for the acts, omissions, and conduct of their duly appointed agents, which acts, omissions, or conduct constitute or are alleged to constitute a breach of such individual's fiduciary or other responsibilities under ERISA or any other law, except for those acts, omissions, or conduct resulting from his own willful misconduct, willful failure to act, or gross negligence; provided, however, that if any party would otherwise be entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any liability and such party shall be insured against loss as a result of such liability by any insurance contract or contracts, such party shall be entitled to indemnification hereunder only to the extent by which the amount of such liability shall exceed the amount thereof payable under such insurance contract or contracts.

ARTICLE 12
AMENDMENT, MERGER AND TERMINATION

        12.1    AMENDMENT.    The Company shall have the right at any time, by an instrument in writing duly executed, acknowledged and delivered to the Plan Administrator and the Trustee, to modify, alter or amend this Plan; provided, however, that the duties and liabilities of the Plan Administrator and the

9


Trustee hereunder shall not be substantially increased without their written consent; and provided further that the amendment shall not reduce any Participant's interest in the Plan, calculated as of the date on which the amendment is adopted.

        12.2    MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF COMPANY.    The Plan shall not be automatically terminated by the Company's acquisition by or merger into any other employer, but the Plan shall be continued after such acquisition or merger if the successor employer elects and agrees to continue the Plan and to become a party to the Trust Agreement. All rights to amend, modify, suspend, or terminate the Plan shall be transferred to the successor employer, effective as of the date of the merger and provided specifically that the successor employer shall not have the right to amend the Plan to reduce any Participant's interest in the Plan, calculated as of the date on which any amendment is adopted.

        12.3    TERMINATION OF PLAN OR DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS.    It is the expectation of the Company that this Plan will be continued indefinitely. However, continuance of the Plan is not assumed as a contractual obligation of the Company, and the right is reserved at any time to terminate this Plan or to reduce, temporarily suspend, or discontinue contributions hereunder, provided that any such termination, reduction, suspension, or discontinuance of contributions shall not reduce any Participant's interest in the Plan, calculated as of the date such action is taken.

        12.4    LIMITATION OF COMPANY LIABILITY.    The adoption of this Plan is strictly a voluntary undertaking on the part of the Company and shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Company and any Employee or Participant or to be consideration for, an inducement to, or a condition of the employment of any employee. A Participant, employee, or Beneficiary shall not have any right to retirement or other benefits except to the extent provided herein.

ARTICLE 13
COMPANY-OWNED LIFE INSURANCE

        13.1    COMPANY OWNS ALL RIGHTS.    In the event that, in its discretion, the Company purchases a life insurance policy or policies insuring the life of any Participant to allow the Company to informally finance and/or recover, in whole or in part, the cost of providing the benefits hereunder, neither the Participant nor any Beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever therein. The Company shall be the sole owner and beneficiary of any such policy or policies and shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership therein, except that the Company may transfer such policies to the Trust Fund at such time, or upon such event, that the Company deems appropriate.

        13.2    PARTICIPANT COOPERATION.    If the Company decides to purchase a life insurance policy or policies on any Participant, the Company will so notify each Participant. Each Participant shall consent to being insured for the benefit of the Company and shall take whatever actions may be necessary to enable the Company to timely apply for and acquire such life insurance and to fulfill the requirements of the insurance carrier relative to the issuance thereof as a condition of eligibility to participate in the Plan.

        13.3    PARTICIPANT MISREPRESENTATION.    If: (a) any Participant is required by this Plan to submit information to any insurance carrier; and (b) the Participant makes a material misrepresentation in any application for such insurance; and (c) as a result of that material misrepresentation the insurance carrier is not required to pay all or any part of the proceeds provided under that insurance, then the Participant's (or the Participant's Beneficiary's) rights to any benefits under this Plan may be, at the sole discretion of the Board, reduced or forfeited.

10



ARTICLE 14
MISCELLANEOUS

        14.1    NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS.    No right or benefit under this Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge any right or benefit under this Plan shall be void. No such right or benefit shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, or torts of the person entitled thereto.

        14.2    UNSECURED COMPANY LIABILITY.    The obligation of the Company to make payments to a Participant under this Plan shall constitute an unsecured liability of the Company. Such payments shall be made from the general funds of the Company, and the Company shall not be required to establish or maintain any special or separate fund, to purchase or acquire life insurance on a Participant's life, or otherwise to segregate assets to assure that such payments shall be made. Neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any interest in any particular asset of the Company by reason of its obligation hereunder, and the right of any of them to receive payments under this Plan shall be no greater than the right of any other unsecured general creditor of the Company.

        14.3    NO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT.    Neither the execution of this Plan or any SERP Agreement nor any other action taken by the Company pursuant to this Plan shall beheld or construed to confer on a Participant any legal right to be continued as an employee of the Company or to restrict the right of the Company to terminate his employment.

        14.4    DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.    Each Participant shall file with the Company a notice in writing, in a form acceptable to the Board, designating one or more Beneficiaries to whom payments becoming due by reason of or after his death shall be made. Participants shall have the right to change the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries so designated from time to time; provided, however, that no such change shall become effective until received in writing and acknowledged by the Company.

        14.5    PAYMENT TO INCOMPETENTS.    The Company shall make the payments provided herein directly to the Participant or Beneficiary entitled thereto or, if such Participant or Beneficiary has been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be mentally or physically incompetent, then payment shall be made to the duly appointed guardian, committee, or other authorized representative of such Participant or Beneficiary. The Company shall have the right to make payment directly to a Participant or Beneficiary until it has received actual notice of the physical or mental incapacity of such Participant or Beneficiary and actual notice of the appointment of a duly authorized representative of his estate.

        14.6    BINDING EFFECT.    Obligations incurred by the Company pursuant to this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors, and assigns, and the Participant, his Beneficiaries, personal representatives, heirs, and legatees.

        14.7    ENTIRE PLAN.    This document and any amendments hereto contain all the terms and provisions of the Plan and shall constitute the entire Plan and all other alleged terms or provisions shall have no effect.

        14.8    ENFORCEABILITY.    If any term or condition of this Plan shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent or in any application, then the remainder of the Plan, and such term or condition except to such extent or in such application, shall to be affected thereby, and each and every term and condition of the Plan shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent and in the broadest application permitted by law.

11



ARTICLE 15
CONSTRUCTION

        15.1    GOVERNING LAW.    This Plan shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of Utah to the extent not preempted by Federal law.

        15.2    GENDER.    The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender, and the singular may include the plural, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

        15.3    HEADINGS, ETC.    All headings used in this Plan are for convenience of reference only and are not part of the substance of this Plan.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Plan, having been duly approved and adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, is executed, by the duly authorized officers of the Company as of the Effective Date.


 

 

EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
JAMES R. OYLER      
    Name:   James R. Oyler
    Title:   President & CEO

12




QuickLinks

EX-10.39 12 a2105045zex-10_39.htm EX-10.39
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.39

         AMENDED AND RESTATED
EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE SAVINGS PLAN
(May 16, 2002)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  PAGE
ARTICLE 1
EFFECTIVE DATE
1.1   EFFECTIVE DATE   1

ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
2.1   DEFINITIONS   1
2.2   CONSTRUCTION   4

ARTICLE 3
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
3.1   GENERAL   4
3.2   APPLICATION TO PARTICIPATE   4
3.3   TIMING OF PARTICIPATION   5
3.4   DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION   5

ARTICLE 4
PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS
4.1   PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS   5
4.2   DESIGNATION AND CHANGE OF DESIGNATION OF PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS   5

ARTICLE 5
EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS
5.1   MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS   6
5.2   DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS   6
5.3   ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANTS   6

ARTICLE 6
CREDITING OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE
6.1   TRANSFER TO TRUSTEE   6
6.2   CREDITING OF INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE TO ACCOUNTS   6
6.3   INVESTMENT DIRECTION   7

ARTICLE 7
VESTING
7.1   FULL VESTING   8

ARTICLE 8
DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
8.1   NORMAL AND LATE RETIREMENT   8
8.2   DISABILITY RETIREMENT   9
8.3   DEATH   9
8.4   OTHER SEPARATIONS FROM EMPLOYMENT   9
8.5   HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS   9
8.6   ACCELERATION OF BENEFITS   11
8.7   TIME OF DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS   11
8.8   METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION   11
8.9   DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY   11
8.10   PAYMENTS TO DISABLED   12
8.11   UNDERPAYMENT OR OVERPAYMENT OF BENEFITS   12

i



ARTICLE 9
INALIENABILITY OF BENEFITS
9.1   NO ASSIGNMENT PERMITTED   12
9.2   QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS   13
9.3   PROCESSING QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS   13

ARTICLE 10
ADMINISTRATION
10.1   PLAN ADMINISTRATOR   13
10.2   ALLOCATION OF FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY   14
10.3   POWERS OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR   14
10.4   CLAIMS   14
10.5   CREATION OF COMMITTEE   15
10.6   CHAIRMAN AND SECRETARY   15
10.7   APPOINTMENT OF AGENTS   15
10.8   MAJORITY VOTE AND EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS   15
10.9   ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES AMONG COMMITTEE MEMBERS   16
10.10   CONFLICT OF INTEREST   16
10.11   OTHER FIDUCIARY CAPACITIES   16

ARTICLE 11
SCOPE OF RESPONSIBILITY
11.1   SCOPE OF RESPONSIBILITY   16

ARTICLE 12
AMENDMENT, MERGER AND TERMINATION
12.1   AMENDMENT   17
12.2   MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF EMPLOYER   17
12.3   TERMINATION OF PLAN OR DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS   17
12.4   LIMITATION OF EMPLOYER LIABILITY   17

ARTICLE 13
GENERAL PROVISIONS
13.1   LIMITATION ON PARTICIPANTS' RIGHTS   17
13.2   STATUS OF PARTICIPANTS AS UNSECURED CREDITORS   18
13.3   STATUS OF TRUST FUND   18
13.4   UNIFORM ADMINISTRATION   18
13.5   HEIRS AND SUCCESSORS   18
13.6   EMPLOYER-OWNED LIFE INSURANCE   18

ii


Exhibit 10.39

AMENDED AND RESTATED
EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

PREAMBLE

        Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation (the "Employer") previously adopted the Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation Executive Savings Plan, originally effective July 1, 1995 ("Plan"). The Employer amended and restated such plan by adopting this Amended and Restated Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation Executive Savings Plan, effective October 1, 1997. The Employer again amends and restates the Plan to incorporate certain additional changes.

        The provisions of the Plan, as set forth herein, shall apply only to a Participant whose termination from employment occurs on or after the Effective Date of the Restated Plan noted in Section 1.1.

ARTICLE 1
EFFECTIVE DATE

        1.1    EFFECTIVE DATE.    

        The original effective date of the Plan was July 1, 1995. Except as otherwise specifically provided with respect to particular provisions of the Plan, the provisions of this Amended and Restated Plan shall be effective as of May 16, 2002.

ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

        2.1    DEFINITIONS.    

        When a word or phrase shall appear in this Plan with the initial letter capitalized, and the word or phrase does not commence a sentence, the word or phrase shall generally be a term defined in this Section 2.1. The following words and phrases utilized in the Plan with the initial letter capitalized shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 2.1, unless a clearly different meaning is required by the context in which the word or phrase is used:

            (a)  "ACCOUNTS"—The accounts which may be maintained by the Plan Administrator to reflect the interest of a participant under the Plan, which shall include the Matching Contributions Account, the Participant Deferrals Account, and the Discretionary Contributions Account.

            (b)  "ACT"—The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

            (c)  "AFFILIATE"—Any organization other than the Employer that is related to the Employer through stock ownership or otherwise that elects, with the consent of the Employer, to adopt this Plan for the benefit of one or more of its Employees.

            (d)  "BENEFICIARY"—The person or persons designated to receive benefits under this Plan in the event of death of the Participant.

            (e)  "BOARD"—The Board of Directors of the Employer.

            (f)    "CAUSE"—The termination of the Participant's employment for any one or more of the following reasons: (a) embezzlement or theft from the Employer, or other acts of dishonesty in

1



    dealing with the Employer; (b) use by the Participant of alcohol, drugs, narcotics, or other controlled substances to such an extent that the Participant's ability to perform his duties as an employee of the Employer is materially impaired; (c) conviction of a crime amounting to a felony under the laws of the United States of America or any of the states; (d) when the seriousness of an initial infraction is of such gravity that termination is warranted; or (e) when prior attempts through corrective counseling have failed to improve performance, attendance, conduct, or any combination thereof. The determination of whether or not there is Cause shall be made by the Plan Administrator.

            (g)  "CHANGE OF CONTROL"—means any of the following: (i) the Employer executes a definitive agreement to merge or consolidate with or into another corporation in which the Employer is not the surviving corporation and the Employer's common stock is converted into or exchanged for stock or securities of any other corporation, cash, or any other thing of value; (ii) the Employer executes a definitive agreement to sell or otherwise dispose of substantially all its assets; (iii) the Employer undergoes a change of control of the nature required to be reported in response to item 6(e) of Schedule 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; (iv) a public announcement that more than thirty percent (30%) of the Company's then outstanding voting stock has been acquired by any person or group; or (v) a change is made in the membership of the Board of Directors of the Employer resulting in a membership of which less than a majority were also members of the Board on the date two years prior to such change, unless the election, or the nomination for election by the stockholders of the Employer, of each new director was approved by the vote of at last two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors on the date two years prior to such change.

            (h)  "CODE"—The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

            (i)    "DISABILITY"—The injury or sickness of the Participant, such that he is unable to perform the substantial and material duties of his regular occupation with the Employer (determined at the time of such Disability), and which requires the Participant to be under the care of a licensed physician (unless the Plan Administrator determines that a physician's care would be of no further benefit to the Participant). A Participant shall be presumed to be Disabled if the injury or sickness causes the Participant to totally and irrevocably lose speech, hearing in both ears, sight in both eyes, use of both hands, both feet, or one hand and one foot even if the Participant is able to continue work for the Employer. The Plan Administrator's determination of Disability shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

            (j)    "DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS"—The amounts contributed to the Trust Fund by the Employer pursuant to Section 5.2.

            (k)  "DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT"—The bookkeeping account established pursuant to Section 6.1 to which the Discretionary Contributions of the Employer are credited.

            (l)    "EARNINGS"—All salary, bonuses and incentive compensation paid to the Employee by the Employer in cash, including amounts deferred under the Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation 401(k) Deferred Savings Plan and under this Plan, but shall exclude bonuses paid to the Participant on account of insurance premiums paid with respect to the Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation Executive Life Insurance Plan. All other forms of compensation shall be disregarded for purposes of this Plan.

            (m)  "EMPLOYEE"—Each person receiving remuneration, or who is entitled to remuneration, for services rendered to the Employer in the legal relationship of employer and employee and not in the relationship of a private contractor (or who would be receiving or be entitled to remuneration were such person not on an authorized leave of absence).

2



            (n)  "EMPLOYER"—Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation, and each successor in interest to the Employer resulting from merger, consolidation, or transfer of substantially all of its assets that elects to continue this Plan. Except as otherwise clearly indicated by the context (such as in Sections 2.1(c)), the term "Employer" as used herein shall include each Affiliate which has elected by action of its board of directors, with the consent of the Board, to adopt this Plan. Each Affiliate adopting this Plan shall be deemed to have delegated to the Board all authority to amend or terminate the Plan and to appoint and remove the Plan Administrator and the Trustee.

            (o)  "INTEREST RATE"—The rate of interest credited to the Accounts of the Participants through September 30, 1997, as announced by the Plan Administrator from time to time. The initial Interest Rate shall be eight percent (8%). If the Plan Administrator changes the Interest Rate, the Plan Administrator shall announce such change in the Interest Rate for the succeeding Plan Year prior to the beginning of such Plan Year.

            (p)  "INVESTMENT FUND"—means the investment fund or funds established by the Plan Administrator pursuant to Section 6.3, into which Participants may direct the Trustee to invest amounts credited to their Accounts under the Plan.

            (q)  "MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS"—The amounts contributed to the Trust Fund by the Employer pursuant to Section 5.1 in order to match a portion of the Participant Deferrals.

            (r)  "MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT"—The bookkeeping account established pursuant to Section 6.1 to which the Matching Contributions of the Employer are credited.

            (s)  "NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE" or "NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE"—The date on which a Participant attains the age of sixty-five (65) years.

            (t)    "PARTICIPANT"—An Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements specified in Section 3.1, who has elected to participate pursuant to Section 3.2 and whose participation in the Plan has not been terminated. If so indicated by the context, the term Participant shall also include former Participants whose active participation in the Plan has terminated but who have not received all amounts to which they are entitled pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Plan. Whether former Participants are allowed to exercise an option or election extended to "Participants" will be determined by the Plan Administrator in the exercise of its discretion, but in making such determinations the Plan Administrator shall act in a uniform, nondiscriminatory manner.

            (u)  "PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS"—The deferrals directed by a Participant pursuant to Section 4.1.

            (v)  "PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS ACCOUNT"—The bookkeeping account established pursuant to Section 6.1 to which are credited the Participant Deferrals directed by a Participant and the investment experience thereon.

            (w)  "PLAN"—The Amended and Restated Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation Executive Savings Plan, as set forth in this instrument, and as it may hereafter be amended.

            (x)  "PLAN ADMINISTRATOR"—The individual, entity, or committee appointed to act as such pursuant to Section 10.1.

            (y)  "PLAN ENTRY DATE"—The first day of each Plan Year.

            (z)  "PLAN YEAR"—A twelve (12) month period, commencing on each January 1 and ending on each following December 31.

            (aa) "TRUST AGREEMENT"—The agreement entered into between the Employer and the Trustee.

3



            (bb) "TRUST FUND"—The fund established by the Employer pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement as may be established under this Plan.

            (cc) "TRUSTEE"—The individual, individuals, or entity selected by the Employer to act as such. The Trustee shall acknowledge acceptance of its appointment by the execution of the Trust Agreement or, in the case of a successor Trustee, by the execution of an appropriate written instrument. If the Employer appoints two or more individuals or entities to act jointly as the Trustee, the term "Trustee" shall refer collectively to all such individuals or entities.

            (dd) "VALUATION DATE"—The date or dates as of which the accounts of the Participants are adjusted to reflect the crediting of investment experience, the addition of Participant Deferrals, Matching Contributions, and Discretionary Contributions and the subtraction of distributions. The Valuation Dates shall be March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 and such other dates designated by the Plan Administrator as Valuation Dates.

            (ee) "YEAR OF SERVICE"—The Years of Service credited to the Participant pursuant to the Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation 401(k) Deferred Savings Plan and Trust, as it may be amended from time to time, provided, however, that only Years of Service performed by the Participant after being selected to participate in the Plan shall be considered under this Plan.

        2.2    CONSTRUCTION.    

        The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall include the feminine gender (and vice versa), and the singular shall include the plural, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. The term "delivered to the Plan Administrator," as used in the Plan, shall include delivery to a person or persons designated by the Plan Administrator for the disbursement and receipt of administrative forms. Headings and subheadings are for the purpose of reference only and are not to be considered in the construction of this Plan. If any provision of this Plan is determined to be for any reason invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect. All of the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of Utah and shall be administered according to the laws of such state, except as otherwise required by the Act, the Code or other Federal law.

ARTICLE 3
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

        3.1    GENERAL.    

        This Plan is intended to be a "top hat plan" for purposes of the Act and, as a result, the Plan will be unfunded and participation in the Plan shall be limited to a "select group of management or highly compensated employees" for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Act of 1974, as amended. From this "select group", the compensation committee of the Board (the "Compensation Committee") shall designate the Employees who are eligible to participate in this Plan. All such designations shall be in the Compensation Committee's unfettered discretion and no Employee shall have the right to participate in this Plan until the Employee has been designated as an eligible Employee by the Compensation Committee.

        3.2    APPLICATION TO PARTICIPATE.    

        Each Employee who is designated as eligible to participate in the Plan by the Compensation Committee may become a Participant by completing and signing an enrollment form provided by, or acceptable to, the Plan Administrator and delivering the form to the Plan Administrator. The Employee shall designate on the form the amount of his Participant Deferrals and shall authorize the reduction of his Earnings in an amount equal to his Participant Deferrals.

4



        3.3    TIMING OF PARTICIPATION.    

        After an Employee has been selected by the Compensation Committee to participate in the Plan, the Employee will have 30 days to notify the Plan Administrator whether he will participate in the Plan. If the Employee timely notifies the Plan Administrator of his intent to participate in the Plan, the Employee's participation will commence the beginning of the first payroll period following or coinciding with the first day of the calendar month after the Plan Administrator is so notified. If the Employee does not timely notify the Plan Administrator of his intent to participate in the Plan, the Employee may commence participation as of the first payroll period following or coinciding with the first day of any later calendar quarter by notifying the Plan Administrator prior to the first day of such calendar quarter in accordance with procedures adopted by the Compensation Committee.

        3.4    DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION.    

        Once an Employee is designated as eligible to participate, he will remain eligible for all future Plan Years unless the Compensation Committee specifically discontinues his eligibility. In the exercise of its discretion, the Compensation Committee may elect to discontinue an Employee's participation in the Plan at any time and for any or no reason. If an Employee's participation in the Plan is discontinued, the Employee will no longer be eligible to make Participant Deferrals or to receive Discretionary or Matching Contributions. The Employee will not be entitled to receive a distribution from his accounts, however, until the occurrence of one of the events listed in Sections 8.1 through 8.5. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may allow for the earlier distribution of the Participant's accounts pursuant to Section 8.4.

ARTICLE 4
PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS

        4.1    PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS.    

            (a)  ELECTION. Each Participant may elect to make Participant Deferrals during each Plan Year while he is a Participant. The amount payable to the Participant as his current salary or wages shall then be reduced by an amount equal to the Participant Deferrals. On the election form, the Participant may designate different deferral percentages or amounts for different forms of Earnings (e.g., base salary as opposed to bonuses). Participant Deferrals shall be directed in a specified dollar amount or in whole percentage increments of the type of Earnings to which the election relates. Contributions of amounts deferred shall be made by the Employer directly to the Trust.

            (b)  LIMITATIONS. A Participant shall not be permitted to make annual Participant Deferrals during in Plan Year in excess of fifty percent (50%) of his base salary and up to one hundred percent (100%) of any bonus or incentive compensation that otherwise qualifies as Earnings during such Plan Year. The Plan Administrator may adopt other limits on the amount of Participant Deferrals in accordance with such uniform rules as it may adopt from time to time.

        4.2    DESIGNATION AND CHANGE OF DESIGNATION OF PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS.    

        All designations or changes of designation of the amount of Participant Deferrals to be elected shall be made on forms supplied by, or acceptable to, the Plan Administrator, signed by the Participant and delivered to the Plan Administrator. A designation shall be effective as of the beginning of the first payroll period following or coinciding with the first day of the next calendar quarter after it is received by the Plan Administrator. A payroll deduction designation form shall be effective until it is succeeded by another valid payroll deduction designation form or until the Participant's right to make Participant Deferrals is otherwise suspended or terminated.

5



ARTICLE 5
EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

        5.1    MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.    

        Subject to its right to amend or terminate this Plan, the Employer will make a Matching Contribution on behalf of each eligible Participant in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Participant's Participant Deferrals for the Plan Year; provided, however, that Participant Deferrals in excess of 6% of the Participant's Earnings shall be disregarded for this purpose. Matching Contributions shall be made by the Employer directly to the Trust.

        5.2    DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS.    

        In addition to its Matching Contributions, the Employer may make Discretionary Contributions on behalf of selected eligible Participants in such amounts, if any, as shall be determined from time to time by the Employer.

        5.3    ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANTS.    

        A Participant will be entitled to receive a Matching Contribution for a Plan Year if the Participant made any Participant Deferrals for the Plan Year, regardless of whether the Participant is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. A Participant will be entitled to receive a Discretionary Contribution for a Plan Year if the Participant is employed by the Employer on the date that the Discretionary Contribution is approved by the Employer.

ARTICLE 6
CREDITING OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE

        6.1    TRANSFER TO TRUSTEE.    

        In the Committee's discretion, all Participant Deferrals, Matching Contributions, and Discretionary Contributions shall be transmitted to the Trustee by the Plan Administrator as soon as reasonably practicable and shall be credited to the Participant Deferrals Account, Matching Contributions Account, and Discretionary Contributions Account, respectively, of the Participant immediately upon receipt. All payments from an Account between Valuation Dates shall be charged against the Account as of the preceding Valuation Date. The Accounts are bookkeeping accounts only and the Plan Administrator is not in any way obligated to segregate assets for the benefit of any Participant. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary in the event of a Change of Control, the Company shall immediately transfer to the Trust Fund an amount of cash or other property equal to the amount credited to all Participants' Accounts under the Plan. Such transferred amount will be reduced by the cash and other property held by the Trust Fund as of one day after the date of the Change of Control.

        6.2    CREDITING OF INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE TO ACCOUNTS.    

            (a)  VALUATION DATES ENDING PRIOR TO OCTOBER 1, 1997. For each Valuation Date ending prior to October 1, 1997, the Plan Administrator shall credit interest at the Interest Rate applicable for that Plan Year (or portion thereof) to the Matching Contributions Accounts and Participant Deferral Account. Interest will be credited on the "adjusted account balance." For this purpose, the "adjusted account balance" is the Account balance as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus (in the case of the Participant Deferral Account) 50% of the Participant Deferrals made since such Valuation Date, minus any withdrawals or distributions charged to the Account since the prior Valuation Date. The amount of interest to be credited to the Account shall be prorated in a uniform manner if the period of time since the last Valuation Date is less than one year.

6


            (b)  VALUATION DATES BEGINNING AFTER SEPTEMBER 30, 1997. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan and Trust, as of each Valuation Date beginning after September 30, 1997, the Plan Administrator shall adjust each Participant's Accounts with the positive or negative rate of return on the Investment Funds selected by the Participant pursuant to Section 6.3. The rate of return will be determined by the Plan Administrator pursuant to Section 6.3(c) and will be credited or charged against the "adjusted account balance." For this purpose, the "adjusted account balance" is the Account balance as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date less any withdrawals or distributions charged to the Account since the prior Valuation Date. In the exercise of its discretion, the Plan Administrator also may direct that a portion of the Participant Deferrals, Discretionary Contributions, and/or Matching Contributions made since the prior Valuation Date be considered in calculating the adjusted account balance of a Participant's Account.

        6.3    INVESTMENT DIRECTION.    

            (a)  INVESTMENT FUNDS. The Plan Administrator shall establish one or more Investment Funds in which each Participant shall invest amounts credited to his Account. The Investment Funds shall include such funds as may be selected from time to time by the Plan Administrator. The Investment Funds may be changed from time to time by the Plan Administrator.

            (b)  PARTICIPANT DIRECTIONS.

              (1)  GENERAL. Upon becoming a Participant of the Plan, each Participant may direct that all of the amounts attributable to his Account be invested in a single investment fund or may direct fractional (percentage) increments of his Account to be invested in such fund or funds as he shall desire, on such forms and in accordance with such procedures, if any, as may be established by the Plan Administrator. Such designation may be changed as of the first payroll period following or coinciding with the first day of any calendar quarter, with respect to future contributions and transfers among Investment Funds, by filing an election with the Plan Administrator, on a form prescribed by the Plan Administrator, at least thirty (30) days (or such fewer number of days as may be prescribed by the Plan Administrator) prior to the applicable calendar quarter. The designation will continue until changed by the timely submission of a new form, which change will be effective as of the first payroll period following or coinciding with the first day of the next succeeding calendar quarter.

              (2)  DEFAULT SELECTION. In the absence of any designation, a Participant will be deemed to have directed the investment of his Accounts in such Investment Funds as the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine.

              (3)  IMPACT OF ELECTION. The Participant's selection of Investment Funds shall serve only as a measurement of the value of the Accounts of said Participant pursuant to Section 6.2 and Section 6.3(c) and the Plan Administrator and the Trustee are not required to invest a Participant's Accounts in accordance with the Participant's selections.

            (c)  RATE OF RETURN. As soon as possible after each Valuation Date, the Plan Administrator shall determine the rate of return, positive or negative, experienced on each of the Investment Funds. The rate of return determined by the Plan Administrator in good faith and in its discretion pursuant to this Section shall be binding and conclusive on the Participant, the Participant's Beneficiary and all parties claiming through them.

            (d)  CHARGES. The Plan Administrator may charge each Participant's Account for the reasonable expenses of carrying out investment instructions directly related to such Account.

7



ARTICLE 7
VESTING

        7.1    FULL VESTING.    

            (a)  VESTING IN THE PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS ACCOUNTS. Each Participant shall at all times be fully vested in all amounts credited to or allocable to his Participant Deferrals Account and his rights and interest therein shall not be forfeitable for any reason.

            (b)  VESTING IN THE MATCHING AND DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNTS. Each Participant shall be fully vested in the amounts credited to or allocable to his Matching and Discretionary Contributions Accounts on and after the first to occur of the following events:

              (1)  Attainment by the Participant of the age of sixty-five (65) years;

              (2)  The date of separation from employment due to Disability, as determined by the Plan Administrator;

              (3)  The date of death of the Participant;

              (4)  In the event of a Change of Control; or

              (5)  The completion of three (3) Years of Service.

            (c)  VESTING SCHEDULE FOR MATCHING AND DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNTS. If a Participant separates from employment with the Employer at a time when the Participant is not fully vested in the amounts credited to or allocable to his Matching and Discretionary Contributions Accounts, the Participant's vested interest shall be determined in accordance with the following schedule:

Years of Service

  Vested Percentage in Matching and
Discretionary Contributions Accounts

Less than 1   0%
1 but less than 2   33.33%
2 but less than 3   66.66%
3 or more   100.00%

        The balance of the Participant's Matching and Discretionary Contributions Accounts that remain unvested will be forfeited effective as of the date of the Participant's termination of employment. In addition, if a Participant's employment is terminated for Cause, the Participant shall forfeit all amounts credited to his Matching and Discretionary Contributions Accounts (both vested and nonvested amounts) as of the date of the Participant's termination of employment.

ARTICLE 8
DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

        8.1    NORMAL AND LATE RETIREMENT.    

        A Participant shall be entitled to full distribution of his accounts, as provided in Sections 8.7 and 8.8, upon actual retirement as of or after his Normal Retirement Date. A Participant may remain in the employment of the Employer after his Normal Retirement Date, if he desires, and shall retire at such later time as he may desire, unless the Employer lawfully directs earlier retirement.

8



        8.2    DISABILITY RETIREMENT.    

        A Participant who separates from employment due to Disability shall be entitled to a full distribution of his accounts as provided in Sections 8.7 and 8.8. Subject to Section 8.7, the payments may commence as of his date of separation of employment due to Disability.

        8.3    DEATH.    

            (a)  BENEFIT. In the event that a Participant (which term for purposes of this Section includes former Participants) shall die prior to the day on which his benefit payments commence, the Participant's designated Beneficiary shall be entitled to full distribution of the Participant's accounts at the time and in the manner provided in Sections 8.7 and 8.8.

            (b)  DEATH AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS. In the event that a former Participant shall die after the day on which his benefit payments commence, but prior to the complete distribution of all amounts to which such Participant is entitled under the provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT, the Participant's designated Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive any remaining amounts to which the Participant would have been entitled had the Participant survived. The Plan Administrator may require and rely upon such proofs of death and the right of any Beneficiary to receive benefits pursuant to this Section 8.3 as the Plan Administrator may reasonably determine, and its determination of death and the right of such Beneficiary to receive payment shall be binding and conclusive upon all persons whomsoever.

        8.4    OTHER SEPARATIONS FROM EMPLOYMENT.    

        A Participant who separates from employment for any reason, including termination of employment following a Change in Control or for Cause, but other than for retirement, death, or Disability shall be entitled to distribution of his vested interest in his accounts at the time and in the manner provided in Sections 8.7 and 8.8. As set forth in Section 7.1(c), if a Participant's employment is terminated for Cause, all amounts credited to the Participant's Matching and Discretionary Contributions Accounts shall be forfeited as of the date of such termination of employment. In the exercise of its discretion, the Plan Administrator may also elect to commence distributions while the Participant is employed if the Participant's participation has been discontinued pursuant to Section 3.4.

        8.5    HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS.    

            (a)  GENERAL RULE. A Participant or former Participant may request that a distribution of amounts credited to his Participant Deferrals Accounts be made on the basis of hardship.

            (b)  LIMITATION ON DISTRIBUTIONS. In no event shall a hardship distribution exceed the balance of the Participant's or former Participant's Participant Deferrals Account, determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date of the distribution, less any amounts distributed from or charged to the Participant Deferrals Account since such Valuation Date. The Plan Administrator may promulgate uniform rules regarding the effective date of any distribution, minimum amounts to be distributed and the frequency of distributions.

            (c)  HARDSHIP DEFINED. A distribution may be made pursuant to this Section due to a "hardship" only if the Participant satisfies the Plan Administrator that the Participant has an immediate and heavy financial need and that the distribution is necessary in order to satisfy that need.

            (d)  IMMEDIATE AND HEAVY FINANCIAL NEED. The existence of an immediate and heavy financial need shall be determined on the basis of all of the relevant facts and circumstances. As a general rule, a financial need shall not be deemed to be immediate unless the expenses involved must be paid within sixty (60) days from the date on which the request for the hardship distribution is being considered. Also, as a general rule, a financial need shall not be

9



    considered to be "heavy" unless the expenses exceed five percent (5%) of the Participant's Earnings for the Plan Year prior to the Plan Year in which the request for the hardship distribution is made. In addition, a hardship distribution may be made only if the "need" that gives rise to the distribution request is for funeral expenses of a spouse or lineal ascendant or descendant of the Participant, the educational expenses of the Participant, the Participant's spouse, children or descendants, or one of the reasons listed in subparagraphs (1) through (5) of this paragraph (d), or some of the reasons periodically authorized in written procedures or rules adopted by the Plan Administrator and communicated to the Participants. A financial need shall not fail to qualify as immediate and heavy merely because such need was reasonably foreseeable or voluntarily incurred by the Participant. The following expenses or circumstances will be deemed to give rise to an immediate and heavy financial need for purposes of this Section regardless of whether the general standards set out above are satisfied:

              (1)  Medical expenses described in Section 213(d) of the Code incurred by the Participant, the Participant's spouse, or any dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the Code) of the Participant; or

              (2)  The purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant; or

              (3)  Payment of tuition, related educational fees and room and board expenses for the next year of post-secondary education for the Participant or the Participant's spouse, children or dependents; or

              (4)  The need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on the Participant's principal residence; or

              (5)  Any other circumstance or expense designated by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue as a deemed immediate and heavy financial need in any published revenue ruling, notice, or other document of general applicability.

        The Plan Administrator may rely on any representations made by the Participant concerning the Participant's intended use of funds distributed to the Participant pursuant to this Section, the urgency of any intended expenditures or any other relevant matters.

            (e)  NECESSITY. A distribution will be considered to be necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of a Participant only if the need may not be satisfied from other resources that are reasonably available to the Participant and the distribution does not exceed the amount needed to satisfy the need. The Plan Administrator shall consider all relevant facts and circumstances in determining whether a hardship distribution is necessary in order to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need. Generally, a distribution shall be deemed necessary if the Participant represents to the Plan Administrator that the need cannot be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, by the reasonable liquidation of the Participant's assets (to the extent that such liquidation would not itself cause an immediate and heavy financial need), by cessation of elective pre-tax contributions or after-tax contributions under any plan sponsored by the Employer, or by other distributions or nontaxable loans under any Plan sponsored by the Employer. A distribution will be deemed to be necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of a Participant if all of the following requirements are satisfied, regardless of whether the general standards set forth above are met:

              (1)  The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant; and

              (2)  The Participant has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans currently available under all plans maintained by the Employer.

10



        The Plan Administrator may rely upon any representations made by the Participant pursuant to this paragraph.

        8.6    ACCELERATION OF BENEFITS.    

            (a)  GENERAL. A Participant may elect to receive an accelerated withdrawal of all or any portion of the value of the Participant's Deferrals Account ("Distribution Amount") by filing an election with the Plan Administrator on such forms as may be prescribed from time to time by the Plan Administrator. If a Participant makes such an election, the Participant shall receive a single lump sum payment equal to 90% of the Distribution Amount, valued as of the Valuation Date immediately prior to the request, less any applicable withholding. The accelerated withdrawal shall be paid as soon as reasonably possible following the filing of the election by the Participant.

            (b)  FORFEITURE. If the Participant elects to receive an accelerated withdrawal, the Participant shall forfeit the remaining 10% of the Distribution Amount.

            (c)  SUSPENSION OF PARTICIPATION. If a Participant elects to receive an accelerated withdrawal, the Participant's right to participate in the Plan shall be suspended for the remainder of the Plan Year in which the withdrawal occurs.

        8.7    TIME OF DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS.    

            (a)  RETIREMENT. Payment to a Participant who is entitled to benefits under Section 8.1 normally shall commence within a reasonable time following the Valuation Date next following the Participant's termination of employment.

            (b)  TERMINATION AND DISABILITY. Payment to a Participant who is entitled to benefits under Section 8.2 or Section 8.4 shall commence as soon as possible after the Valuation Date next following the Participant's termination of employment.

            (c)  DEATH AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF PAYMENTS. In the event of the death of a Participant after the day on which his benefit payments commence but prior to the complete distribution to such Participant of the benefits payable to him under the Plan, any remaining benefits shall be distributed over a period that does not exceed the period over which distribution was to be made prior to the date of death of the Participant. Payments to the Beneficiaries entitled to payments pursuant to Section 8.3 shall commence as soon as possible following the death of the Participant.

            (d)  DEATH PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS. In the event of the death of the Participant prior to the day on which his benefit payments commence, payments to the Participant's Beneficiary shall commence as soon as possible following the Valuation Date next following the Participant's death.

        8.8    METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION.    

        Unless a Participant requests a different distribution schedule and the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, agrees to such proposed distribution, distributions shall be made in one lump sum. If distributions are made in installments, the unpaid balance shall continue to be invested in the Trust Fund in accordance with the Participant's direction and shall continue to share in any gain or loss attributable to the Investment Funds. The Plan Administrator, in the exercise of its discretion, may elect to accelerate the distributions if an installment payment option has been elected. The election made by the Participant shall apply to all payments to the Participant or his Beneficiary.

        8.9    DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.    

        Each Participant shall have the right to designate, on forms supplied by, or acceptable to, and delivered to the Plan Administrator, a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to receive his benefits hereunder in

11



the event of the Participant's death. For each Participant who is married, his Beneficiary shall be deemed to be his spouse, unless the Participant's spouse consents to the Participant's Beneficiary designation to the contrary. Such consent must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the beneficiary designation and the spouse's consent thereto. Subject to the foregoing, each Participant may change his Beneficiary designation from time to time in the manner described above. Upon receipt of such designation by the Plan Administrator, such designation or change of designation shall become effective as of the date of the notice, whether or not the Participant is living at the time the notice is received. There shall be no liability on the part of the Employer, the Plan Administrator or the Trustee with respect to any payment authorized by the Plan Administrator in accordance with the most recent valid Beneficiary designation of the Participant in its possession before receipt of a more recent and valid Beneficiary designation. If no designated Beneficiary is living when benefits become payable, or if there is no designated Beneficiary, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's spouse; or if no spouse is then living, such Participant's issue, including any legally adopted child or children, in equal shares by right of representation; or if no such designated Beneficiary and no such spouse or issue, including any legally adopted child or children, is living upon the death of a Participant, or if all such persons die prior to the full distribution of such Participant's benefits, then the Beneficiary shall be the estate of the Participant.

        8.10    PAYMENTS TO DISABLED.    

        If a person entitled to any payment hereunder shall be under a legal disability, or in the sole judgment of the Plan Administrator shall otherwise be unable to apply such payment to his own interest and advantage, the Plan Administrator in the exercise of its discretion may make any such payment in any one (1) or more of the following ways: (a) directly to such person, (b) to his legal guardian or conservator, or (c) to his spouse or to any person charged with the legal duty of his support, to be expended for his benefit. The decision of the Plan Administrator shall in each case be final and binding upon all persons in interest.

        8.11    UNDERPAYMENT OR OVERPAYMENT OF BENEFITS.    

        In the event that, through misstatement or computation error, benefits are underpaid or overpaid, there shall be no liability for any more than the correct benefit sums under the Plan. Overpayments may be deducted from future payments under the Plan, and underpayments may be added to future payments under the Plan. In lieu of receiving reduced benefits under the Plan, a Participant or beneficiary may elect to make a lump sum repayment of any overpayment.

ARTICLE 9
INALIENABILITY OF BENEFITS

        9.1    NO ASSIGNMENT PERMITTED.    

            (a)  GENERAL PROHIBITION. No Participant or Beneficiary, and no creditor of a Participant or Beneficiary, shall have any right to assign, pledge, hypothecate, anticipate, or in any way create a lien upon the Plan or the Trust Fund. All payments to be made to Participants or their Beneficiaries shall be made only upon their personal receipt or endorsement, except as provided in Section 8.9, and no interest in the Plan or the Trust Fund shall be subject to assignment or transfer or otherwise be alienable, either by voluntary or involuntary act or by operation of law or equity, or subject to attachment, execution, garnishment, sequestration, levy, or other seizure under any legal, equitable or other process, or be liable in any way for the debts or defaults of Participants and Beneficiaries.

12


            (b)  PERMITTED ARRANGEMENTS. This Section shall not preclude arrangements for the withholding of taxes from benefit payments, arrangements for the recovery of benefit overpayments, arrangements for the transfer of benefit rights to another plan, or arrangements for direct deposit of benefit payments to an account in a bank, savings and loan association or credit union (provided that such arrangement is not part of an arrangement constituting an assignment or alienation). Additionally, this Section shall not preclude arrangements for the distribution of the benefits of a Participant or Beneficiary pursuant to the terms and provisions of a "qualified domestic relations order" in accordance with the following provisions of this ARTICLE NINE.

        9.2    QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS.    

        A "qualified domestic relations order" is an order described in Section 206(d)(3) of the Act that permits distribution of benefits in a distribution mode provided under the Plan, does not require payment of increased benefits and does not require payment of benefits allocated to a different alternate payee under a prior qualified domestic relations order.

        9.3    PROCESSING QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS.    

            (a)  NOTICE. All decisions and determinations with respect to a domestic relations order, including whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 206(d)(3) of the Act, shall be made by the Plan Administrator within a reasonable time following its receipt of such order and in accordance with such uniform and nondiscriminatory rules and procedures as may be adopted by the Plan Administrator. Upon receipt of a domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary whose benefits may be affected by such order of its receipt of such order. The Plan Administrator shall also advise the Participant or Beneficiary and the alternate payee named in the order of its rules and procedures relating to the determination of the qualified status of such order.

            (b)  RETENTION OF PAYMENTS. If payment of benefits to the Participant or Beneficiary has commenced at the time a domestic relations order is received by the Plan Administrator or benefits become payable after receipt of such order, the Plan Administrator shall segregate and hold the amounts which would be payable to the alternate payee under the order if such order is ultimately determined to be a qualified domestic relations order. If the Plan Administrator determines that the order is a qualified domestic relations order within eighteen (18) months of the segregation of benefits payable to the alternate payee under such order, the Plan Administrator shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any earnings thereon) as well as such future amounts as may be specified in such order to the alternate payee. If the Plan Administrator determines that the order is not a qualified domestic relations order or is unable to determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order within the eighteen (18) month period following the segregation of benefits, the Plan Administrator shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any earnings thereon) to the Participant or Beneficiary. A determination by the Plan Administrator after the close of such eighteen (18) month period that the order is a qualified domestic relations order shall be applied prospectively. All determinations of the Plan Administrator hereunder with respect to the status of an order as a qualified domestic relations order shall be binding and conclusive on all interested parties, subject to the provisions of Section 10.4.

ARTICLE 10
ADMINISTRATION

        10.1    PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.    

        The Employer shall be the Plan Administrator, but it may delegate its duties as such to a committee appointed in accordance with Section 10.5.

13



        10.2    ALLOCATION OF FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY.    

        The Plan Administrator is the named fiduciary with respect to the administration of the Plan. It shall not be responsible for any fiduciary functions or other duties assigned to the Trustee pursuant to this Plan or the Trust Agreement.

        10.3    POWERS OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.    

            (a)  GENERAL POWERS. The Plan Administrator shall have the power and discretion to perform the administrative duties described in this Plan or required for proper administration of the Plan and shall have all powers necessary to enable it to properly carry out such duties. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Plan Administrator shall have the power and discretion to construe and interpret this Plan, to hear and resolve claims relating to this Plan, and to decide all questions and disputes arising under this Plan. The Plan Administrator shall determine, in its discretion, the service credited to the Employees, the status and rights of a Participant, and the identity of the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries entitled to receive any benefits payable hereunder on account of the death of a Participant.

            (b)  BENEFIT PAYMENTS. Except as is otherwise provided hereunder, the Plan Administrator shall determine the manner and time of payment of benefits under this Plan. All benefit disbursements by the Trustee shall be made upon the instructions of the Plan Administrator.

            (c)  DECISIONS FINAL. The decision of the Plan Administrator upon all matters within the scope of its authority shall be binding and conclusive upon all persons.

            (d)  REPORTING AND DISCLOSURE. The Plan Administrator shall file all reports and forms lawfully required to be filed by the Plan Administrator with any governmental agency or department, federal or state, and shall distribute any forms, reports, statements or plan descriptions lawfully required to be distributed to Participants and others by any governmental agency or department, federal or state.

        10.4    CLAIMS.    

            (a)  FILING OF CLAIM. A Participant or Beneficiary entitled to benefits need not file a written claim to receive benefits. If an Employee, Participant, Beneficiary, or any other person is dissatisfied with the determination of his benefits, eligibility, participation, or any other right or interest under this Plan, such person may file a written statement setting forth the basis of the claim with the Plan Administrator in a manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator. In connection with the determination of a claim, or in connection with review of a denied claim, the claimant may examine this Plan and any other pertinent documents generally available to Participants relating to the claim and may submit comments in writing.

            (b)  NOTICE OF DECISION. A written notice of the disposition of any such claim shall be furnished to the claimant within thirty (30) days after the claim is filed with the Plan Administrator, provided that the Plan Administrator may have an additional period to decide the claim if it advises the claimant in writing of the need for an extension and the date on which it expects to decide the claim. The notice of disposition of a claim shall refer, if appropriate, to pertinent provisions of this Plan, shall set forth in writing the reasons for denial of the claim if the claim is denied (including references to any pertinent provisions of this Plan), and where appropriate shall explain how the claimant can perfect the claim.

            (c)  REVIEW. If the claim is denied, in whole or in part, the claimant shall also be notified in writing that a review procedure is available. Thereafter, within ninety (90) days after receiving the written notice of the Plan Administrator's disposition of the claim, the claimant may request in writing, and shall be entitled to, a review meeting with the Plan Administrator to present reasons

14



    why the claim should be allowed. The claimant shall be entitled to be represented by counsel at the review meeting. The claimant also may submit a written statement of his claim and the reasons for granting the claim. Such statement may be submitted in addition to, or in lieu of, the review meeting with the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall have the right to request of and receive from a claimant such additional information, documents, or other evidence as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require. If the claimant does not request a review meeting within ninety (90) days after receiving written notice of the Plan Administrator's disposition of the claim, the claimant shall be deemed to have accepted the Plan Administrator's written disposition, unless the claimant shall have been physically or mentally incapacitated so as to be unable to request review within the ninety (90) day period.

            (d)  DECISION FOLLOWING REVIEW. A decision on review shall be rendered in writing by the Plan Administrator ordinarily not later than sixty (60) days after review, and a written copy of such decision shall be delivered to the claimant. If special circumstances require an extension of the ordinary period, the Plan Administrator shall so notify the claimant. In any event, if a claim is not determined within one hundred twenty (120) days after submission for review, it shall be deemed to be denied.

            (e)  DECISIONS FINAL; PROCEDURES MANDATORY. To the extent permitted by law, a decision on review by the Plan Administrator shall be binding and conclusive upon all persons whomsoever. To the extent permitted by law, completion of the claims procedures described in this Section shall be a mandatory precondition that must be complied with prior to commencement of a legal or equitable action in connection with the Plan by a person claiming rights under the Plan or by another person claiming rights through such a person. The Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, waive these procedures as a mandatory precondition to such an action.

        10.5    CREATION OF COMMITTEE.    

        The Employer may appoint a committee to perform its duties as Plan Administrator by the adoption of appropriate Board resolutions. The committee shall consist of at least two (2) members, and they shall hold office during the pleasure of the Board. The committee members shall serve without compensation but shall be reimbursed for all expenses by the Employer. The committee shall conduct itself in accordance with the provisions of this ARTICLE TEN. The members of the committee may resign with thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Employer and may be removed immediately at any time by written notice from the Employer.

        10.6    CHAIRMAN AND SECRETARY.    

        The committee may elect a chairman from among its members and may select a secretary who is not required to be a member of the committee and who may be authorized to execute any document or documents on behalf of the committee. The secretary of the committee or his designee shall record all acts and determinations of the committee and shall preserve and retain custody of all such records, together with such other documents as may be necessary for the administration of this Plan or as may be required by law.

        10.7    APPOINTMENT OF AGENTS.    

        The committee may appoint such other agents, who need not be members of the committee, as it may deem necessary for the effective performance of its duties, whether ministerial or discretionary, as the committee may deem expedient or appropriate. The compensation of any agents who are not Employees of the Employer shall be fixed by the committee within any limitations set by the Board.

        10.8    MAJORITY VOTE AND EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS.    

        In all matters, questions, and decisions, the action of the committee shall be determined by a majority vote of its members. They may meet informally or take any ordinary action without the

15



necessity of meeting as a group. All instruments executed by the committee shall be executed by a majority of its members or by any member of the committee designated to act on its behalf.

        10.9    ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES AMONG COMMITTEE MEMBERS.    

        The committee may allocate responsibilities among its members or designate other persons to act on its behalf. Any allocation or designation, however, must be set forth in writing and must be retained in the permanent records of the committee.

        10.10      CONFLICT OF INTEREST.    

        No member of the committee who is a Participant shall take any part in any action in connection with his participation as an individual. Such action shall be voted or decided by the remaining members of the committee.

        10.11      OTHER FIDUCIARY CAPACITIES.    

        The members of the committee may also serve in any other fiduciary capacity, and, specifically, all or some members of the committee may serve as Trustee. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if and so long as any two (2) members of the committee also serve as Trustee, any provision of this Plan or the Trust Agreement which requires a direction, certification, notification, or other communication from the Plan Administrator to the Trustee shall be inapplicable. If and so long as any two (2) members of the committee also serve as Trustee, any action taken by either the committee or the Trustee shall be deemed to be taken by the appropriate party.

ARTICLE 11
SCOPE OF RESPONSIBILITY

        11.1    SCOPE OF RESPONSIBILITY.    

            (a)  GENERAL. The Employer, the Plan Administrator and the Trustee shall perform the duties respectively assigned to them under this Plan and the Trust Agreement and shall not be responsible for performing duties assigned to others under the terms and provisions of this Plan or the Trust Agreement. No inference of approval or disapproval is to be made from the inaction of any party described above or the employee or agent of any of them with regard to the action of any other such party. Persons, organizations, or corporations acting in a position of any fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Plan or the Trust Fund may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity.

            (b)  ADVISORS. The Employer, the Plan Administrator, and the Trustee shall have authority to employ advisors, legal counsel, and accountants in connection with the administration of the Plan and the Trust Fund, as set forth in the Trust Agreement. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Employer, the Plan Administrator, and the Trustee shall not be liable for complying with the directions of any advisors, legal counsel, or accountants appointed pursuant to this Plan or the Trust Agreement.

            (c)  INDEMNIFICATION. To the extent permitted by law, the Employer shall and does hereby jointly and severally indemnify and agree to hold harmless its employees, officers, and directors who serve in fiduciary capacities with respect to the Plan and the Trust Agreement from all loss, damage, or liability, joint or several, including payment of expenses in connection with defense against any such claim, for their acts, omissions, and conduct, and for the acts, omissions, and conduct of their duly appointed agents, which acts, omissions, or conduct constitute or are alleged to constitute a breach of such individual's fiduciary or other responsibilities under the Act or any other law, except for those acts, omissions, or conduct resulting from his own willful misconduct, willful failure to act, or gross negligence; provided, however, that if any party would otherwise be entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any liability and such party shall

16



    be insured against loss as a result of such liability by any insurance contract or contracts, such party shall be entitled to indemnification hereunder only to the extent by which the amount of such liability shall exceed the amount thereof payable under such insurance contract or contracts.

ARTICLE 12
AMENDMENT, MERGER AND TERMINATION

        12.1    AMENDMENT.    

        The Employer shall have the right at any time, by an instrument in writing duly executed, acknowledged and delivered to the Plan Administrator and the Trustee, to modify, alter or amend this Plan, in whole or in part, prospectively or retroactively; provided, however, that the duties and liabilities of the Plan Administrator and the Trustee hereunder shall not be substantially increased without their written consent; and provided further that the amendment shall not reduce any Participant's interest in the Plan, calculated as of the date on which the amendment is adopted. If the Plan is amended by the Board after it is adopted by an Affiliate, unless otherwise expressly provided, it shall be treated as so amended by such Affiliate without the necessity of any action on the part of the Affiliate.

        12.2    MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF EMPLOYER.    

        The Plan shall not be automatically terminated by the Employer's acquisition by or merger into any other employer, but the Plan shall be continued after such acquisition or merger if the successor employer elects and agrees to continue the Plan and to become a party to the Trust Agreement. All rights to amend, modify, suspend, or terminate the Plan shall be transferred to the successor employer, effective as of the date of the merger and provided specifically that the successor employer shall not have the right to amend the Plan to reduce any Participant's interest in the Plan, calculated as of the date on which any amendment is adopted.

        12.3    TERMINATION OF PLAN OR DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS.    

        It is the expectation of the Employer that this Plan and the payment of contributions hereunder will be continued indefinitely. However, continuance of the Plan is not assumed as a contractual obligation of the Employer, and the right is reserved at any time to terminate this Plan or to reduce, temporarily suspend, or discontinue contributions hereunder, provided that any such termination, reduction, suspension, or discontinuance of contributions shall not reduce any Participant's interest in the Plan, calculated as of the date such action is taken.

        12.4    LIMITATION OF EMPLOYER LIABILITY.    

        The adoption of this Plan is strictly a voluntary undertaking on the part of the Employer and shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Employer and any Employee or Participant or to be consideration for, an inducement to, or a condition of the employment of any Employee. A Participant, Employee, or Beneficiary shall not have any right to retirement or other benefits except to the extent provided herein.

ARTICLE 13
GENERAL PROVISIONS

        13.1    LIMITATION ON PARTICIPANTS' RIGHTS.    

        Participation in the Plan shall not give any Employee the right to be retained in the Employer's employ or any right or interest under the Plan or in the Trust Fund other than as herein provided. The Employer reserves the right to dismiss any Employee without any liability for any claim either under the Plan or against the Trust Fund, except to the extent herein provided, or against the Employer.

17



        13.2    STATUS OF PARTICIPANTS AS UNSECURED CREDITORS.    

        All benefits under the Plan shall be unsecured obligations of the Employer and, except for the assets placed in the Trust Fund as provided in this Plan, no assets of the Employer will be segregated from the general assets of the Employer for the payment of benefits under this Plan. To the extent that any person acquires the right to receive payments under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

        13.3    STATUS OF TRUST FUND.    

        The Trust Fund is being established to assist the Employer in meeting its obligations to the Participants and to provide the Participants with a measure of protection in certain limited instances. In certain circumstances described in the Trust Agreement, the assets of the Trust Fund will be used for the benefit of the Employer's creditors. Benefit payments due under this Plan shall either be paid from the Trust Fund or from the Employer's general assets as directed by the Employer.

        13.4    UNIFORM ADMINISTRATION.    

        Whenever in the administration of the Plan any action is required by the Plan Administrator, such action shall be uniform in nature as applied to all persons similarly situated.

        13.5    HEIRS AND SUCCESSORS.    

        All of the provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon all persons who shall be entitled to any benefits hereunder, and their heirs and legal representatives.

        13.6    EMPLOYER-OWNED LIFE INSURANCE.    

            (a)  EMPLOYER OWNS ALL RIGHTS. In the event that, in its discretion, the Employer purchases a life insurance policy or policies insuring the life of any Participant to allow the Employer to informally finance and/or recover, in whole or in part, the cost of providing benefits under this Plan, neither the Participant nor any Beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever in such policy or policies. The Employer shall be the sole owner and beneficiary of any such policy or policies and shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership, except in the event that the Employer establishes and transfers such policy or policies to the Trust Fund.

            (b)  PARTICIPANT COOPERATION. If the Employer decides to purchase a life insurance policy or policies on any Participant, the Employer will so notify each Participant. Each Participant shall consent to being insured for the benefit of the Employer and shall take whatever actions may be necessary to enable the Employer to timely apply for and acquire such life insurance and to fulfill the requirements of the insurance carrier relative to the issuance thereof as a condition of eligibility to participate in the Plan.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Plan to be executed by its duly authorized representative on this    day of                        , 2002.


 

 

EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
JAMES R. OYLER      
    Name:   James R. Oyler
    Its:   President & CEO

18




QuickLinks

EX-10.40 13 a2105045zex-10_40.htm EX-10.40
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.40

When Recorded Return To:

W. Brian Hulse, Esq.
SNELL & WILMER, L.L.P.
Gateway Tower West
15 West South Temple, Suite 1200
Salt Lake City, Utah 84101

CONSENT AND SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

        A.    FOOTHILL CAPITAL CORPORATION, a California corporation ("Foothill"), is the "Beneficiary" under that certain Leasehold Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing executed December 14, 2000, and recorded on December 20, 2000, as Entry No. 7784142, in Book 8409, at Page 3891, of the real property records of Salt Lake County, Utah, as amended and or modified of record ("First Deed of Trust") with respect to the real property described in Exhibit A thereto ("First Property") and as more particularly described on Exhibit Aattached hereto.

        B.    Foothill is also the "Beneficiary" under that certain Leasehold Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing executed December 14, 2000, and recorded on December 20, 2000, as Entry No. 7784141, in Book 8409, at Page 3864, of the real property records of Salt Lake County, Utah, as amended and or modified of record ("Second Deed of Trust") with respect to the real property described in Exhibit A thereto ("Second Property") and as more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto. The First Deed of Trust and the Second Deed of Trust are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Deeds of Trust". The First Property and the Second Property are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Property".

        C.    Foothill is the "Assignee" under that certain Absolute Assignment of Sub-Leases and Rents executed December 14, 2000, and recorded December 20, 2000, as Entry No. 7784145, in Book 8409, at Page 3943, of the real property records of Salt Lake County, Utah, as amended and or modified of record ("First Assignment") with respect to the leasehold interests described in Exhibit A thereto (the "First Leasehold Interests").

        D.    Foothill is also the "Assignee" under that certain Absolute Assignment of Sub-Leases and Rents executed December 14, 2000, and recorded December 20, 2000, as Entry No.7784144, in Book 8409, at Page 3933, of the real property records of Salt Lake County, Utah, as amended and or modified of record ("Second Assignment") with respect to the leasehold interests described in Exhibit A thereto (the "Second Leasehold Interests"). The First Assignment and the Second Assignment are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Assignments". The First Leasehold Interests and the Second Leasehold Interests are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Leasehold Interests".

        E.    EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION, a Utah Corporation ("E&S"), is the "Trustor" under the Deeds of Trust and the "Assignor" under the Assignments.

        F.    Pursuant to that certain Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated November 5, 2002, between E&S and WOODBURY CORPORATION, a Utah corporation, and with the consent and approval of Foothill, E&S has sold its right, title and interest in all improvements on certain real property located at 540 Arapeen Drive, Salt Lake City, Utah and has assigned its right, title and interest in the that certain Lease Agreement between THE UNIVERSITY OF UTAH, a body politic and corporate of the State of Utah (the "University"), and the predecessor-in-interest of E&S, Mountain Co-Venture, a general partnership, dated November 21, 1972, and amended by that certain Addendum To Lease

1



Agreement, dated April 3, 1973, and by that certain Second Addendum to Lease Agreement, dated June 4, 1973, and by that certain Third Addendum To Lease Agreement, dated December 7, 1973, and by that certain Fourth Addendum To Lease Agreement, dated September 12, 1979, and by that certain Fifth Addendum to Lease Agreement, dated April 9, 1987 to KP ARAPEEN, L.C., a Utah limited liability company ("KP"). Such sale and assignment transaction is sometimes referred to herein as the "Sale Transaction".

        G.    As part of the Sale Transaction, E&S has entered into the following agreements with respect to the Property and the Leasehold Interests:

            (i)    Declaration of Easements, dated December 27, 2002, between the University, E&S and KP, which burdens and benefits, among other real property, the Property, and recorded December 27, 2002, as Entry No, in Book 8711, at Page 873, of the real property records of Salt Lake County, Utah (the "Declaration").

            (ii)  Utility Agreement, dated 12/27/02, between E&S, KP and Pacificorp, an Oregon corporation dba Utah Power & Light, with respect to portions of the Property, a Memorandum of which was recorded December 27, 2002, as Entry No. 8474712, in Book 8711, at Page 897, of the real property records of Salt Lake County, Utah (the "Utility Agreement").

            (iii)  Nonsegregable Water & Electricity Agreement, between E&S and KP, with respect to portions of the Property, and recorded December 27, 2002, as Entry No. 8474713, in Book 8711, at Page 902, of the real property records of Salt Lake County, Utah (the "Water Agreement").

        Foothill does hereby consent to and agree to subordinate the lien of the Deeds of Trust and the Assignments to each of the Declaration, the Utility Agreement, and the Water Agreement. Such subordination is solely intended to ensure survival of each of the Declaration, the Utility Agreement, and the Water Agreement after any foreclosure of the Deeds of Trust, or any exercise of rights under the Assignments, or any of them. This Subordination Agreement shall not be construed as a release of the collateral secured by the Deeds of Trust or the Assignments or a subordination of the Deeds of Trust or the Assignments as to any other subsequent recorded interest in the Property other than the Declaration, Utility Agreement, and the Water Agreement.

        Dated this 24 day of December, 2002.


 

 

FOOTHILL CAPITAL CORPORATION
a California corporation

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
CHARLES KIM      
    Name:   Charles Kim
    Title:   VP

2


STATE OF CALIFORNIA   )    
    : ss.    
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES   )    

        On December 24, 2002, before me K. Melissa Chavez, Notary Public, personally appeared Charles Kim, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the Vice President of Foothill Capital Corporation, a California corporation, whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same in his/her authorized capacity, and that by his/her signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal

    /s/  K. MELISSA CHAVEZ      
Notary Public

[Seal]

3


EXHIBIT A

        That certain real property located in Salt Lake County, Utah, and more particularly described as follows:

FIRST PROPERTY

560 Arapeen Drive

        BEGINNING at a point on the Westerly line of Arapeen Drive, said point being North 2324.780 feet and West 686.110 feet from the Salt Lake City Survey Monument at the intersection of Sunnyside Avenue and Padley Street, said Monument is located South 65°48'24" West 3622.62 feet and East 97.00 feet and South 58.20 feet from the Southeast corner of Section 3, Township 1 South, Range 1 East, Salt Lake Base and Meridian, and running thence South 41°00'00" West 212.00 feet; thence North 49°00'00" West 90.00 feet; thence South 41°00'00" West 340.00 feet; thence South 49°00'00" East 260.00 feet; thence North 41°00'00" East 342.00 feet; thence North 49°00'00" West 70.00 feet; thence North 41°00'00" East 210.00 feet to the Westerly line of Arapeen Drive; thence North 49°00'00" West 100.00 feet along said Westerly line to the point of beginning.

        BEGINNING at a point on the Westerly line of Komas Drive, said point being North 1626.262 feet and West 815.400 feet from the Salt Lake City Survey Monument at the intersection of Sunnyside Avenue and Padley Street, said Monument is located South 65°48'24" West 3622.62 feet and East 97.00 feet and South 58.20 feet from the Southeast corner of Section 3, Township 1 South, Range 1 East, Salt Lake Base and Meridian, and running thence North 49°00'00" West 450.692 feet; thence South 41°00'00" West 70.00 feet; thence North 49°00'00" West 220.932 feet to a point on the arc of a 692.200 foot radius curve whose center bears South 62°28'51" East; thence Southwesterly 42.964 feet along the arc of said curve to the left through a central angle of 03°33'23"; thence South 49°00'00" East 660.319 feet; thence North 41°00'00" East 111.443 feet to the point of beginning.

        EXCEPTING THEREFROM ANY PORTION LYING WITHIN THE BOUNDS OF KOMAS DRIVE, THE DEDICATION PLAT OF WHICH IS FILED IN THE OFFICE OF THE SALT LAKE COUNTY RECORDER.

        16:03:300:001:2007 / 6007

650 Komas Drive

        BEGINNING at a point on the Westerly line of Komas Drive, said point being North 1626.262 feet and West 815.400 feet from the Salt Lake City Survey Monument at the intersection of Sunnyside Avenue and Padley Street, said Monument is located South 65°48'24" West 3622.62 feet and East 97.00 feet and South 58.20 feet from the Southeast corner of Section 3, Township 1 South, Range 1 East, Salt Lake Base and Meridian, and running thence South 49°00'00" East 551.954 feet; thence South 41°00'00" West 31.741 feet; thence South 60°00'00" West 601.002 feet; thence North 49°00'00" West 326.287 feet; thence North 41°00'00" East 488.553 feet; thence North 49°00'00" West 30.00 feet; thence North 41°00'00" East 111.443 feet to the point of beginning.

        16:03:300:001:2014 / 6014

600 Komas Drive

        BEGINNING at a point which is North 1626.262 feet and West 815.400 feet and South 41°00'00" West 111.443 feet from the Salt Lake City Survey Monument at the intersection of Sunnyside Avenue and Padley Street, said Monument is located South 65°48'24" West 3622.62 feet and East 97.00 feet and South 58.20 feet from the Southeast corner of Section 3, Township 1 South, Range 1 East, Salt Lake Base and Meridian, and running thence North 49°00'00" West 660.319 feet to a point on the arc

4



of a 692.200 foot radius curve whose center bears South 66°02' 14" East; thence Northeasterly 114.196 feet along the arc of said curve to the right through a central angle of 09°27'08"; thence North 49°00'00" West 6.001 feet; thence South 41°00'00" West 525.082 feet; thence South 12°21'26" East 320.000 feet; thence North 82°47' 10" East 208.879 feet to a point on the arc of a 608.887 foot radius curve whose center bears North 82°02'11" East; thence Southeasterly 360.905 feet along the arc of said curve to the left through a central angle of 33°57'39"; thence North 41°00'00" East 593.845 feet; thence North 49°00'00" West 30.000 feet to the point of beginning.

        EXCEPTING THEREFROM ANY PORTION LYING WITHIN THE BOUNDS OF WAKARA WAY AND/OR KOMAS DRIVE, THE DEDICATION PLATS OF WHICH ARE FILED IN THE OFFICE OF THE SALT LAKE COUNTY RECORDER

        16:03:300:001:2023 / 6023

770 Komas Drive

        BEGINNING at a point which is North 22°00'00" West 179.00 feet from a point on the North line of Sunnyside Avenue, said point being South 89°59'50" West 761.997 feet and North 00°00'10" West 58.200 feet from the Salt Lake City Survey Monument at the intersection of Sunnyside Avenue and Padley Street, said Monument is located South 65°48'24" West 3622.620 feet and East 97.000 feet and South 58.200, feet from the Southeast corner of Section 3, Township 1 South, Range 1 East, Salt Lake Base and Meridian, and running thence South 61°09'35" West 166.781 feet; thence North 52°49'31" West 103.650 feet; thence North 12°49'54" West 461.520 feet; thence North 43°19'53" West 315.935 feet; thence North 44°00'00" East 123.669 feet along the radial line to a point of a curve; thence Southeasterly along the arc of the 212.4714 foot radius curve to the left, arc length = 274.416 feet, chord length = 255.737 feet (chord bearing = South 83°00'00" East), tangent length = 160.109 feet, central angle = 74°00'00"; thence along the radial line South 30°00'00" East 20.500 feet to the point of tangency; thence North 60°00'00" East 71.108 feet; thence South 49°00'00" East 33.554 feet; thence South 60°00'00" West 11.730 feet; thence South 22°00'00" East 550.000 feet; thence South 23°00'00" West 217.000 feet to the point of BEGINNING.

        Together with a 26 foot access easement to Komas Drive.

        16:10:126:001:2001 / 6001

630 Komas Drive

        BEGINNING at a point which is North 886.114 feet and West 1377.035 feet from a Salt Lake City Monument at the intersection of Sunnyside Avenue and Padley Street, said Monument being South 65°48'24" West 3622.62 feet and East 97.00 feet and South 58.20 feet from the Southeast corner of Section 3, Township 1 South, Range 1 East, Salt Lake Base and Meridian, and running thence North 43°19'53" West 245.767 feet; thence North 12°21'26" West 312.856 feet; thence North 82°47'10" East 208.879 feet to a point on the arc of a 608.887 foot radius curve, the center of which bears North 82°02' 11" East; thence Southeasterly along said curve to the left through a central angle of 33°57'39", a distance of 360.905 feet; thence North 40°58' East 105.291 feet; thence South 49°00' East 292.731 feet; thence South 60°00' West 71.105 feet; thence North 30°00' West 20.50 feet to a point on the arc of a 212.471 foot radius curve, the center of which bears North 30°00' West; thence Southwesterly along said curve to the right through a central angle of 74°00', a distance of 274.416 feet; thence South 44°00' West 123.669 feet to the point of beginning.

        Together with a 26 foot wide access easement to Komas Drive.

        16:03:300: 001

5



SECOND PROPERTY

580 Arapeen Drive

        BEGINNING at a point on the Westerly line of Arapeen Drive, said point being North 2259.174 feet and West 610.639 feet from the Salt Lake City Survey Monument at the intersection of Sunnyside Avenue and Padley Street, said Monument is located South 65°48'24" West 3622.62 feet and East 97.00 feet and South 58.20 feet from the Southeast corner of Section 3, Township 1 South, Range 1 East, Salt Lake Base and Meridian, and running thence South 41°00'00" West 210.00 feet; thence South 49°00'00" East 70.00 feet; thence South 41°00'00" West 342.00 feet; thence South 49°00'00" East 303.00 feet to a point on the arc of a 70.00 foot radius curve to the left; thence Easterly 109.956 feet along said curve (chord bears: North 86°00'00" East 98.995 feet); thence North 41°00'00" East 90.00 feet; thence North 49°00'00" West 178.00 feet; thence North 41°00'00" East 392.00 feet to the Westerly line of Arapeen Drive; thence North 49°00'00" West 265.00 feet along said Westerly line to the point of beginning.

        EXCEPTING THEREFROM ANY PORTIONS LYING WITHIN THE BOUNDS OF KOMAS DRIVE AND/OR BLACK HAWK WAY, THE DEDICATION PLATS OF WHICH ARE FILED IN THE OFFICE OF THE SALT LAKE COUNTY RECORDER.

        16:03:300:001:2011 / 6011

6




QuickLinks

EX-21.1 14 a2105045zex-21_1.htm EX-21.1
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 21.1

EVANS & SUTHERLAND COMPUTER CORPORATION
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

Subsidiary Name

  State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization

  Names Under Which
Each Subsidiary Does Business

Evans & Sutherland Graphics Corporation   Utah   Evans & Sutherland Graphics Corporation

Xionix Simulation, Inc.

 

Georgia

 

Xionix Simulation, Inc.

Evans & Sutherland Computer Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

Evans & Sutherland Computer Limited

E&S Foreign Sales Corporation

 

Virgin Islands

 

E&S Foreign Sales Corporation

E&S Partners, Inc.

 

Utah

 

E&S Partners, Inc.

REALimage, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

REALimage, Inc.

1




QuickLinks

EX-23.1 15 a2105045zex-23_1.htm EX-23.1
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors
Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation

        We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements Nos. 33-39632, 2-76027, 333-53305, 333-58735 and 333-58733 on Forms S-8 and Registration Statements Nos. 333-09657 and 333-67189 on Forms S-3 of Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation of our report dated February 28, 2003 relating to the consolidated balance sheets of Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002 and related schedule, which report appears in the December 31, 2002 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation.

    KPMG LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah
March 24, 2003




QuickLinks

EX-24.1 16 a2105045zex-24_1.htm EX-24.1
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 24.1

POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each officer and/or director of Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints James R. Oyler and William M. Thomas, or any of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign in the name of or on behalf of the undersigned, as a director and/or officer of said corporation, the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Evans & Sutherland Computer Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2002, and any and all amendments to such Annual Report, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Power of Attorney this 4th day of March, 2003.

Signature
  Title
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/  JAMES R. OYLER      
James R. Oyler
  President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) and Director
  March 4, 2003

/s/  
WILLIAM M. THOMAS      
William M. Thomas

 

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Corporate Secretary (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

March 4, 2003

/s/  
GERALD S. CASILLI      
Gerald S. Casilli

 

Director

 

March 4, 2003

/s/  
DAVID J. COGHLAN      
David J. Coghlan

 

Director

 

March 4, 2003

/s/  
WOLF-DIETER HASS      
Wolf-Dieter Hass

 

Director

 

March 4, 2003

/s/  
WILLIAM SCHNEIDER, JR.      
William Schneider, Jr.

 

Director

 

March 4, 2003

/s/  
IVAN E. SUTHERLAND      
Ivan E. Sutherland

 

Director

 

March 4, 2003



QuickLinks

-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----